Syllabus of Paramedical Courses SINGHANIA

8/18/2019 Syllabus of Paramedical Courses SINGHANIA

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/syllabus-of-paramedical-courses-singhania 1/354

SINGHANIA UNIVERSITYCOURSE STRUCTURE FORMSc. RADIO DIAGNOSIS

Program Title: MSc. Radio DiagnosisDuration: Two years of Academic programMode of Study: Full Time ProgramValidating Body: Singhania University

CONTENTS1. Contents ………………………………………………………………………2. Introduction…………………………………………………….......................3. Ordinance…………………………………..................................................

4. Teaching and Learning strategy................................................................5. Scheduled hours for the Programme…………………………………………6. Structure, Content and OrganizationFirst YearRadiographic Procedure, (P-I).........................................................................Instrument of Conventional X- ray Equipments (P-II) ....................................Principles of Radiographic Exposure (P-III)........................................ ………Instrumentation of Specialized Radiology Equipments (P-IV) .......................Advanced Technique & Instrumentation of Computed Tomography (P-V) ...Bio Statistics (P-VI) ........................................................................................

Second Year

Advanced Technique & Instrumentation of MRI (P-VII) ................................Care of Patient in Diagnostic Radiology (P-VIII) ..............................................Management of Health Care Organization (P-IX) ..........................................Radiation Evaluation & Protection in Diagnostic Radiology (P-X)................Nuclear Medicine Imaging Techniques (P-XI) .............................................Dissertation on specialization subject ( MRI ,CT ,Interventional Radiologyor Nuclear medicine )

7. Scheme of Examinations………………………..………………………….. ..8. Carryover Rule ………………………………………………………………....

INTRODUCTIONDept of Allied Health sciences. has started Masters Program in Radio Diagnosisin the academic year 2009-2010.Medical Imaging Technology is one of the leading professions in allied health. Itis a speciality focusing on the Radiological Imaging and assisting in invasiveradiology.Masters program in Radio Diagnosis is designed to produce graduates ofhigh standards in research who are equipped with appropriate skills to meet the



challenges of upcoming Medical Imaging techniques. The curriculum has beendesigned considering the current development and need of India and abroad.OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM

_ Enhance knowledge from clinical experience, interactions & discussions andresearch to improve the quality of training and education in Medical Imaging.

_ Explore the subject in depth and develop high degree of expertise to contributeto advancement of knowledge in Medical Imaging. _ Develop teaching and presentation skills necessary to become efficientteachers

_ Build Up leadership qualities in education, practice and administration _ Contribute to emerging and vitally important industry through research.SCOPE OF THE PROGRAME

_ On completion of the programme, Technologists can advance to supervisory ormanagement positions in Diagnostic Centers and hospitals.

_ They can also earn key posts in academic institutions including teaching andresearch.

_ In industry, Imaging technologists are needed for Application and Softwaredevelopment for Medical Imaging equipment. _ Military and public health service. _ Medical Imaging Technology is one of the fastest growing professions & itofferstremendous opportunity abroad.

ORDINANCESELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION

The candidate must have passed 3 Years full time Bachelor of MedicalImaging Technology or equivalent full time course from any recognized

university in India or abroad with minimum of 50% marks...DURATION OF THE PROGRAMMEThe programme shall be for 2 academic years (Full time).NUMBER OF SEATSA total of 10 (Ten) candidates will be enrolled in each academic year based ontheir performance in the entrance test and interview.

ATTENDANCE: _ The students should have a minimum of 80 % attendance in each subject(theory, and clinics separately) in each academic year, failing which, the studentwill not be permitted to appear for the university examination of the subject.

_ As per the directive of University, there will be no consideration for leave onmedical grounds. The student will have to adjust the same in the minimumprescribed attendance.

_ Parents/ guardians of students will be informed about their ward’s attendanceand academic performance periodically during each academic year.LEAVE / VACATION

_ Student will have a vacation of 15 days following their university examinations.



_ The students shall be granted 15 days study leave for their Universityexaminationin each academic year. How ever, a student reappearing for asubject will not be entitled to any study leave.



SINGHANIA UNIVERSITY

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR M.Sc Radio Diagnosis Course

COURSE NAME : M.SC RADIO DIAGNOSIS

COURSE CODE :

DURATION OF COURSE : TWO YEARS

YEAR / SEMISTER : FIRST YEAR

FULL TIME / PART TIME : FULL TIME

SR

NO.

SUBJECT TITLE Teaching Scheme EXAMINATION SCHEME &

MAXIMUM MARKS

TH Practical/ Clinics &

Tutorial

PaperHRS TH PR OR TW PM

1.1Radiographic procedure

70 400 3 100 80 20 200 5

5

1.2Instrumentation ofConventional

Radiological Equipment

60 60

(Tutorial)

3 100 80 20 200 5

5

1.3Principle of Radiographic

Exposure60 60

(Tutorial)

3 100 80 20 200 5

5

1.4Instrumentation ofspecialized Radiological

Equipment

60 60

(Tutorial)

3 100 80 20 200 5

5

1.5 Advanced tech &Instrumentation of CTTech

90 500 3 100 -- -- 200 5

5

1.6Biostatistics

60 -- 3 100 -- -- 100

TOTAL 400 1080 -- 600 320 80 1100

ABBREVIATIONS: TH – THEORY, PR – PRACTICAL, OR – ORAL, TW – TOTAL WATTAGE




TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR M.Sc Radio Diagnosis Course

COURSE NAME : M.SC RADIO DIAGNOSIS

COURSE CODE :

DURATION OF COURSE : TWO YEARS

YEAR / SEMISTER : SECOND YEARFULL TIME / PART TIME : FULL TIME

SR

NO.

SUBJECT TITLE Teaching Scheme EXAMINATION SCHEME &

MAXIMUM MARKS

TH Practical/

Clinics &

Tutorial

Paper

HRS

TH PR O

R

TW P

M

1.1Advanced Tech &Instrumentation of MRI

100 500 3 100 80 20 200 5

5

1.2Interventional Radiology

Techniques60 100 3 100 80 20 200 5

5

1.3Care of Patient inDiagnostic Radiology

60 60

(Tutorial)

3 100 100 5

1.4 Management ofHealthcare Organization

60 200 3 100 100 5

5

1.5 Radiation Evaluation &

Protection in DiagnosticRadiology

60 -- 3 100 -- -- 100 5

1.6

Nuclear Medicine

Imaging 60 100 3 100 80 20 --



_ A student requiring leave during the academic year should apply for the samethrough a formal application to the Head of Department through their respectiveClass In-charge / Coordinator of the academic year. The leave will be consideredas absent.

CODE OF CONDUCT _ The students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner befitting theprofession.

_ They should dress formally while attending lectures and in the posting areas(Men in trousers and shirt, women in salwar suit).

_ It is mandatory to wear the white apron with nametag when in the classroomand in the clinics.The teaching and learning methods include:

_ Lectures _ Demonstrations _ Clinical patient management _ Assignments/projects _ Seminars _ Case presentation _ Discussions _ Industrial visits _ Industrial visits and external clinical placements _ Classroom teaching with the undergraduate students _ Independent collaborative self studyCLINICAL POSTINGSAim:To enable students to learn Imaging assessment process, clinical reasoningskills and further diagnostic techniques so that they become competentprofessionals.

1.7

Dissertation on

specialization subject

(MRI ,CT Scan,Interventional radiology

& Nuclear Medicine )

TOTAL 400 960 -- 600 24

0

16

0

--

ABBREVIATIONS: TH – THEORY, PR – PRACTICAL, OR – ORAL, TW – TOTAL WATTAG



Clinical objectives:1. Taking clinical history of patient2. Plan of implementation of Imaging techniques.3. Administration of standardized evaluation tools.4. Documentation of diagnostic / therapeutic reports.

5. Clinical discussion with the Under Graduates6. Case presentation and discussion

STRUCTURE, CONTENT AND ORGANIZATION

M.Sc. Radio Diagnosis

1st Year

Radiographic Procedure (P-I) 70hours

UNIT 1Basic review of all Radiographic TechniqueUNIT 2Contrast Media- Application, types, safety aspects, mode & volume ofadministration, administration techniquesUNIT 3

Digestive SystemAnatomy and physiologyAssociated pathology and radiographic appearancePlain radiographyBarium swallowBarium mealBarium meal follow throughEnteroclysisBarium enemaUNIT 4Genito urinary system

Anatomy and physiologyAssociated pathology and radiographic appearancePlain radiographyIntravenous urogram (IVU)Micturating Cystourethrogram (MCU)Ascending Urethrogram (ASU)Hysterosalpingography (HSG)Fallopian Tube Recanalisation (FTR)



UNIT 5Cardio - Respiratory systemAnatomy and physiologyAssociated pathology and radiographic appearanceChest radiography

UNIT 6MammographyAnatomy and physiologyIndications, contraindications and techniquesICRP guidelines, BIRADSUNIT 7SkullRelated anatomy of facial and cranial bonesAssociated pathology and radiographic appearanceRadiographic projections

UNIT 8Vertebral ColumnRelated anatomyAssociated pathology and radiographic appearanceRadiographic projectionsUNIT 9Upper limbRelated anatomyAssociated pathology and radiographic appearanceRadiographic projectionsUNIT 10Lower limbRelated anatomyAssociated pathology and radiographic appearanceRadiographic projectionsUNIT 11PelvisRelated anatomy of pelvic bones and hip jointAssociated pathology and radiographic appearanceRadiographic projectionsPelvimetry

UNIT 12Hepatobiliary systemRelated anatomyAssociated pathology and radiographic appearanceERCP/ PTBD, T – tube cholangiographyUNIT 13Dental RadiographyRelated anatomy



Associated pathology and radiographic appearanceIntraoral, Extraoral and Occlusal viewsGeneral precautionsOPGChecking of mains supply and function of equipments

Selection of exposure parameters and radiation protectionUNIT 14Other proceduresSialography , Dacrocystography, Sinography, FistulographyRelated anatomyAssociated pathology and radiographic appearanceIndications, contraindications and techniqueReferral books1.Radiographic positioning – Clarke’s, Kenneth Bontrager, Merriil’s2.Diagnostic Radiography – Glenda Bryan

Instrumentation of Conventional X-ray Equipments (P-II) Hours: 60

UNIT 1Generation of electrical energyAC/DCPolyphase supplyDistribution of electrical energyUse of electrical energyCurrent loads & power lossUses of electricity in Hospitals

Safety rules for RadiographersUNIT 2X ray Circuit componentsHigh tension transformersMain Voltage CompensationHigh tension switchesStabilizers and UPSUNIT 3FusesSwitchesEarthing

High tension cables construction & design.RectificationTypes of RectifiersX-ray circuitsFilament circuitsHigh voltage circuitsUNIT 4Tube rating



Types of GeneratorsCapacitor discharge generatorBattery Powered generatorMedium frequency & High frequency generator.

UNIT 5SwitchesCircuit breakersPrimary & Secondary switchesExposure switching and its application.Interlocking CircuitsRegulating and safety devicesMagnetic relayThermal relay switchesInterlock in Tube Circuit and overload interlocks.UNIT 6

Exposure timersTiming systemsElectronic timerIonization timerPhoto timerSynchronous timer and impulse timer.UNIT 7Devices improving radiographic qualityConeCylinderCollimatorGridFilterReferences1. X-ray Equipments for Radiographers – Noreen Chesney & MurielChesney2. Christensen’s Physics of diagnostic radiology3. First year Physics for Radiographers – George Hay4. Equipments in Diagnostic Radiology – E.Forster.

Principles of Radiographic Exposure (P-III) 60hrs

UNIT I

X-ray productionInteraction of radiation with matter- Compton effect, photoelectric effect, pairproduction, coherent scattering.Useful rangeClinical application

UINT 2The Photographic processIntroduction



Basic review of photographic emulsionsPhotographic latent imageFilm materialsSpectral sensitivity of film materialSpeed and contrast of photographic materials

Intensifying screens and cassettesFilm processing

UNIT 3SensitometryPhotographic densityOpacityTransmissionProduction of Characteristic curveFeatures of Characteristic curveVariation in the characteristic curve with developmentComparison of emulsions by their characteristic curve

Application of Characteristic curveInformation from the Characteristic curve

UNIT 4Radiographic ImageRadiographic DensityAcceptable rangeFactors influences density.Radiographic ContrastComponentsFactors influences contrastManagement of Radiographic Image quality

UNIT 5ResolutionLine spread function & Modulation transfer functionUnsharpness in the Radiographic image and various factors contributing towardsUnsharpnessTypes of UnsharpnessRadiographic mottle

UNIT 6Geometry of the radiographic imageMagnification / Distortion -Types and factors

Micro / Macro radiographyUNIT 7Instrumentation of Processing EquipmentAutomatic film processor (AFP)Maintenance and Quality control tests in AFPLayout and planning of DarkroomViewing accessories: viewing boxesMagnifiers and viewing conditions



References1. Christensen’s Physics of Diagnostic radiology – Thomas Curry2. Radiographic Image – Chesney & Chesney

Instrumentation of specialized Radiology Equipments (P-IV) Hours: 60

UNIT 1Portable & Mobile equipmentsMains requirementsCable connections to wall plugsPortable X-Ray EquipmentsMobile X-Ray EquipmentsCapacitor Discharge Mobile Equipment

Cordless Mobile EquipmentsX-Ray Equipments for the Operating TheatreMobile Image Intensifier unitsUNIT 2Fluoroscopy EquipmentsConstruction & Working principles of Image IntensifierViewing the Intensified imageRecording the intensified ImageDigital fluoroscopyPanel type image intensifierUNIT 3Fluoroscopic / Radiographic TablesGeneral features of fluoroscopic / radiographic tableThe serial changerRemote control tableThe spot film devices.UNIT 4Tomographic EquipmentPrinciples of tomographyVarious types of tomographic movementEquipment for linear tomographyUNIT 5Equipment for Cranial and Dental radiographyThe skull tableGeneral Dental X-ray equipmentPantomography equipmentEquipment for Cranial & skeletal radiographyEquipment for mammography

UNIT 6



Care, Maintenance and testsGeneral careFunctional testsQuality assurance programAcceptable limits of variation

Corrective actionReferences1. X-ray Equipments for Radiographers – Noreen Chesney & Muriel Chesney2. Christensen’s Physics of Diagnostic Radiology3. Equipments in Diagnostic Radiology – E.Forster.

Advanced technique & Instrumentation of Computed Tomography (PVI)Hours: 90

UNIT 1Imaging principles in computed tomography

Instrumentation of CT scanAdvances in Detector technologySlip ring technologyHelical CTSingle slice and Multi slice CT Scan system (recent advancement in ct scanner)UNIT 2Isotropic imagingImage displayPre and Post Processing techniquesImage quality in single slice and multi slice helical CT scanPatient radiation dose considerations in Helical CTUNIT 3Protocols for adult Whole Body CTProtocols for pediatric Whole Body CTDocumentationCommon and specific artifacts in Helical CT imagesUNIT 4HRCT of LungsTechnical aspectsVolumetric HRCTExpiratory HRCTHRCT protocolsArtifactsUNIT 5CT angiographyCT fluoroscopyMultidimensional reformationsMPR, Curved MPR, MIP3D imaging & 4D CT



UNIT 6CT Perfusion scanningDentascanCT colonoscopyCT bronchoscopy

UNIT 7CT coronary angiographyCT calcium scoringMyocardial ImagingUNIT 8Care, Maintenance and testsGeneral careFunctional testsQuality assurance programAcceptable limits of variation

Corrective actionReferral books1. Computed Tomography – Physical Principles , Clinical Applications &Quality Control by Euclid Seeram2. Computed Tomography by Stewart C. Bushong

BIO-STATISTICS (P-VII) 60 hours UNIT 1IntroductionIntroduction to Biostatistics & research methodology, types of variables & scalesof measurements, measures of central tendency and dispersion, rate, rate, ratio,proportion, incidence & prevalenceUNIT 2SamplingRandom & non-random sampling, various methods of sampling-simple random,stratified, systematic, cluster and multistage. Sampling and non-sampling errors& methods of minimizing these errors.UNIT 3Basic probability distributions and sampling distributionsConcept of probability distribution. Normal, Poisson and Binomial distributions,parameters and applications. Concept of sampling distributions. Standard errorand confidence intervals. Skewness an KurtosisUNIT 4Tests of significanceBasics of testing of hypothesis-Null and alternate hypothesis, type I and type IIerrors, level of significance (parametric) and power of the test, p value. Tests ofsignificance –t-test (paired & unpaired), Chi square test and test of proportion,one-way analysis of variance. Repeated measures analysis of variance.Repeated measures analysis of variance. Tests of significance (nonparametric) –Mann-Whitney u test, Wilcoxon test, Kruskal-Wallis analysis of variance.



Friedmann's analysis of variance.UNIT 5Correlation and RegressionSimple correlation-Pearson's and Spearman's; testing the significance ofcorrelation coefficient linear and multiple regression.

UNIT 6Sample size determinationGeneral concept. Sample size for estimating means and proportion, testing ofdifference in means and proportions of two groups.

UNIT 7Study designsDescriptive epidemiological methods- case series analysis and prevalencestudies. Analytical epidemiological methods- case control and cohort studies.Clinical trials/intervention studies, odds ratio and relative risk, stratified analysisUNIT 8

Multivariate analysisConcept of multivariate analysis, introduction to logistic regression and survivalanalysisUNIT 9Reliability and validity evaluation of diagnostic testsUNIT 10Format of scientific documentsStructure of research protocol, structure of thesis/ research report, formats ofreporting in scientific journals. Systematic review and meta analysis

2nd Year

Advanced Technique & Instrumentation of MRI (P-VIII) 100 Hours

UNIT 1Basic PrinciplesSpinPrecessionRelaxation timePulse cycle

T1 weighted imageT2 weighted imageProton density imageUNIT 2MR InstrumentationTypes of magnetsRF transmitter &receiver coilsGradient coils



Shim coilsRF shieldingComputersUNIT 3Pulse sequences

Spin echo pulse sequence – turbo spin echo pulse sequenceGradient echo sequence – Turbo gradient echo pulse sequenceInversion recovery sequence – STIR sequence, SPIR sequence, FLAIRsequenceEcho planar imaging and Fast imaging sequencesAdvanced pulse sequences.UNIT 4Image formation2D Fourier transformation methodK-space representation3D Fourier imaging

MIP

UNIT 5MR contrast mediaMR angiography – TOF & PCAMR SpectroscopyUNIT 6Protocols in MRI for whole bodyMRI artifactsSafety aspects in MRIUNIT 7Cardiac MRIUNIT 8Musculoskeletal imagingAbdominal imagingBrain imagingUNIT 9Functional MRIBOLD ImagingUNIT 10Care, Maintenance and testsGeneral careFunctional testsQuality assurance programAcceptable limits of variationCorrective actionReferences1. MRI physics for Radiologist - Alfred Horowitz2. Fundamentals of MRI – Stark & Bradley3. MRI in Practice – Catherine brook



Interventional Radiology Techniques (P-IX) 60hours

UNIT 1Introduction

Need for interventional proceduresInformed consentDSABasic PrincipleTypesEquipmentsBasics of Angiographic equipmentsSingle and biplane angiographic equipmentAngiographic TableImage intensifierFlat panel detector

Recording systemsPulseoximetryCardiac resuscitation measures - ECGPressure injectorCatheters, needles and other tools3-D rotational angiographyImage processingPatient monitorACT equipmentCO2 angiographyUNIT 2

Patient carePreparation for procedurePost procedure careRole of radiographer in interventional procedureCrash trolley- Emergency drugs

UNIT 3ProceduresDiagnostic & Therapeutic interventional proceduresPTC, PTBD, StentingNephrostomy, ureteric stenting

Guided biopsies of different organsDrainage of collections/abscessesAngiograms, angioplasty, embolizationVenus accessRadiofrequency ablationImage guided nerve blocksUNIT 4Neuro interventional procedures



Embolization of extra or intracranial tumors, vascular malformationsVertebroplasty – direct punctureLaser guided procedureUNIT 5Basics of cardiac catheterization

UNIT 6Safety considerations in angiography roomRoom designProtective devicesRadiation monitoringUNIT 7Care, Maintenance and testsGeneral careFunctional testsQuality assurance programAcceptable limits of variation

Corrective actionReferences1. Current Techniques in Interventional Radiology – Cope , Constantin2. Interventional Radiology - A Practical Guide by Anthony Watkinson andAndreas Adam

Care of Patient in Diagnostic Radiology (P-X) Hours: 60 UNIT 1Introduction to Patient CareResponsibilities of the Healthcare facilityResponsibilities of the Imaging Technologist

UNIT 2General Patient CarePatient transfer techniqueRestraint techniquesAspects of patient comfortSpecific patient conditionsSecurity of patient propertyObtaining vital signsLaying up a sterile trolleyIV injection administrationUNIT 3

Nursing procedure in RadiologyGeneral abdominal preparationClothing of the patientGiving an enemaHandling the emergencies in RadiologyFirst aid in the X-Ray departmentUNIT 4Patient care during Investigation





Organizational developmentManaging creativity and stressUNIT 4Accounting for Hospital Management

_ Budgeting & Budgetary control

_ Difference between forecast & budgeting _ Preparation of budget _ Classification of budget _ Capital Budgeting

UNIT 5Concept of HospitalDepartmentation in HospitalClinical services managementOrganizing of support servicesManagement of utility services

Evaluation of Hospital servicesUNIT 6Issues related to Healthcare technologyPresent trend in healthcare technologyProblems & constraintsPlanning & adopting appropriate technology in healthcareEvaluation method of health technologyUNIT 7Evolution of Quality managementQuality assurance methodsPatient satisfactionStandard operating procedureQuality certification & AccreditationUNIT 8Current issuesPACS, Tele radiologyThe Pre Natal Diagnostic Techniques Act 1994Hospital Management Information SystemLogistics ManagementUNIT 9Radiology information systemHospital information systemDesign of radiology departmentReferences1. Principles of Management by Koonz ‘o’Donnel2. Hospital planning Administration by B.M.Shakar

Radiation Evaluation & Protection in Diagnostic radiology (P-XII)

60 Hours



UNIT 1Introduction to Radiation protectionNeed for protectionAim of radiation protection

Basic radiation units and quantities _ Exposure _ Absorbed dose _ Absorbed dose equivalent _ Quality factor _ Tissue weighting factor.UNIT 2Limits for Radiation exposureConcept of ALARA (or ALARP)ICRP regulationMaximum permissible dose

Exposure in pregnancy, childrenUNIT 3Protection in Diagnostic RadiologyProtection for primary radiationWork loadUse factorOccupancy factorProtection for scatter radiation and leakage radiationX-Ray room designStructural shieldingProtective devicesRadiation signages

UNIT 4Technical protective consideration during RadiographyEvaluation of hazardsEffective communicationImmobilizationBeam limiting devicesFiltrationExposure factorsProtection in

_ Fluoroscopy _ mammography, _ mobile radiography _ CT Scan _ Angiography roomUNIT 5Radiation measuring instrumentsArea monitoring



Personnel dosimeters _ Film badge _ Thermo luminescent dosimeter _ Pocket dosimeter.UNIT 6

Biological aspects of Radiological protectionBiological effects of radiationDirect & Indirect actions of radiationConcept of detriment – Deterministic & stochastic effect of radiation – somaticand genetic effectsDose relationshipEffects of antenatal exposureReferences1. Physics of Diagnostic radiology – Christensen2. ICRP manual

Nuclear Medicine Imaging Techniques (P-XIII) 60 hours UNIT 1Basic atomic & nuclear physicsQuantities and UnitsAtom composition and structureNucleus compositionRadioactivityExponential decaySpecific activityParent / Daughter decayModes of Radioactive decay.

UNIT 2Radiation detectorsGas filled detectors - Basic principlesIonization chambersProportional countersGeiger Muller countersSemiconductor detectorsScintillation detectors – basic principlesUNIT 3Production of Radio nuclidesReactor produced radionuclide

Reactor principlesAccelerator produced radionuclideRadionuclide generatorsUNIT 4InstrumentationThe Anger CameraBasic principleSystem components



Detector system and electronicsCollimatorsImage display and recording systemsScanning camera

UNIT 5Radio pharmacyRadiopharmaceuticalsGeneral principle of tracer techniquePreparation of different labeled compounds with technetium-99m isotopeCold kitsUNIT 6In vivo techniqueStatic and dynamic studiesThyroid imaging

Imaging of boneRespiratory systemUrinary systemG.I. systemCardiovascular systemIodine131 uptake studiesIodine 131 therapy for thyrotoxicosis and thyroid ablationUNIT 7Image quality in Nuclear medicineSpatial resolutionContrastNoiseTypes of noiseQuality assurance of imaging equipmentsVariation in Image perception – with physician, within technologist & technicalparameterUNIT 8SPECT imagingUNIT 9PET imaging

UNIT 10Radiation safety in Nuclear medicineRadiation units and quantitiesMPDSafe handling of Radioactive materialsStorage of radioactive materialsProcedures for handling spillsDisposal of Radioactive wasteRadiation monitoring



Survey metersPersonnel dosimetersWipe testingContamination monitorIsotope calibrator

Area monitorInventory of isotopesReferences1. Physics in Nuclear medicine – Sorenson2. Physics of Nuclear medicine - Powsner

Award of DegreeCandidates who complete the course of study and secure pass in all the papersof the two years examinations shall be declared to have qualified for the degree.Grading system

The grading system is as follows:Distinction : 75% and aboveFirst class : 65% and aboveSecond class : 50% and abovePass : 50%Fail : Below 50%

Carry over rules1. . Students who fail in final examination can appear for the supplementaryexamination which will be conducted as per the university rules2. Students with unsuccessful attempts or back papers are permitted to attend

classes until the end of the program3. However, they will not be allowed to appear for the second year examinationtill all the first year papers are cleared.4. A maximum of 4 attempts will be permitted for 1st year examination,irrespective of number of subjects. i.e. students needs to complete all 1st yearsubjects in a maximum of 4 attempts irrespective of number of subjects he/shewill appear in each attempt. If unable to clear the 1st year subjects in a maximumof 4 attempts, he/she will be withdrawn from the program and can seek freshadmission. This maximum number of 4 attempts is applicable only for the 1st

year. The first University examination of 1st year is considered as 1st attempt andfilling application for University examination and remitting fee for examination is

considered as an attempt.6. Maximum program duration permitted to complete the program is double thatof the program duration. i.e. 2 years program needs to be completed within 4years. Failure to do so will result in withdrawal from the program.



SYLLABUSMASTER INHOSPITAL

ADMINISTRATION

(MHA)



FIRST YEAR

COURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS

Theory Practical Total

BASIC CONCEPT OF HEALTH MHA 110 100 100 200

HEALTH CARE SERVICES MHA 120 100 100 200

HOSPITAL BASED HEALTHCARE MHA 130 100 100 200& ITS CHANGING SCENARIO

EPIDEMIOLOGY MHA 140 100 100 200

HEALTH EDUCATION MHA 150 100 100 200

COMMUNICATION & BASICINFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MHA 160 100 100 200

SECOND YEAR

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT&ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

MHA 210 100 100 200

QUANTITATIVE MANAGEMENT MHA 220 100 100 200

HOSPITAL SUPPORT SERVICESMHA 230 100 100 200

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT&

PERSONAL MANAGEMENTMHA 240 100 100 200

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS &MARKETING MANAGEMENT MHA 250 100 100 200



FIRST YEAR

PAPER – I : BASIC CONCEPT OF HEALTH

Concept of Health and Disease

offer various levels of care

of diseases

Suggested Reading:

- Dr. K.

Park

Preliminary Human anatomy and Physiology

omy

Suggested Reading:

- Prof. Samar Mitra

- Prof. A. K. Dutta

- Dr. C. C.

Chatterjee

Common Pathological Conditionsn diseases

reports



PAPER - II : HEALTH CARE SERVICES

Demography & Vital Statistics

– its concept

vital statistics

Health scenario of India

- past, present and future

National Health Policy & Population policy-sectoral Co-ordination

olicy

National Health Programme

achievements and constraints in various National

Heath Programme.

Healthcare of the Communitymary, Secondary and

Tertiary Care

Suggested reading:

- Dr. K. Park k of community medicine: V. K. Mahajan

– Asha Bhendre



PAPER III : HOSPITAL BASED HEALTHCARE & ITS CHANGING

SCENARIOOverview of Hospital

Sector

Level of care / offered facilities)

3

patients

-invasive diagnostic facilities in modern

hospital

Suggested Reading:

- NIHFW, New Delhi

– G. D. Kunders

– Tabish



PAPER IV : EPIDEMIOLOGY

-

communicable diseases, disease transmission

immunization, disease monitoring and surveillance.

control.

Suggested Reading:

Medicine- Dr. K.Park



PAPER V : HEALTH EDUCATION

of Health education to attain positive health

Suggested Reading:

– V. K. Mahajan

– Asha Kaul

– Tabish



PAPER VI : COMMUNICATION & BASIC INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY

IEC activities in health sector

rcome

-ordination of IEC activities

Suggested Reading:

– V. K. Mahajan

tion methods – Asha Kaul

- Tabish

ased Concept ( ER diagram )



SECOND YEAR

PAPER-1 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT& ORGANIZATIONAL

BEHAVIOUR

History and growth of management science

management

g, Organizing,

Staffing, Motivating, Leading,

Co-ordination and Controlling.

sector

Suggested Reading:- L. M. Prasad - S. Chand

- Koontz - Tata McGraw Hill

- Peter Drucker

–

Personality development, Motivation, Group, Leadership,

Cooperationand Conflict

elation in

team building for achieving organizational goals



analysis

Suggested Reading:

– S. P. Robbins – Prentice Hall

– Fred Luthans – McGraw Hill

– M. L. Prasad – S. Chand



PAPER-2 QUANTITATIVE MANAGEMENT – Introduction, Definitions

and the methods applicable to calculate the same.

Suggested Reading: – R. I. Levin and D. Rubin –

Prentice Hall

– Goon, Gupta and Dasgupta – World Press

– S. P. Gupta - S. Chand



PAPER – 3: HOSPITAL SUPPORT SERVICES

To consider various aspects of planning, operating and evaluation of different utility services in hospitals

committee

tc.)

Suggested Reading

Administration - S. A. Tabish

- S. L. Goel

- Francis

– McGibony



PAPER – 4 : MATERIAL MANAGEMENT& PERSONAL

MANAGEMENT

To help, learn the scientific methods, materials and equipment

planning, procuring, storing and dispensing scope, definition

including maintenance

formalities relating to Medical Equipments

Suggested Reading- Gopalakrishnan

- Sundaram

- A. C. Dutta

To emphasize the importance of human resource in a hospital

and to know in detail about the functions of personnel

management

in Hospital

Suggested Reading



- L. M. Prasad

- P. C. Tripathy

Management-Mamoria



PAPER – 5 : INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS & MARKETING

MANAGEMENT

To get an understanding about the industrial relations and its

influence on the staff behavior.

To understand the policy covering wage and salary

administration, to dispose of the grievance fairly and equitably.

ries

Suggested Reading

- P.

C. Tripathy

- Sahani

- Mamoria – Consumer

Behaviour

information

– Patient care and communication

Suggested Reading- Kotler

- Kotler & Keller



PAPER – VI : FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT – I

To understand the issues and scope of financial management

Suggested Reading - T. K. Maheshwari

- Dey & Dutta

- Sandip Sharma

- Prakashan

– Managerial cost and Break-even

analysis

– Revenue and Capital Budgeting, Cash

Budgeting

ty

Suggested Reading- Khan

- Lipsey





SINGH NI UNIVERSITY

R J STH N

DETAILED SYLLABUS

MPHW

(MULTI PURPOSE HEALTH WORKER)

One Year Programme



MPHW

s.no Paper Code Subject Name Theory Practical Total

1 Mphw-110 Basic Health Science 100 50 150

2 Mphw-120 Principles of Public Health 100 50 150

3 Mphw-130 Primary Health Care & National Health

Programme

100 50 150

4 Mphw-140 Mother & Child Health & Family Welfare 100 50 150

5 Mphw-150 Health Information Education &

Communication

100 50 150

6 Mphw-160 Basic Medical Care 100 50 150

7 Mphw-170 Computer Skill 100 100 150

Total 1100



MSc MICRO.Detailed Syllabus



First Year

s.no Paper code Subject Name Theory Practical Total

1 MSCM-110 Human Anatomy 100 100 200

2 MSCM-120 Human Physilogy 100 100 200

3 MSCM-130 General Bacteriology 100 100 200

4 MSCM-140 Immunology 100 100 200

5 MSCM-150 Haematology 100 100 200

Total 1000

Second Year


1 MSCM-210 Blood Banking 100 100 200

2 MSCM-220 Aplied Microbiology 100 100 200

3 MSCM-230 Molecular Biology & GENETICS 100 100 200

4 MSCM-240 Virology 100 100 200

5 MSCM-250 Parasitology 100 100 200

Total 1000



First Year



PAPER-1

HUMAN ANATOMY-

Cells & Tissues

a) Anatomical Nomenclature

b) Structure Of Cell, Reproduction Of Cells.

c) Tissues: Epithelial, Connective, Muscle & Nervous

Embryology & Development

a) Early Human Development

b) Development of Individual Systems: Respiratory, gastro-intestinal, Urinary and Vascular

System.

c) Prenatal Growth in Form And Size

d) Neonatal Anatomy and Growth

Skin

a) Types of Skin, Epidermis, Dermis, Nerves, Blood Vessels, age related Changes, Repair

b) Appendages of Skin: Pilo sebaceous Unit, Nail Unit.

Skeletal System

a) Morphology of Human Skeleton: The Skeleton in Life, Shape and Proportions of Bone,

Functions of Bone and Skeleton, mechanical Properties of Bone, Growth of Individual Bones

b) Skeletal Connective Tissues: Structure of Cartilage, Bone as a Tissue, Microscopic Structure

and Organization of Bone, Blood Vessels and Nerves of Bone

c) Types of Joints:

d) Axial Skeleton: Vertebral Column, Ribs, Sternum, Skull.



e) Appendicular Skeleton: upper limb, Lower Limb.

Muscle

a) Types of Muscle, Attachments of Skeletal Muscle

b) Form and Function in Skeletal Muscle: Form and Fibre Architecture, Functional Implications

of Form.

c) Muscle and Movement.

d) Muscles and Fasciae of Head, Neck, Trunk, Upper Limb, Lower Limb

Nervous System

a) Regional Organization of Central Nervous System: Spinal Cord, Rhombencephalon,

Mesencephalon, Diencephalon,

Telencephalon, Basal Nucleii, Fluid Compartments and Fluid Balance in the CNS.

b) Peripheral Nervous System: Cranial Nerves, Spinal Nerves, and Autonomic Nervous System

Peripheral Apparatus of Special Senses: Gustatory, Olfactory, Peripheral Visual, Accessory

Visual, Auditory, Vestibular.

Hemolymphoid and Cardiovascular System

a) Haemal Cells and tissue, Haemopoiesis, Lymphoid Cells And Tissues.

b) Blood Vessels, Thoracic Cavity and Heart.

c) Arterial System, Venous System, Lymphatic.

Respiratory System

Nose and Paranasal Sinuses, Larynx, trachea. Bronchi, Lungs, Pleura, Mediastinum

Alimentary System

Oral Cavity, Abdomen, Oesophagus to Anus

Urinary and Reproductive System

a) Kidneys, Ureter, Bladder, Urethra.



b) Reproductive organs of Male and Female.

Endocrine System

Pituitary Gland, Pineal Gland, Thyroid Gland, Parathyroid Gland, Chromaffin System, Diffuse

Neuroendocrine System, Adrenal Gland, Paraganglion, Para-aortic Bodies, Tympanic Bodies,Coccygeal Body.

PAPER-2

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY

Functional Systems of Cell

a) Cell and its Function

b) Extra-Cellular Fluid, Intra-Cellular Fluid.

c) Functional Systems of Cell, DNA, RNA.

d) Control of Genetic Function and Biochemical Activity in Cells.

e) Cell Differentiation, Cancer.

Membrane Physiologies, Nerve and Muscle

a) Transport of Substances Through the Cell Membrane: diffusion, Active Transport.

b) Membrane Potentials and Action Potentials: Resting Membrane Potential of Nerves, Nerve

Action Potential, Propagation of AP, Signal Transmission in Nerve Trunks.

c) Contraction of Skeletal Muscle: Molecular Mechanics of Muscle Contraction, Energetics of

Muscle Contraction,

Characteristics of Whole Muscle Contraction, N-M Junction, Muscle AP, Excitation-Contraction

Coupling.

d) Contraction and Excitation of Smooth Muscles.



e) Hormonal Control of Smooth Muscle Contraction.

Heart and Circulation

a) Cardiac Muscle, Cardiac Cycle, Regulation of Heart Pumping, Cardiac Failure.

b) Rhythmical Excitation of the Heart: Specialized Excitatory and Conductive System of the

Heart, Control of Excitation and Conduction in the Heart.

c) Normal ECG, Methods of Recording, ECG Leads.

d) Heart Sounds

e) Basic Theory of Circulatory Function, Interrelationships among Pressure, Flow and

Resistance, Vascular Dispensability, Arterial Pressure Pulsation, Veins and their Function,

Lymphatic system, Microcirculation, Capillary System, Exchange of Nutrients and OtherSubstances, Interstitial Fluid, Local Control of Blood Flow, Humoral and Nervous Regulation of

Circulation, Cardiac Output, Venous Return Arterial Pressure and their Regulation.

f) Muscle Blood Flow and cardiac Output During Exercise, Coronary Circulation.

g) Circulatory Shock.

h) RBC, Anemia, Polycythemia, WBC, Resistance of Body to Infection, Blood Groups.

i) Hemostasis and Blood Coagulation

Kidney and Body Fluids

a) Body Fluid Compartments: ECF, ICF, Intersitial Fluids and Edema.

b) Urine Formation By the Kidneys: Nephron, Glomerular Filtration, Renal Blood Flow, Tubular

Reabsorption.

c) Regulation of ECF Osmolarity and Sodium Concentration

d) Integration of Renal Mechanisms for Control of Blood Volume and ECF Volume.

e) Renal Regulation of Potassium, Calcium, Phosphate and Magnesium, Regulation of Acid-

Base Balance.

f) Diuretics



Respiration

a) Mechanics of Pulmonary Ventilation, Pulmonary Volumes and Capacities, Alveolar

Ventilation, Functions of the

Respiratory Passageways

b) Pulmonary Circulation, Pulmonary Edema, pleural Fluid

c) Physical Principles of Gas Exchange, Transport of Oxygen and carbon dioxide in the Blood

and Body Fluids

d) Regulation of Respiration.

e) Respiratory Dysfunction.

Nervous System

a) Sensory Receptors, Neuronal Circuits for Processing Information.

b) Somatic sensations: Touch, Position, Pain, Thermal, Headache.

c) Special Senses

d) Motor Functions of the Spinal Cord: Cord Reflexes, Spinal cord Transection, Spinal Shock.

e) Cortical and Brain Stem Control of Motor Function: The Motor Cortex, Corticospinal Tract,

Vestibular Sensations and

.Gastrointestinal System

a) Motility, Nervous Control, Blood Circulation

b) Propulsion and Mixing of Food

c) Secretory Functions

d) Digestion and Absorption.

Endocrinology and Reproduction

a) Hormone Secretion, Transport and Clearance from Blood



b) Hormones: Pituitary, Thyroid, Adrenocortical, Insulin, Parathyroid, Reproductive.

c) Puberty, Menarche, Menopause

d) Pregnancy and Lactation

e) Fetal and Neonatal Physiology: Special Functional Problems of Neonate, Prematurity.

PAPER-3

General Bacteriology

Morphology, Stainings, detailed structure in comparison to Ecomytic Cell,

Bacterial anatomy.Microscopy

Various optical methods available for viewing microorganisms and their

application,

.Overview of microbial world

Classification

Purpose

Basic Principles and classification systems.Growth, survival of microorganisms

-growth curve

-growth parameters

-Survival of micro organisms in natural environment.

-Role of antimicrobial agents

Cultivation of Micro organisms

-growth requirements-sources of metabolic energy

-Bacterial nutrition

-methods of cultivation

.Microbial Metabolism



-Metabolism of bio synthesis and growth.

-bio synthesis pathway

-energy yielding metabolism

-regulation of metabolic pathways.

Bacterial Genetics-mutation

-conjugation

-genetic mechanism of drug resistance

-genetic engineering

Destruction of micro organism.

-sterilization and disinfection

-antimicrobial agents

General principles in Diagnostic Microbiology

-collection and handling of various samples

-laboratory safety

-antimicrobial susceptibility and assays

-lab animal an introduction

PAPER-4

ImmunologyUnit – I

Immune response: Immunity, Type (Innate & adaptive immune response)

Organs of Immune System: Primary and Secondary lymphoid organ

Ontogeny and phylogeny of Lymphocytes: T and B Lymphocyts, Null

Unit – II

Cell of Immune System: Mononuclear cell and granulocytes, Antigen

presenting cell.

Antigen, Heptanes: Factors effecting immunogenicity,m epitopes

(Properties of it)



Antibodies: Structure , Types and function

Unit – III

Complement System : Role of complement system in immune response,

complements and

Components and activationpathways.

Monoclonal antibodies: Production characterization and applications in

diagnosis, therapy and

basic research.

Antigen-Antibody interaction, avidity & affinity measurement.

Unit – IV

Hypersensitivity: Definition, factor causing hypersensitivity

Common hypersensitivity reaction, types, classification based on the time

taken for reaction

Auto Immune disease

Unit – V

Immunodiagnostics: Precipitation techniques, Agglutination, Fluoresence

techniques

ELISA, RIA

Double diffusion and Immuno-electrophoresis.

Immunidiagnostics: VDRL test, Widal test, RA factor, Blood grouping, Rh

typing, Comb’s test



PAPER-5

Haematology

1. Introduction of haematology, composition of blood, cellular and

humoral components.

2. Reception labeling and recording of laboratory investigations.

3. Quality control in Individual Laboratory.

4. Cleaning of glass wares, pipettes, ESR tubes and couting chamber. Care

of syringes and

Needles.5. Error in procedure / Sources of Error .

6. Preparation of capillary pipettes, Distilled water, reagents Buffer and

Normal solutions.

7. Collection of specimen, difference between capillary and artery and

venous blood specimen

use of each.

8.Preparation and examination of thin, thick and wet blood films forblood parasite. Stained

blood films -Leishman's, wright's, Simon's stain and supravital.

9.Preparation of solutions.

10.Normal and abnormal blood cells morphology -erythrocytes,

leucocytes, platelets,

reticulocytes count.

11.Recognition of principle blood pictures, knowledge about the Anaemiaand Leukamias.

Abnormalities of RBCS -shape, size, colour, premature RBCS (RBCS series

and WBCS

series).



12.Methods of measuring haemoglobin including spectro photometric,

method PCV, MCH,

MCHC & MCV and ESR.

13.a) Total WBC and RBC count -Micropipette and bulk dilution methods.

b) Packed cell volume (Haematocrit) -macro and or micro methods.c) Calculation and interpretation of cell Indices (absolute values)

d) Differential count of WBC, including Arneth,and Schilling counts.

e) Absolute Eosinophil counts.

f) Platelets count direct and indirect.

g) Bleeding and clotting time -Duke and Ivy methods.

h) Erythrocyt~s sedimentation rate.

i) Normal and Abnormal values.

14.a) Recognition of blood parasities.

b) Malaria and its life cycles and Differential diagnosies of malaria

parasite.

c) Kala -azar (L.D. bodies)

d) Spirochaetes.

e) Trypanasomes

f) Microfilaria



MSC MEDICAL

MICROBIOLOGY

SECOND YEAR



PAPER-1

Blood Banking

1. Principal of Immuno haematology.2. Blood Bank management and planning, The reception and recording of

specimens,

Cataloging and indexing, Maintenance

of Blood Bank records.

3. Knowledge of Maintenance and working of blood strong cabinets.

4. Preparation and sterilization of transfusion sets.

5. Preparation and use of ACD (acid citrate dextrose), EDTA, Heparin, CPDCitrate Phosphate

Dextrose) .

6. Theory including inheritance and nomenclature of ABO and Rh, blood

group system other

blood groups.

7. Subgroups of ABO blood group system.

8. Techniques for determination of various blood groups.9. Sources of errors in grouping and their elemination.

10. Selection and preparation of grouping sera.

11. Group sera titration.

12. Criteria for selecting and rejecting Donors.

13. Method & Precaution of Blood Collection.

14. preservation of Blood.

15. Ante -natal investigation.16. Coombs test compatibility and techniques -Direct and Indirect

methods.

17. Cross matching techniques.

18. Investigation of Malaria and Microfilaria. HIV test ABS Ag.



19. Investigation of VDRL I Kahn test.

20. Blood collection and preservation.

21. Quality control in Blood Bank.

22. Disposal of used and other materials of Blood Bank.

PAPER-2

Applied Microbiology

- Normal flora of the human body

- Collection of clinical specimens for diagnosis and method of

processing

- antibiotic susceptibility testing and its interpretation andreporting.

- Nosocomial infection -surveillance and control.

- Diseases transmitted through air, water, milk and food.

- Quality control in diagnostic microbiology.

- National programmes for control of infectious diseases.

- Etiology, laboratory diagnosis of infectious diseases of eachsystem.



PAPER-3

Molecular Biology & GENETICS

Basic knowledge as applicable to molecular diagnostics and molecular

epidemiology.

Basic knowledge only of the following

1. Recombinant DNA technology.

2. Southern, northern and western blotting.

3. DNA amplification techniques.

4. Diagnostic PCR, different methods of PCR product detection (liquidhybdridization,

Elisa.)

5. Genotyping of microbes and viruses.

Continuity of life - heredity, variation; mendel's laws of inheritance,

chromosomal basis of

inheritance; other patterns of inheritance - incomplete dominance,multiple allelism,

quantitative inheritance.

Chromosomes - bacterial cell and eukaryotic cell; parallelism between

genes and

chromosomes; genome, linkage and crossing over; gene mapping;

recombination; sex

chromosomes; sex determination; sex linked inheritance; mutation and

chromosomal

aberrations; Human genetics - methods of study, genetic disorders.

DNA as a genetic material - its structure and repliaction; structure of RNA

and its role in



protein synthesis; Gene expression - transcription and translation in

prokaryotes and

eukaryotes; regulation of gene expression, induction and repression -

housekeeping genes;

nuclear basis of differentiation and development; oncoenes.Basics of Recombinant DNA technolgy; cloning; gene bank; DNA

fingerprinting; genomics -

principles and applications, transgenic plants, animals and microbes.

PAPER-4

Virology

Unit – IGeneral morphology and ultra structure of Viruses: Capsids- Helical Symmetry,icosahedralsymmetry and complexsymmetry.Envelope: Glycoprotein and matrix proteinViral genome: their types and structureUnit – IICultivation of Viruses in embryonated eggs, experimental animals and cell culture:primary andsecondary cell culture,suspension cell culture and monolayer cell cultures.Assays of viruses: physical and chemical methods of assays (protein nuclei acid,radioactivitytraces, electrons microscopy,plaque method, pock counting method, end point method and infectivity of plant

viruses).Serological methods: haemagglutination haemagglutinationinhibitation, complementfixation,immunofluroscence assays(IFA) ELISA, RIA.Unit – IIIPlant viruses: Recent advances in classification of plant viruses



Life sciences and other details of TMV and mosaic virus, potato virus XGeneral idea about cyanophages, actinophages and mycoviruses.Unit – IVBacterophages: Classification, Morphology and ultrastructureOne step growth curve ( Latent period, eclipse period and burst size)

Life cycle: Lytic and Lysogenic cycles of bacteriophagesUnit – VAnimal viruses; classification and nomenclatureLife cycles and other details of DNA viruses: herpes, adeno and SV40Life cycle and other details of RNA viruses: Retroviruses, oncogenic viruses andlentiviruses(HIV), picorna, ortho myxo andparamyxo.

PAPER-5Parasitology

PARASITOLOGY

a. General Principles of host parasite interactions and definitions of terms

in this

connection.

b. Morphology, life cycle and pathogenesis of the parasites listed below.The students

should know the medical importance, laboratory diagnostic methods,

drugs used for

therapy and Epidemiology.

PROTOZOA

1. Intestinal amoebae.

2. Free living pathogenic amoebae3. Intestinal and genital flagellates

4. Haemoflagellates

5. Ciliates of medical importance

6. Malarial parasite



HELMINTHS

1. Nematodes

(a) Intestinal

(b) Tissue

2. Trematodes infection in man.3. Cestodes infecting man

4. Larval infections in man.



MSc MLTDetailed

Syllabus(YEARLY PROGRAMME)



Msc.MLT

First Year


1. MSCMLT-110 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 100 100 200

2 MSCMLT-120 BIOCHEMISTRY 100 100 200

3 MSCMLT-130 CLINICAL PATHOLOGY 100 100 200

4 MSCMLT-140 INSTRUMENTATION 100 100 200

5 MSCMLT-150 CLINICAL HAEMATOLOGY 100 100 200

6 MSCMLT-160 BLOOD BANKING 100 100 200

7 MSCMLT-170 LAB MANAGEMENT 100 100 200

Total 1400

Msc.MLT

Second year


1 MSCMLT-210 BACTERIOLOGY 100 100 200

2 MSCMLT-220 VIROLOGY & MYCOLOGY 100 100 200

3 MSCMLT-230 PARASIT0LOGY & MICROBIOLOGY 100 100 2004 MSCMLT-240 IMMUNOLOGY 100 100 200

5 MSCMLT-250 CYTOLOGY & HISTOPATHOLOGY 100 100 200

6 MSCMLT-260 REASERCH METHODOLOGY &

TECHNIQUES

100 100 200

Total 1200



PAPER I: Human Anatomy & Physiology

Unit I

Cell structure, division & function

Cell organelles

Tissue: Types of tissues and their functions

Skeletal system

Unit II

Digestive system: Physiology and anatomy of mouth, stomach, intestine

Absorption of food and its excretion

Role of Bile in digestion and excretion

Liver function and a brief description of liver and biliary tree

Unit III

Respiratory system: Brief description of larynx, bronchi, lungs

Cardiovascular system: Anatomy and Physiology of heart, arteries and veins

Circulation: Systematic and pulmonary (in brief)

Brief review of chambers

Unit IV

Urinary system: Structure and Function of the Kidney, uterus, bladder,

urethra and nephronGive special emphasis on formation of Urine

Physiology and Anatomy of male and female reproductive organs

Endocrine: Pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, thymus, adrenals and pancreas

Unit V

Central nervous system: Brain, spinal cord and meninges explain with its

functions

Skins: Structure and Functions

Study and give small project on bones and cartilages



PAPER II: BIOCHEMISTRY

Part A Basic Biochemistry

Bioenergetics, Entropy, Enthalpy & their basic introduction

Concept of free energy, Thermodynamics 1st & 2nd Law.

Carbohydrate: Structure, properties,, chemical reactions & functions

Amino Acids: Essential & non Essential amino acids with structure & function

Proteins: Primary, Secondary, tertiary & quaternary (Overview)

Lipids: Structure, Classification & properties

Enzymes: Classification, enzyme action & their mechanism. Enzyme

inhibition, Mode of action

Of chymotrypsin & related enzymes

Nucleic Acids: Structure of Purine & pyrimidine bases

Nucleotide & Nucleosides

DNA & RNA: Structure & Properties

Vitamins

Part B Clinical Biochemistry

Carbohydrates: Carbohydrates intermediate metabolism, glycogenesis,

glycogenolysis,

gluconeogenesis & glycolysis.

TCA, HMP, and its regulations

Disorcerds of carbohydrates metabolism related to each cycle (inborn error

of metabolism)

Proteins: Different metabolic pathway of amino acid

The flow sheet of amino acids oxidation. Transamination,

oxidativedeamination and pathways

leading to acetyl co-A.



Decarboxylation of Amino acids, formation of nitrogenous excretion

products. Urea cycle and

ammonia excretion.

Lipid: Biosynthesis and oxidation of fatty acids (odd & even number )

Ketone bodies formation and their oxidation

Regulation and inborn error of lipid metabolism

Biochemical aspects of Hormone: Hormone receptors and intracellular

messengers, Adenylate

cyclase, protein kinase and

phosphodiesterase.

Role of Insulin, glucagons, epinephrine and their mechanism

Various endocrine and regulatory systems mediated by cyclic AMP.

Vitamin: Fat and Water soluble and their deficiency

Mineral metabolism : Minor and Major (cu, Fe, Ca, Mg & P)

Inborn error of Nucleic acids metabolism

Practical:

Estimation of Protein by Folin’s method in a given sample.Estimation of Glucose / GOD – POD method

Estimation of bilirubin by kit method in a given sample

Estimation of Urea by kit method in a blood / Urine

Total protein test – A:G ratio

Urine Analysis Chemical, Physical, Microscopical

Draw a standard graph of GTT curve.

Demonstration of electrophoresis

Estimation of Sodium & Potassium by flame photometer.



PAPER III: Clinical Pathology

Introduction to Histology, the cell, cell Organelles, nucleus, cell division,

tissues, fresh &

fixed tissues.

Different types of Embedding Viz. Wax, Resin, Cryostat etc. Basic Cytology

Fixation of tissue, different kind of fixatives, sample fixative, compound

fixative,

formaldehyde,

mercusic chloride, osmium, Picric acid, alcohols, other acids, formaline,

buffered fomaline,

osmic

acid, zenleer soln, he;ly’s soln, cytological fixatives, nuclear fixatives, fixation

of smear etc.,

decalcification, method of decalcification, assessment of decalcification, soln

for

decalcification.Processing of tissue, dehydration, impregnation in the wax, manual and

automatic tissue

processor, gelatin embedding, celloidin embedding, double embedding,

cytological fixatives,

preparation of different smears, vaginal, sputum, membrane.

Microtome, instrument, principle, use in section cutting, parts and working

of commonly used

microtome, different kinds of microtome, rotary, base sledge, sliding, lowtemperature

microtome, cryostat, microtome knives, homing and stropping knives.

Section cutting of paraffin sections, section preparation from frozen

sections, fixing of tissue



to slide, preparation of cello din section and fixation. Staining techniques,

natural dyes,

synthetic dyes, basic and acidic dyes, haematoxylin staining, Pap, flucker &

Conn,

methanamine silver nitrate, ziehl

neelsen’s stain, propylene glycol sudan technique, papanicolaou, harn’s

alum, Haematoxylin,

acridine orange technique.

PAPER IV: Instrumentation

Unit – I

Mircoscope: Light, phase contrast, interference, fluorescence, polarization

and electron

microscopy (principle, parts and its

application)

Photometry: Basic principal UV-Vis spectrometry and colorimetry

instrumentation and its

application

Unit – IIFluorimetry: Principal, Instrumentation and application

Electrophoresis: Principal, types and application ( agrose gel

electrophoreses, starch gel and

polyacrylamide

electrophoresis)

Unit – III

Centrifuge: Basic principle, type analytical and preparative centrifuges,

different densitygradient centrifuge and analytical

with its application

Blood analyzer: Principal, instrument and its application

Unit – IV

Microtome: Principal, instruments and its uses.



Incubator, hot air oven and autoclave: Principal, instrument and its

application.

Unit – V

Radioactivity: Radioisotopes, half life units, Geeger Mueller counter, gamma

counter and

scintillation

PH meter (principle types, types of electrodes and application)

Practical:

Verification of Beer’s Law

Electrophoresis of protein – native and under denaturing condition.

Separation of sub cellular organelles by different centrifugation

Separation of blood cells by density gradient centrifugation

Handling and management of instruments

Estimation of blood urea creatinine uric acid, calcium and phosphorous

PAPER V: Clinical Haematology

1 Red Blood Cells :

a. Normal morphology count

b. Isolation from whole blood & count

c. Effect on count & morophology of physiochemical parameters & thediseased state

d. Red cell anomalies & their relevance w.r.t normal & diseased state

2 Blood Transfusion :

a. Pre-requisitement & the complication of mis-matched transfusion

b. Methods of blood matching

3 White blood cells & platelets;-

a. Morphology count & methods of isolation

b. Effect on count & morophology of cell by the physiochemical parameters ,diseased . State & the relevance of condition of the diseases

4 Anaemia’s, :

a. Definaation ( in general ) & courses

b. Types of anaemia & their classification

c. Physiochemical , characteristic features & eterology of a plastic anaemia,



haemoloytic,megaloblastic

d. linical features & diagonosis

5 Leukaemia

a. Definition (in general ) & their etrology

b. Classification of leukaemia

c. FAB classification

d. Etiologies ,physiochemical features of different Type of leukaeia,s with

reference to

clinical states

e. Diagonosis of different types of leukaemias

6 Coagulation studies ;

General pathways ( intrinsic & extrinsic ) b. Properties ( physiochemical )

mode of action of

coagulation factors

c. Platelet studies ,platelet function tests ( for different Coagulation factors )

> Effect

of promoters & inhibitors at diff steps in coaguation,their solution & mode

of

action

d. Diseases associated with coagulation disorders ,their etrology &characteristics

features.

7 Red Cell mass studies ;

a. Chemical method & radioactive methods

b. Red Cell function studies



PAPER-VI: Blood Banking

Reception, labeling and recording of laboratory investigationsCleaning of glassware, pipettes, E.S.R tubes and counting chambersPreparation of capillary pipette, distilled water, reagents, buffersCollection of blood, preparation of blood smear, staining of blood and bone marrow smears.Measurement of hemoglobin, counting of leucocytes, erythrocytes, platelets and reticulocytes.Recognition of blood cells in peripheral blood smearDetermination of haematocrite and E.S.R, preperation of haemolysate and determination of alkali resistant hemoglobin,paper electrophoresis of hemoglobin.Test for sickle celling, bleeding time, coagulation time, prothrombin time, and kaolin cephalinclotting time.

Abo blood grouping and Rh typingPerformance of direct and indirect coombs test, red cell agglutination test (screening Paulbunnel test).

Preparation for the demonstration of L.E. Cell phenomenon.Blood donor selection & screeningBlood collection and preservation, principal of clearing and preparing transfusion bottle andtubing sets – preparation andcomposition of anticoagulant – preservative solutions.Transfusion reaction and their investigations

PAPER VII: Lab Management

Ethics of the pathological clinicsOrganization of a pathology laboratory under board of quality controlPersonality development and patient relationshipPathology reports writingComputer application in pathological clinics

Accountancy in clinical pathologyHospital ManagementOperation ethicsSocial ethics of pathology

Proper handling of instruments

PracticalInstrumentationClinical HaematologyBlood BankingLab ManagementInternal Assessment



Second Year

PAPER I : BacteriologyUnit – I

Introduction, history and scope of microbiology

Contribution of Anatomy Von Leeuwenhook, Louis Pasteur. Alexender

Fleming in the

development of Microbiology

Morphology and ultrastructure of bacterial cell wall of eubacteria and

archaebacteria cell

membranes – structure,composition and properties

Unit – II

Bacterial Nutrition: Nutritional groups, common nutritional requirements,

growth factors.

Growth of bacteria under extreme conditions: Psychrophiles, thermophiles,

halophiles and

acidophiles

Bacterial reproduction: Binary fission and endospore formationUnit – III

Mycoplasmas: General characteristics, structure and reproduction

Cyanobacteria: General characteristics, structure, reproduction and

economic importance

Bacterial growth curve, generation time, growth Kinetics – Synchronous,

Batch and continuous

cultures Measurement of

growth and factors affecting growth.

Unit – IV

Chemical control of microorganims: Heat, Filtration and radiation

Sterilization of soaps , detergents and dyes.



Chemical control of microorganisms: halogens, phenol and phenolic

compounds, heavy metals,

alcohols, ethylene oxide,

aldehydes and hydrogen peroxide.

Unit – V

Basis of microbial classification. Classification and salient features of bacteria

according to

Bergey’s manual of determinative

bacteriology.

Kingdom fungi: Structure, reproduction and classification of fungi

General characteristics and life cycle of : Zygomycetes, Ascmycetes

Basidiomycetes and Deuteromycetes.

PAPER II: Virology & Mycology

Unit – I

General morphology and ultra structure of Viruses: Capsids- Helical

Symmetry, icosahedral

symmetry and complex

symmetry.Envelope: Glycoprotein and matrix protein

Viral genome: their types and structure

Unit – II

Cultivation of Viruses in embryonated eggs, experimental animals and cell

culture: primary and

secondary cell culture,

suspension cell culture and monolayer cell cultures.

Assays of viruses: physical and chemical methods of assays (protein nucleiacid, radioactivity

traces, electrons microscopy,

plaque method, pock counting method, end point method and infectivity of

plant viruses).



Serological methods: haemagglutination haemagglutinationinhibitation,

complement fixation,

immunofluroscence assays

(IFA) ELISA, RIA.

Unit – III

Plant viruses: Recent advances in classification of plant viruses

Life sciences and other details of TMV and mosaic virus, potato virus X

General idea about cyanophages, actinophages and mycoviruses.

Unit – IV

Bacterophages: Classification, Morphology and ultrastructure

One step growth curve ( Latent period, eclipse period and burst size)

Life cycle: Lytic and Lysogenic cycles of bacteriophages

Unit – V

Animal viruses; classification and nomenclature

Life cycles and other details of DNA viruses: herpes, adeno and SV40

Life cycle and other details of RNA viruses: Retroviruses, oncogenic viruses

and lentiviruses

(HIV), picorna, ortho myxo and

paramyxo.

MyCOLOGY1. Classification of Fungi

2. Growth and isolation

3. Mycoses (all types)

4. Laboratory diagnosis of mycotic diseases.

5. Immunity in fungal diseases and value of immuno diagnosis.

6. Role of mycotoxin

7. Antifungal agents

8. Epidemiology of fungal diseases.



PAPER III: Parasitology & Microbiology

Unit I(i) General principle of host parasite interaction and definitions of terms in this connection.(ii) Classification of the parasitic protozoans.(iii) Introduction to parasite host and Vectors. Morphology, life cycle and lab diagnosis of Ecoli,Trichomonas

and Leishmania.Unit II(i) Classification of parasitic helminthes.(ii) Morphology, life cycle and lab diagnosis of malarial parasite.(iii) Morphology, life cycle and lab diagnosis of Ascaries and Taenia.

Microbiology

1 Classification of bacteriaOn bacilli of differential staining Gram,s Stain .( its modification ) ZN .Stain ( its modification)

B ) On basis of their structure2 Pre –remit of sample collections-general & disease specific their processing & storage3 Identification of bacteria on basis of cultural characteristics ,morphological , & serologicalfeatures.

A) Staphylococcus & streptococcus including pneumonococciB) Family EnterobactericalC) Haemophilus bordetllaD) CorynebacteriumE) Nessieria .TreponemaF) Leptospira ,mycoplasma,chlamydia & Trieagents4 Identification of pathogenic & nonpathogenic fungi( Morphologically,biochemically

a) Yeastb) Dermatophytesc) Cryptocococcid) Histoplasmae) Nocardiaf) Common lab fungal contaminants5 Characteristic diagnostic serological tests in diseases : Cholera,Typhoid,Tuberclosis ,VDRL,,TPHA, Satellitism.ELISA, PCR.



6 Uerologya)General morphology & ultra structure of virus and growth cycles.b)Viral genome : Their types & symmetry.c) Cultivation of virus in embryonated eggs, primary culture & secondary cultured) Assay methods: Physical & chemical

e) Classification1 On basic of structure2 On basic of nuclear materialf) Clinical diagnosis serological techniques for identification of bacteria : TMVBacteriophages.HIV . SV 40 ,myxo & paramyxovirus: PracticalBacteriology : 20 MarksVirology & Mycology : 15 MarksParasitology : 20 MarksDiagnostic Microbiology : 20 MarksInternal Assessment : 25 Marks

PAPER IV: Immunology

Unit – IImmune response: Immunity, Type (Innate & adaptive immune response)Organs of Immune System: Primary and Secondary lymphoid organOntogeny and phylogeny of Lymphocytes: T and B Lymphocyts, NullUnit – IICell of Immune System: Mononuclear cell and granulocytes, Antigen presenting cell.

Antigen, Heptanes: Factors effecting immunogenicity,m epitopes (Properties of it) Antibodies: Structure , Types and function

Unit – IIIComplement System : Role of complement system in immune response, complements andComponents and activationpathways.Monoclonal antibodies: Production characterization and applications in diagnosis, therapy andbasic research.

Antigen-Antibody interaction, avidity & affinity measurement.Unit – IVHypersensitivity: Definition, factor causing hypersensitivityCommon hypersensitivity reaction, types, classification based on the time taken for reaction

Auto Immune diseaseUnit – VImmunodiagnostics: Precipitation techniques, Agglutination, Fluoresence techniquesELISA, RIADouble diffusion and Immuno-electrophoresis.Immunidiagnostics: VDRL test, Widal test, RA factor, Blood grouping, Rh typing, Comb’s test

\



PAPER V: Cytology & Histopathology

Cytological StainingCytological preparation with special emphasis on MGG, Pap stainsCytological FixativesCytological ScreeningQuality Control in Cytology LabCollection of Various cytological specimens

Vagina (All types of smear)Fluids (CSF, Ascitic, Pleural)Urine (Millipore method)Cervical CytologyBasis of detection of malignant & premalignant testingHormonal assessment with cytological techniques, sex chromatins & Pregnancy test

Aspiration cytology principles, indications & utility of the techniques with special emphasis onrole of cyto-technician in FNAC System

Histopathology

Unit – ITheory of Histopathology, Reception of specimens, Histopathology of Tumor cellHistopathology of Liver, Kidney, Adrenal, Ovary, TestiesMethod of preparing stains & Fixatives.Unit – IITheory of Tissue processing and embeddingTheory of H & E stainingUse of Microtome, Tissue section cuttingUnit – IIIEmbedding and preparation of blocks

Fixation of Tissue with DPX mountTheory of frozen section preparationUnit – IVPreparation of smear for Fine needle aspiration cytologyPap’s smear theory and identification of cells in a normal vaginal smear Stool examination: normal, abnormal constituent.Unit – VNormal and abnormal constituent of Urine



Normal and abnormal constituent of aminotic fluidNormal and abnormal constituent of Semem analysis

PAPER VI: Research Methodology & Techniques

Introduction to Research: Definition, Scope, Limitations, and Types.Objectives of ResearchResearch ProcessResearch DesignsData Collection: Secondary Data, Primary Data, and Methods of Collection.Scaling Techniques: Concept, Types, Rating scales & Ranking ScalesScale Construction Techniques, Multi Dimensional Scaling.

Sampling Designs: Concepts, Types and TechniquesSample Size DecisionTheory of Estimation and Testing of HypothesisSmall & Large Sample Tests, Tests of Significance based on t, F , Z test and Chi-SquareTest.Designing Questionnaire.Interviewing.Tabulation, Coding, Editing.Interpretation and Report Writing.



SINGHANIA

UNIVERSITY

SYLLABUS

PG DIPLOMA

IN

ULTRASONOGRAPHY



PAPER-1

ULTRASOUND

Maximum Time : 3 hrs.University Assessment – 70%

Total Marks : 200 Internal Assessment –30%

Minimum Pass Marks – 40%

1. Ultra Sound

Principle of Ultra Sound

Types of Ultra Sound

Equipments description

Indication and Clinical Application

The physics of ultrasound imaging

Types of transducers

Ultrasound tissue characterization

The potential for three dimensionalultrasound

Artifacts in ultrasound



Comparison of ultrasound equipment

Computerization of data

Image recording

Safety of ultrasound

Medical sonography : reproductive effects

and risks

Transvanginal ultrasonography

The obstetric ultrasound examination

Method of gynecologic ultrasound

examination

Assessment of normal fetal growth

Fetal behavior states

Fetal breathing movements

Fetal activity

Twins and twinning

Fetal tumors

Placenta and umbilical cord



Role of ultrasound in the delivery suite

Vaginal ultrasonography of the pregnant

cervix

Screening for ovarian cancer

Practical: Transvanginal ultrasonography,

Screening for ovarian cancer, ultrasonographyof the pregnant cervix.



PAPER-2

DOPPLER & ECHO CARDIO GRAPHY

Maximum Time : 3 hrs. University Assessment – 70%Total Marks : 200 Internal Assessment –30%


1. Equipments and description

2. Color Doppler Flow Imaging3. Indication

4. Preparation and Technique

5. Clinical Application

6. Artifacts of Doppler

PRACTICAL:

Application of various procedures in well equipped

Hospital and Diagnostic Centers



PAPER-3

Basic Patient care and safety

Maximum Time : 3 hrs. University Assessment – 70%

Total Marks : 200 Internal Assessment –30%


1. Basic Patient care and safety in ultrasound and

Doppler imaging

i. Care of Pts Belongings

ii. Body mechanics

iii. Skin Care

iv. Departmental Safety

2. Infection control and institutional Safety

3. Professional issues in Radiologic technology

i. Legal issue

ii. Medical Records and Documentation

iii. Professional ethics

4. Patient care during special Procedures of Ultrasound.

PRACTICAL: Urological Procedure

Ultrasound, Application of various procedures in well

equipped Hospital and Diagnostic Centers





SINGHANIA UNIVERITY

UP-Vaidya Syllabus

Time 3 hours

Up – Vaidya

Sr.No

Paper Code Subject(s)/paper(s) Theory.Marks Practical

1 Up-Vaidya-110 Sharir Rachana 100 100

2 Up-Vaidya-120 Sharir Kriya 100 100

3 Up-Vaidya-130 Dravyaguna Vigyan 100 100

4 Up-Vaidya-140 Rasa Shstra & Bhaishjya Kaipana 100 100

5 Up-Vaidya-150 Rog Nidan Evam Chikitsa 100 100

6 Up-Vaidya-160 Prathamik Uparchar Evam Rugna

Paricharya

100 100

Total Marks: 1200



Sharir Rachna

Up-vaidya-110

Time-3 hours M.M-100

1. Definition of Shaariram, its derivation, meaning, synonym and Interpretation.

2. Shadang Sharira: Six regions of Body, organs of abdomen, their names and description.

3. Asthi sharira: Number and types of bones according to Sushrut and Modern Science.

4. Sandhi sharira: Number and types of joints with examples according to Sushrut.

5. Koshtha & Ashaya sharira: Define Koshtha and enumerate the koshthangs and ashayas in the body.

6. Peshi sharira: Definition of Peshi and their importance in the body.

7. Shira, Dhamani & Srotas sharira: srotas, sira, dhamani are similar structures what is the difference

between

them.

8. Definition of srotas, its derivation and number, names and importance.

9. Structure of eye, ear, brain, heart, pancreas, gall-bladder, spleen.

10. Garbha sharira – foetal anatomy-shukra & artava’s qualities qualifying them as pure & competent for

conception.

11. Beeja, Beejabhaga, Beeja bhagavayava.

12. Morphological and physiological changes in the embryo during nine months in the womb.

13. Indriya vigyan sharira: Sensory organs and their locations and nerves concerned with each.

14. Twak sharira: layers of skin, their names according to Sushrut and modern science.

15. Organs participating in the digestion process in the Alimentary canal.

16. The anatomical description of organs of urinary system.

17. Kala sharira: Definition and names of kala according to Sushruta.

18. Spinal cord, cranial nerves.

19. Describe in detail the vertebrae of vertebral column.

20. 12 pranas, 10 pranayatana, 3 pradhaanmarmani, 15 koshthagni.

21. Description of Hridayam according to Sushruta and its importance and functions in health.

22. Description of Yakrita, its importance and functions according to modern science.



SHARIR KRIYA

Up-vaidya-120

Time:3 hours M.M - 100

1. Dosh, dhatu, mala mulam shariram.

2. Five types of vata, their names, locations and functions in health.

3. Five types of pitta, their names, locations and functions in health.

4. Five types of kapha their names, locations and functions in health.

5. Dehprakriti, types of dosha prakritis and characterisitics of vata, pitta and kapha dominant person.

6. Rashi purusha and its components according to ayurveda.

7. Names of seven Dhatus, upadahtus and their nutrition from digested essence of the food.

8. Description of Agni and complete process of the digestion of Food. (Ahara paka kriya and avastha paka

Kriya).

9. The nutrition of sevedhatus as explained by kshirdadhinyaya, kedarikulya nyayand khalekapota nyaya

(Theories).

10. Definition, production types qualities and importance of Ojas and bala.

11. Description of Vyadhi Kshmatva.

12. Characteristics of presence of Atma in the body.

13. Concept of mind, it number, functions and role in health.

14. The description of blood according to Ayurved and modern science.

15. The process of recognition–Gnanotpatti–according to charak.

16. Endocrine glands, their name, location and fuctions in health.

17 . Composition of blood functions of blood elements. Blood group and coagulation of blood. Brief information

regarding disorders of blood.



DRAVYAGUNA VIGYAN

Up-vaidya-130


1. Definition of Dravyaguna Vigyan and its importance.

2. Definition of Dravya and its importance.3. Definition of Rasa, types and Panchbhautic composition of Rasa.

4. Definition, types and importance of Gunas, Vipaka, Veerya, Prabhav.

5. Introduction to Karmas (actions)

Deepan, Paachan, Graahi, stambhan, Bhedan, Rechan, Anuloman, Sramsana, Samshodhana, Rasayana,

Vajikarana, Vyavai, Madakari, Vikasi.

Introduction to Mishrak Varga

Triphala, Madhurtriphala, Sugandhatriphala, Swalptriphala, Trijatake, Chaturjata, Trikatu, Trimada,

Panchkola, Shadushan, Panchawalkala, Chathurshana, Trikantaka, Panchapallav, Laghu

Panchamool, Brihad Panchmoola, Vallipanchmoola, Trinpanchmoola, Ashtavarga.

6. Classification of Drugs according to Ayurvedic principles.

7. Study of following drugs including Classification, Latin name. Family, Vernacular name, Synonyms,

Botanical description, Varities. Habitat, Chemical composition, Properties, Doshakarm, Actions. Uses, Parts

used : Dosage, Formulations, Substitute and Adulteration.

1. Aragvadha 2. Ardraka

3. Apaamarga 4. Arjuna

5. Ashwagandha 6. Arka

7. Aamalaki 8. Ashok

9. Balaa 10. Bilva

11. Bhringraj 12. Dhatura

13. Ela 14. Gokshur

15. Guduchi 16. Guggulu

17. Chandan 18. Chitrak

19. Haritakee 20. Haridra

21. Jyotishmati 22. Jamboo

23. Jataamansi 24. Kutaja

25. Khadira 26. Bhumyamalki

27. Nirgundi 28. Nimba29. Marich 30. Madanphala

31. Pareesha 32. Punarnava

33. Pippali 34. Rohitak

35 .Rasona 36. Shirisha

37. Shatavari 38. Karanja

39. Kumari 40 . Shalmali



41 Sudershan 42 . Tulsi

43. Tvak 44 .Udumber

45. Vansh 46 . Vacha

47. Vibhitaki 48 . Lodhra

49. Vidang 50. Yashtimadhu

51. Katuka 52. Vasa

53. Sarpgandha 54. Sunthi

Practical 100 marks

1. Preparation of Herbarium Sheets of 25 drugs.

2. Method of Identification of Drugs.

3. Description and identification of at least 30 important drugs mentioned in the theory.



Rasa Shastra & Bhaishjya Kalpana

Up-vaidya -140


Section – I Rasa Shastra 50 Marks

1. Principles of Shodhana, Marana and Jarana of Metals & Minerals.

2. Introduction, identification, types, impurities, shodhana, marana, therapeutic dose, adverse effects and

antidotes of Uparasas, Sadharan Rasa, Dhatu and Ratna.

3. Introduction, shodhana, therapeutic dose, antidotes, toxicity of visha-upavisha varga.

4. Preparation of several Ayurvedic formulations like Bhasma, Sindooras, Netrabindu, Varti & Rasa

preparations.

5. Aushadha Yoga

1. Anandbhairav rasa 2 .Arogyavardhini rasa

3. Garbhapal rasa 4. Gandhak rasayana

5. Tribhuvankirtirasa 6. Laxmivilas rasa

7. Navajivan rasa 8. Shwaskuthar rasa

9. Ichchhabhedi rasa 10. Chandraprabhavati

Section – II Bhaishajya Kalpana 50 Marks1. Preparatory methods of Sneha Kalpana and Sandhan Kalpana.

2. Definition and application of Bhojana, Bhavana, Samskara, Mardana.

3. Preparatory methods of satva, Ghan Kalpana, Kshar Nirmana, Malhar Kalpana.

4. Preparation of several Ayurvedic formulations : Asavas, Arishtha, Taila, Ghrita, etc.

5. Aushadha Yogas:

1. Panchatikta Ghrita 2. Jatyadi Ghrita

3. Triphala Ghrita 4. Pind tail

5.. Satapaki Balitail 6. Panchagun tail

7. Drakshasava 8. Kutajarishta



9. Bhringraj tail 10. Shadabindu tail

11. Vishgarbha tail 12. Shakha vati

13. Khadiradi vati 14. Lavangadi vati

Their compositions, properties and uses.

Practical:Preparation of at least 30 yoga (Formulations) of different kalpanas.



ROGA NIDAN EVEM CHIKITSA

Up-vaidya -150


• Definition of Ayurveda as science of life.

• Brief introduction of Ashtang Ayurveda, Ayurveda Utpatti and Vikas.

• Important literary works, especially texts – Brihattrayi & Laghutrayi.• Panchakarma, Kriyakalpa, Agnikarma, Kshara Karma etc. Special therapeutic procedures – brief

description.

• Aushadha, Ahara, Aushadha sevana kala, Anupana, Anupana & Sahapana, Pathya- Apathya.

• Clinical importance of Chikitsa Chatuspada, Tridosha, Dhatu, Mala, Siddhanta.

• Definition and importance of Roga Vignan and Vikruti Vignan.

• Signs and symptoms of the increase and decrease of Doshas, Dhatu and Malas.

• Kriyakala.

• The importance of srotasa in the production of diseases.

• The determination of the disorders of srotasa.

• The causes and signs and symptoms of the vitiation of srotasa.

• The causes of the diseases of the different srotasa.

• Definition, General discussion and types of Vyadhi (disease).

• Astha mahagada (major disease) and astha nindita (condemned).• General description and importance of Nidana - panchaka.

• Trividha Rogi pariksha vidhi (Darshana etc. three types of Methodology of investigating a patient).

• Signs, Symptoms and diseases of ojovyapata, ojokshaya and ojochyuti.

• Vyadhikshamatva (Immunity).

• General description of Janapadodhvamasaka vyadhi (Epidemics) and Aupsargika Roga and Sansargaja

Roga (Infectious and communicable diseases).



Prathamik Upchar Evam Rugna Paricharya

Up-vaidya-160


Vegan dharniyadharniyam Vivek, Kitpatangadinam, Jiwanaitiham, Masak.

Makshika, Pipalikadi, Sansargatah, Roghvishesha, Tesham manavdeho raktagatam chatra gatam

vaishamyam.

Sankramak Nirodhak Bhavaha

Sankramak roga prasarasheha, prasangat Gatra sansparsati, Nihswarat, Sah Bhojanat, Ekasayyashat.

Gandhamalyadi, sam parkaccho psarga Rogah

Teshaam vishistam vigyanam tanni Rodhak & Niwarnabhu tascha Bhavah Swasthasyalakshnam, Swasthya

swarupam, swasthsya rakshanartham. Upachar Dincharya, Ratricharya, Ritucharya, Rituwanusaren, Ahara

swarupam, Nivas sthan vichar, Ahara vidhi vishesayatanani, paraspara viruddha dravya gunam Peyadravya

vishesh, Anupan vichar, Niwas sthan, udyoga sthan, krida sthan, siksha sthan, Paniyajalasthan. Aramgnna,Jalapan griha, Manovinod sthaladinam niyojana, Aaudogika sadvrita samanye sadurita.

Satmya satmya vichar, Shuchitvam, Vaidya guna, Chikitsalaya Bhesajya nirman Garadisu cha.

Shuchitvavivek, asuchan, Bhutanma, Kitadinamacy pravesha.

Tatjanya vikriti vigyanam, tannivarkopaya prati Rodhakapaya.

Sankramak Roga Gyanam, Tanpodwanshakarnam, Teshma viwarnopaya.

Vayu, Tala, Kala, Deshashacha, Tesham Durtih Tanniwarnopaya.































SINGHANIA

UNIVERSITY

DETAILED SYLLABUS

(BHA)

BACHELOR IN

HOSPITAL

ADMINISTRATION



BHA FIRST YEAR

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT & ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR

Meaning, Definition, it's nature purpose, importance & Functions, Management asArt, Science & Profession- Management as social System Concepts of

management.

Contribution of F.W.Taylor, Henri Fayol ,Elton Mayo , Chester Barhard & Peter

Drucker to the management thought. Various approaches to management.

Planning - Meaning - Need & Importance, types levels – advantages & limitations.

Forecasting, Decision making, Organizing, Staffing

Controlling & Coordination

Concept of Organizational Behaviour, Major Components of organizational behaviour – Personality development, Motivation, Group, Leadership, Cooperation

and Conflict

Characteristics of workgroups

Dynamics of organizational behavior

Motivation and Leadership

Conflict management

Transactional analysis



UNIT 2

QUANTITATIVE MANAGEMENT

Definition of Statistics, Scope of Statistics in Economics, Management

Data Condensation and graphical Methods : Raw data , attributes and variables ,

classification , frequency distribution , cumulative frequency distributions.

Graphs - Histogram , Frequency polygon.

Diagrams - Multiple bar , Pie ,Subdivided bar.

Criteria for good measures of central tendency , Arithmetic mean , Median andMode

for grouped and ungrouped data , combined mean .

Concept of dispersion , Absolute and relative measure of dispersion, Range,Variance,

Standard deviation, Coefficient of variation,

Concept of correlation, positive & negative correlation, Karl Pearson’s Coefficient

of correlation, meaning of regression,

UNIT-3

PRINCIPLES OF HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT

Concept of Health Care Industry & its ever-changing character

Understanding functioning of Corporate multi-specialty hospital

Managerial activities for effective hospital functioning



Duties and responsibilities of Hospital ManagersQualities of effective Managers

Effective inter and intra departmental co-ordination

UNIT-4

HEALTHCARE SERVICES

Demography – its concept, Vital events of life & its impact on demography

Significance and recording of vital statistics

Health scenario of India- past, present and future

National Health Policy, National Population Policy, National Five year plans

Background objectives, action plan, targets, operations, achievements and

constraints in various NationalHeath Programme.

UNIT-5

HEALTH EDUCATION

Aims & Principles of Health education

Methods of Health Education

Effects of health education

Levels & practice of health education

Need of Health education to attain positive health



UNIT-6

COMMUNICATION & BASIC INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Basic concepts & principles of good communication

Special characteristics of health communicationTypes & process of communication

Barriers of communication & how to overcomeCommunication with the media / press

Basic concepts about computer Hardware & Software

Working knowledge of commonly used hospital software

Application of Computer in hospitalsComputer programme and operating system

Importance of effective Health Information systemDigital maintenance of Medical Records



BHA SECOND YEAR

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1HOSPITAL SUPPORT SERVICES

Methods of Sterilization CSSD Nosocomial infection and hospital acquired infection control committee

Laundry servicesSecurity Services (General & Others like fire, gas etc.)

Transportation Services (External & Internal)Ambulatory Care

Hospital StoresMortuary (Preservation, transportation & religious formalities)

Kitchen servicesHouse Keeping

Maintenance

UNIT-2PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Concepts & Evolution of personnel Management in Hospital

Public RelationMethodology & tools of Personnel Management

Office rules & regulation & disciplinePerformance appraisal.



UNIT-3BIOMEDICAL WASTE MANAGEMENT

Definition of Biomedical WasteBMW – Segregation, collection, transportation, disposal

Liquid BMW, Radioactive waste, Metals / Chemicals / Drug wasteBMW Management & methods of disinfection

Modern technology for handling BMWMonitoring & controlling of cross infection (Protective devices)

UNIT-4HEALTH MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM

Why to have HMIS in Hospital set up

Health Information System

Hospital Information System

Management Information System

MIS as a tool to managerial control

UNIT-5HOSPITAL BASED HEALTHCARE

Concept of Modern Hospital & Privatization in Health Sector

Public Sector Hospitals and Level of care / offered facilitiesConcept of Corporate Hospital in developing countries

Infrastructure and lay out of an ideal corporate hospitalFunctioning of modern hospitals & changing need of patients

Hospitality in Hospital CareInvasive and non-invasive diagnostic facilities in modern hospital



UNIT-6

NUTRITION & DIETETICS

Food & Nutrition. Role of Antioxidants

Overview of Metabolism & Balance Diet for patientsDiet for Patient – Selection of food, Cooking methods, Tasty Food, Food to beavoid / Added in diet, Need of complementary food.

Steps to prevent food adulteration and Food Adulteration Act.Overview of Clinical Dietetics. Quality control of Food

Hygiene and special precautions in Hospital KitchenManagement of Hospital diet / Catering service

Role of dietitian in hospital diet service



BHA THIRD YEAR

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1Hospital Planning, Organization and operation

History and development of hospitals, Definition, types, control, role and

functions, Hospitals in India today- their number,

types, size, distribution, ownership, utilization, issues & trendsRoles & functions of Hospital AdministrationHospital as a system

Public relations & HospitalGeneral safety

• Fire safety

• Hospital Hygiene

• Hospital acquired infect

Disaster Management

Hospital PlanningHospital buildings

. • External architectural aspects

• Internal arrangements• Hospital hygiene

• Lighting & Ventilation• Role of administrator in building a hospital

UNIT-2QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Quality Management Programme, ISO clauses, quality manual, quality of clinicalservices, Critical Pathways,

Medical Audits, NABL, NABH, JCI, BIS



Performance review – Assessment / MethodsQuality Management of diagnostic facilities

Quality of assurance procedures, Deming’s Principles, Juran Trilogy, Kaizen,Philip Crosby’s Principles

Management of Social Services. Assessment of Client satisfactionQuality Circle of India

UNIT-3

MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS & BIO – MEDICAL ENGINEERING

List of common Medical Equipments used in Hospital

Justification of purchase proposal, Hospital Need Assessment

Equipment selection guideline, Estimation of cost and Q.C. PlanningPurchase / Installati8on / Commissioning of Medical EquipmentsReplacement of old equipments and Buyback Policy

Estimation of Breakeven point and Profit – Projection in hospital budgetMedical Equipment Maintenance (In-house and AMC)

Local, National and International availability of Medical Equipments

UNIT-4LEGAL ASPECTS OF HEALTH

Medico- Legal Problems in relation to health administrationLaw of Contracts, Specific Performance

Law applicable to Hospital employeesMedical jurisprudence and functioning of hospitals

Consumer Protection Act and HospitalsWest Bengal Clinical Establishment Act and Rules

ESI Act, Trade Union ActOrgan transplantation Act

PNDT - ActInternational health organization / NGOs

UNIT-5 &6

PROJECT WORK





SINGHANIA UNIVERSITY, PACHERI BARIPROPOSED ORDINANCE & SYLLABUS RELATING TO

BACHELOR OF PHYSIOTHERAPY (B.P.T)

These ordinances shall be called "The Ordinances, Syllabus and Scheme of Examination, Training to the Bachelor of Physiotherapy Course (B.P.T.)

Nomenclature of the course: BACHELOR OF PHYSIOTHERAPY (B.P. T.)

1. AIM OF THE COURSE: The course aims at imparting in depth both the theoretical knowledge as well as theskills in Physiotherapeutic System of Medicine.

2. OBJECTIVES OF COURSE: During the comprehensive academic programme the basic and clinical Science·are integrated to;

2.1 Develop knowledge, skills and attitude necessary for competent health education, diagnosis, prevention,treatment, recovery & rehabilitation of patients from trauma and disease.

2.2 Focus on development of clinical and research aptitude.2.3 Train them to practice the profession of Physiotherapy in a competent and ethical manner towards those who

need such service with autonomy, quality care, assurance & humanitarian approach with compassion.

3. ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION3.1 Candidates must have passed 10+2, or Pre-University or Equivalent with Physics, Chemistry, Biology and

English as the main subjects.3.2 Minimum marks for eligibility in 10+2 subjects in aggregate should be 50%.3.3 The Candidate must have completed 17 years of age on 31st December year of admission.

4. DURATION OF THE COURSE: The duration of the Bachelor of' Physiotherapy Course shall be four & half year including compulsory internship of six months.

5. Candidate will be admitted to B.P.T course strictly on merit, as decided by the competent authority.

6. MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION: English shall be the medium of instruction for all the subjects of study and theexamination of B.P.T. course.

7. ATTENDANCE: A candidate is required to attend at least 75 percent of the total classes conducted in a year inall subjects prescribed for the year, separately, in theory and practical to become eligible to appear for theuniversity examination in the first attempt. The Principal / HOD should notify at their college the attendancedetails at the end of each term without fall, under Intimation to the University.

8. INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: It shall be based on evaluation of periodic tests of assignment, clinicalpresentations etc. Regular periodic examination should be conducted through out the course. Although thequestion of number of examination is left to the colleges, there should be a minimum of at least three (3)sessional examinations during I, II, III and final year. The average of best two examination marks should be sentto the University before the University examination as per notif ication. Proper record, which forms the basis of the Internal Assessment, should be maintained for all students and should be available for scrutiny. Principal /HOD should display the marks of periodical tests on the student notice board.

9. SCHEDULE OF EXAMINATION: There will be two examination in the year, i) annual examination and ii) aSupplementary Examination to be conducted as per notification issued by the University from time to time. First,Second, Third and Final Examinations of Bachelor of Physiotherapy course shall be held at the end of 1st , 2nd, 3rd and 4th years respectively. The examination for all the subjects shall be conducted by the University.

10. CRITERIA FOR PASSING: A candidate is declared passed in an examination in a subject, if he/she secures50% of marks in theory and 50% in practical separately. For passing in theory, a candidate has to secure aminimum of 50% marks in the University conducted written examination, and 50% aggregate i.e. marks scoredin the university conducted written examination and internal assessment (theory) added together and for apassing in practical, a candidate has to secure a minimum of 50% of marks in University conducted practicalexamination and 50% in aggregate, i.e. marks scored in University conducted practical examination and internalassessment (practical) added together.

11. DECLARATION OF CLASS:11.1 A successful candidate obtaining 75% and more marks in the Grand Total Aggregate in the First attempt shall

be declared to have passed these subjects with distinction. A successful candidate obtaining 60% and more butless than 75% of the marks in the Grand Total Aggregate in the f irst attempt shall be declared to have passed

these subjects with First Class. A candidate securing 50% and more but less than 60% of the marks in thegrand total in aggregate in the first attempt shall be declared Second Class and candidate who passes in morethan one attempt will be placed in Pass Class irrespective of the percentage of marks secured.

11.2 Ranks shall be declared on the basis of the aggregate marks obtained by a candidate in the university subjectsof the course. Only those candidates who have passed all subjects in all examination including the Universityexamination in the first attempt shall be eligible for the award of rank.

11.3 Ranks shall be declared on the basis of the aggregate marks obtained by a candidate in the University subjectsof the course. Only those candidates who have passed all the subjects in all examinations including theUniversity examination in the first attempt shall be eligible for the award of rank.

12. CARRY OVERFirst year : A candidate who has failed in 1

styear is permitted to carry any three of the seven subjects and shall

have to pass these subjects before appearing for the second year examination.

Second year : A candidate who has failed in 2nd year is permitted to carry any five of the ten subjectsand shall have to pass these subjects before appearing for the third year examination.



12.3 Third year : A candidate who has failed in 3rd year is permitted to carry· any five of the nine subjects andshall have to pass these subjects before appearing for the fourth year examination.

12.4 Internship: There shall be six months of compulsory rotatory Internship after the final examination, for candidates declared passed the final examination in all subjects. No candidate shall be awarded degreecertificate without successfully completing six months of Internship.

13. A deficiency in the required number of lecturers, clinical and practical may be condoned by the Principal up tothe extent of 5 percent under special circumstances.

14. Notwithstanding the integrated nature of this course which is spread over more than one Academic Year, theordinance in force at the time a student joins the course shall held good only for the examination held during or at the end of the academic year and nothing in this ordinance shall be deemed to debar the University from

amending the Ordinance and the amended ordinance, if any, shall apply to all the students, whether old or new.

15. In case of any dispute in the interpretation of rules & regulations, interpretation of the same by the Vice-Chancellor shall be final.



BPT COURSE STRUCTURE

HOURS DISTRIBUTION

FIRST YEAR

PAPER NO. SUBJECT THEORY PRACTICALS

PAPER-1 ANATOMY 100 100

PAPER-2 PHYSOLOGY 100 100

PAPER-3 BIOCHEMISTRY 100 NA

PAPER-4PSYCHOLOGY, PREVENTIVE SOCIALMEDICINE & SOCIOLOGY

100NA

PAPER-5 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSIOTHERAPY-1 100 100

PAPER-6 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSIOTHERAPY-2 100 100

Total= 1000

SECOND YEAR

PAPER-8 KINESIOLOGY & BIOMECHANICS 100 NA

PAPER-9 ELECTROTHERAPY 100 100

PAPER-10 EXERCISE THERAPY 100 100

PAPER-11REHABILITATION, PROSTHETICS &ORTHOTICS

100 50

PAPER-12 PATHOLOGY & MICROBIOLOGY 100 50

PAPER-13 PHARMACOLOGY 100 NA

PAPER-14 GENERAL MEDICINE 100 50

PAPER-15 ORTHOPEDICS & SPORTS MEDICINE 100 50

PAPER-16GENERAL SURGERY & PLASTICSURGERY

100 50

PAPER-17 RADIOLOGY NA 50

Total= 1400THIRD YEAR

PAPER-18CLINICAL ASSESSMENT & PHYSICALDIAGNOSIS

100 100

PAPER-19 MANUAL THERAPY 100 100

PAPER-20BIOSTATISTICS & RESEARCHMETHODOLOGY

100 NA

PAPER-21 NEUROLOGY & NEURO SURGERY 100 50

PAPER-22CARDIORESPIRATORY DISEASE &THORACIC SURGERY

100 50

PAPER-23 PAEDIATRICS NA 50

PAPER-24 GYNAECOLOGY & OBSTETRICS 50 50

PAPER-25 PSYCHIATRY 50 NA

PAPER-26 DERMATOLOGY NA 50

CLINICAL TRAINING

Total= 1O50FINAL YEAR

PAPER-27CARDIOPULMONARYPHYSIOTHERAPY

100 100

PAPER-28 NEUROLOGICAL PHYSIOTHERAPY 100 100

PAPER-29 ORTHOPAEDIC PHYSIOTHERAPY 100 100

PAPER-30 SPORTS PHYSIOTHERAPY 100 100

PAPER-31 GENERAL PHYSIOTHERAPY 100 50

PAPER-32ETHICS, ADMINISTRATION ANDCOMPUTER APPLICATION

100 NA

PAPER-33 PHYSIOTHERAPY PROJECT 50

CLINICAL TRAINING

Total = 1100



BPT COURSE MARKS DISTRIBUTIONFirst BPT Examination

Paper Subject Theory Practical Viva Total

Paper-1 Anatomy 70+30 70+30 NA 200

Paper-2 Physiology 70+30 70+30 NA 200

Paper-3 Biochemistry 70+30 NA NA 100

Paper-4 Psychology/PSM& Sociology 50+50 NA NA 100

Paper-5 Introduction to Physiotherapy-1 70+30 70+30 NA 200

Paper-6 Introduction to Physiotherapy-2 70+30 70+30 NA 200

Second BPT Examination

Paper Subject Theory Practical- Viva

Viva Total

Paper-8 Kinesiology & Biomechanics 70+30 70+30 NA 200

Paper-9 Electrotherapy 70+30 70+30 NA 200

Paper-10 Exercise Therapy 70+30 70+30 NA 200

Paper-11 Rehabilitation, Prosthetics &Orthotics

70+30 70+30 NA 200

Paper-12 Pathology & Microbiology 40+10*+

40+10*

NA 40+10*+

40+10*

200

Paper-13 Pharmacology 40+10* NA 40+10* 100

Paper-14 General Medicine 80+20* NA 40+10* 150

Paper-15 Orthopedics 80+20* NA 40+10* 150

Paper-16 General Surgery & Plastic Surgery 80+20* NA 40+10* 150

Paper-17 Radiology NA NA 40+10* 50

Third BPT ExaminationPaper Subject Theory Practical-

VivaViva Total

Paper-18 Clinical Assessment & PhysicalDiagnosis

80+20* 80+20* NA 200

Paper-19 Manual Therapy 80+20* 80+20* NA 200

Paper-20 Biostatistics & ResearchMethodology

80+20* NA NA 100

Paper-21 Neurology & Neuro Surgery 80+20* NA 40+10* 150

Paper-22 Cardiorespiratory Disease & ThoracicSurgery

80+20* NA 40+10* 150

Paper-23 Paediatrics 40+10* NA 40+10* 100

Paper-24 Gynecology & Obstetrics 40+10* NA 40+10* 100

Paper-25 Psychiatry 40+10* NA 40+10* 100

Paper-26 Ophthalmology NA NA 40+10* 50

Paper-27 ENT NA NA 40+10* 50

Paper-28 Dermatology NA NA 40+10* 50

Fourth BPT Examination

Paper Subject Theory Practical- Viva

Viva Internal Evaluation

Total

Paper-29 CardiopulmonaryPhysiotherapy

80+20* 80+20* NA NA 200

Paper-30 Neurological Physiotherapy 80+20* 80+20* NA NA 200

Paper-31 Orthopedic Physiotherapy 80+20* 80+20* NA NA 200

Paper-32 Sports Physiotherapy 80+20* 80+20* NA NA 200

Paper-33 General Physiotherapy 80+20* 40+10* NA NA 150

Paper-34 Community Physiotherapy 80+20* 40+10* NA NA 150

Paper-35 Ethics, Administration and Computer Application

80+20* NA NA NA 100

Paper-36 Physiotherapy Project # NA NA 50 50* 100

# Compulsory Physiotherapy Project: To develop analytical, research aptitude, learn about diseases existing in societytreatable with comprehensive physiotherapy & rehabilitation.



BPT FIRST YEAR

PAPER-1 ANATOMY

Course Description: This course involves a detailed study of the microscopic, macroscopic and surfaceanatomy of the various systems of the body with a particular emphasis on the musculoskeletal, neurological andcardiopulmonary systems.

Course Objectives: The student should be able to describe the structure and function of the various system of the body with an emphasis on musculoskeletal, neurological and cardiopulmonary systems as they relate toPhysiotherapy.

1. Cells & Tissuesa) Anatomical Nomenclature

b) Structure Of Cell, Reproduction Of Cells.c) Tissues: Epithelial, Connective, Muscle & Nervous

2. Embryology & Developmenta) Early Human Developmentb) Development of Individual Systems: Respiratory, gastro-intestinal, Urinary and Vascular System.c) Prenatal Growth in Form And Sized) Neonatal Anatomy and Growth

3. Skina) Types of Skin, Epidermis, Dermis, Nerves, Blood Vessels, age related Changes, Repair b) Appendages of Skin: Pilo sebaceous Unit, Nail Unit.

4. Skeletal Systema) Morphology of Human Skeleton: The Skeleton in Life, Shape and Proportions of Bone, Functions of Bone andSkeleton, mechanical Properties of Bone, Growth of Individual Bonesb) Skeletal Connective Tissues: Structure of Cartilage, Bone as a Tissue, Microscopic Structure and Organization of Bone, Blood Vessels and Nerves of Bonec) Types of Joints:d) Axial Skeleton: Vertebral Column, Ribs, Sternum, Skull.e) Appendicular Skeleton: upper limb, Lower Limb.

5. Musclea) Types of Muscle, Attachments of Skeletal Muscleb) Form and Function in Skeletal Muscle: Form and Fibre Architecture, Functional Implications of Form.c) Muscle and Movement.d) Muscles and Fasciae of Head, Neck, Trunk, Upper Limb, Lower Limb

6. Nervous Systema) Regional Organization of Central Nervous System: Spinal Cord, Rhombencephalon, Mesencephalon, Diencephalon,Telencephalon, Basal Nucleii, Fluid Compartments and Fluid Balance in the CNS.b) Peripheral Nervous System: Cranial Nerves, Spinal Nerves, and Autonomic Nervous System Peripheral Apparatus of Special Senses: Gustatory, Olfactory, Peripheral Visual, Accessory Visual, Auditory, Vestibular.

7. Hemolymphoid and Cardiovascular Systema) Haemal Cells and tissue, Haemopoiesis, Lymphoid Cells And Tissues.b) Blood Vessels, Thoracic Cavity and Heart.c) Arterial System, Venous System, Lymphatic.

8. Respiratory SystemNose and Paranasal Sinuses, Larynx, trachea. Bronchi, Lungs, Pleura, Mediastinum

9. Alimentary SystemOral Cavity, Abdomen, Oesophagus to Anus

10. Urinary and Reproductive Systema) Kidneys, Ureter, Bladder, Urethra.b) Reproductive organs of Male and Female.

11. Endocrine System

Pituitary Gland, Pineal Gland, Thyroid Gland, Parathyroid Gland, Chromaffin System, Diffuse Neuroendocrine System, Adrenal Gland, Paraganglion, Para-aortic Bodies, Tympanic Bodies, Coccygeal Body.

ANATOMY PRACTICALCourse Description: This course involves a detailed study of the microscopic, macroscopic and surface anatomy of thevarious systems of the body with a particular emphasis on the musculoskeletal, neurological and cardiopulmonarysystems. Students will be instructed using dissected cadavers and organ specimensCourse Objectives: The student should be able to recognize various specimens and describe the structure and functionof the various systems of the body with an emphasis on the musculoskeletal, neurological and cardiopulmonary systemsas they relate to Physiotherapy.1. Surface Anatomy: Identification and Description of surface land marks on Human Specimen2. Muscles, Bones Ligaments, Joints of head, face, trunk, lower and upper extremities on a dissected human specimen.3. Gross And Microscopic Anatomy of the Central and Peripheral Nervous System.4. Gross anatomy of Respiratory, Digestive Endocrine, Urinary and Reproductive Systems on a dissected human body.Recommended Books



1. Human Anatomy-By Snell2. Anatomy By Chaurasia-All 3 Volumes3. Kinesiology By Katherine Wells4. Neuro-Anatomy By Inderbir Singh5. Gray`s Anatomy

PAPER-2 PHYSIOLOGY

Course Description: This course involves a detailed study of the physiology of the various systems of the bodyat a microscopic and macroscopic level, with a particular emphasis on the musculoskeletal, neurological andcardiopulmonary systems


1. Functional Systems of Cella) Cell and its Functionb) Extra-Cellular Fluid, Intra-Cellular Fluid.c) Functional Systems of Cell, DNA, RNA.d) Control of Genetic Function and Biochemical Activity in Cells.e) Cell Differentiation, Cancer.

2. Membrane Physiologies, Nerve and Musclea) Transport of Substances Through the Cell Membrane: diffusion, Active Transport.b) Membrane Potentials and Action Potentials: Resting Membrane Potential of Nerves, Nerve Action Potential,Propagation of AP, Signal Transmission in Nerve Trunks.c) Contraction of Skeletal Muscle: Molecular Mechanics of Muscle Contraction, Energetics of Muscle Contraction,Characteristics of Whole Muscle Contraction, N-M Junction, Muscle AP, Excitation-Contraction Coupling.d) Contraction and Excitation of Smooth Muscles.e) Hormonal Control of Smooth Muscle Contraction.

3. Heart and Circulationa) Cardiac Muscle, Cardiac Cycle, Regulation of Heart Pumping, Cardiac Failure.b) Rhythmical Excitation of the Heart: Specialized Excitatory and Conductive System of the Heart, Control of Excitationand Conduction in the Heart.c) Normal ECG, Methods of Recording, ECG Leads.d) Heart Soundse) Basic Theory of Circulatory Function, Interrelationships among Pressure, Flow and Resistance, Vascular Dispensability, Arterial Pressure Pulsation, Veins and their Function, Lymphatic system, Microcirculation, CapillarySystem, Exchange of Nutrients and Other Substances, Interstitial Fluid, Local Control of Blood Flow, Humoral andNervous Regulation of Circulation, Cardiac Output, Venous Return Arterial Pressure and their Regulation.f) Muscle Blood Flow and cardiac Output During Exercise, Coronary Circulation.g) Circulatory Shock.h) RBC, Anemia, Polycythemia, WBC, Resistance of Body to Infection, Blood Groups.i) Hemostasis and Blood Coagulation

4. Kidney and Body Fluids

a) Body Fluid Compartments: ECF, ICF, Intersitial Fluids and Edema.b) Urine Formation By the Kidneys: Nephron, Glomerular Filtration, Renal Blood Flow, Tubular Reabsorption.c) Regulation of ECF Osmolarity and Sodium Concentrationd) Integration of Renal Mechanisms for Control of Blood Volume and ECF Volume.e) Renal Regulation of Potassium, Calcium, Phosphate and Magnesium, Regulation of Acid- Base Balance.f) Diuretics

5. Respirationa) Mechanics of Pulmonary Ventilation, Pulmonary Volumes and Capacities, Alveolar Ventilation, Functions of theRespiratory Passagewaysb) Pulmonary Circulation, Pulmonary Edema, pleural Fluidc) Physical Principles of Gas Exchange, Transport of Oxygen and carbon dioxide in the Blood and Body Fluidsd) Regulation of Respiration.e) Respiratory Dysfunction.

6. Aviation, Space and Deep Sea Diving PhysiologyEffects of Low Oxygen Pressure on the Body, Mountain Sickness, Effects of Acceleratory Forces, Artificial Climate,

Weightlessness in Space, effects of High Partial Pressure of Gases on the Body, Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy.

7. Nervous Systema) Sensory Receptors, Neuronal Circuits for Processing Information.b) Somatic sensations: Touch, Position, Pain, Thermal, Headache.c) Special Sensesd) Motor Functions of the Spinal Cord: Cord Reflexes, Spinal cord Transection, Spinal Shock.e) Cortical and Brain Stem Control of Motor Function: The Motor Cortex, Corticospinal Tract, Vestibular Sensations andMaintenance of Equilibrium.f) Cerebellum, Basal Ganglia, Motor Control: Integration of the Many parts of the total Motor Control System.g) Intellectual Functions of the Brain, Learning and Memory.h) Behavioral and Motivational Mechanisms of the Brain: The Limbic System, Hypothalamus.i) States of Brain Activity: Sleep, Brain waves, Epilepsy, Psychoses j) Autonomic Nervous Systemk) Cerebral Blood Flow, CSF and Brain Metabolism.



8. Gastrointestinal Systema) Motility, Nervous Control, Blood Circulationb) Propulsion and Mixing of Foodc) Secretory Functionsd) Digestion and Absorption.

9. Endocrinology and Reproductiona) Hormone Secretion, Transport and Clearance from Bloodb) Hormones: Pituitary, Thyroid, Adrenocortical, Insulin, Parathyroid, Reproductive.c) Puberty, Menarche, Menopaused) Pregnancy and Lactatione) Fetal and Neonatal Physiology: Special Functional Problems of Neonate, Prematurity.

10. Physiology of Exercise and Worka) Neuromuscular activity human movement, physiological mechanism in movement, behavior, strength, endurance, &analysis of movement.b) Circulatory and respiratory response to exercise including effects on the heart, blood circulation, body fluid changespulmonary ventilation, gas exchange and transport, etc.c) Effects of exercise and work on other body functions.d) Metabolic and environmental aspects of exercise and work-metabolism, energy requirement, efficiency of muscular work,nutritional aspects, heat and body temperature regulation and environmental factors.e) Effects of Exercise training - endurance, fatigue and recovery.f) Fitness and health - age, sex, body type, race, stress and medical aspects of exercise.

PHYSIOLOGY PRACTICAL

Course Description: This course involves a detailed study of the physiology of the various systems of the bodyby demonstration and performance of practicals with a particular emphasis on the musculoskeletal, neurologicaland cardiopulmonary systems


1. Identification of blood cells and differential counts2. W.B.C. count3. R.B.C. count4. Hemoglobin percentage and color index5. E.S.R. and Blood group6. Bleeding time and clotting time7. Respiratory efficiency tests8. Artificial respiration and C.P.R.9. Pulse rate, Heart rate and measurement of Blood Pressure10. Respiratory rate and Auscultation11. Normal E.C.G.12. Reflexes- Superficial and Deep13. Sensations

14. Tests for functions of Cerebrum15. Tests for functions of Cerebellum

Recommended Books1. Course In Medical Physiology—Vol-I & II-By Dr Chatterjeee2. Medical Physiology By Dr. Bijlani3. Text Book Of Medical Physiology-Guyton4. Manual of Practical Physiology- A.K.Jain

PAPER-3 BIOCHEMISTRY

Course Description: This course involves a study of the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, fats, minerals,vitamins and essential enzymes. The role of these in the functioning of the human body will be discussed.

Course Objectives: At the end of the course, the student should be able to describe normal functions of different components of food, enzymes, describe in details biochemical aspects of muscle contraction, anddescribe in brief the biochemical basis of some common lab tests.

1. Cell Biologya) Membrane, Structure & Function;b) Junction Of Intracellular Organelle In Brief

2. Carbohydratesa) Chemistry-Definition, Classification With Examplesb) Functions Of Carbohydrates With Mucopolysaccharidesc) Reducing Properties Of Sugars Of Clinical & Diagnostic Importance (Eg.Benedict’s Test , Banfood`s Test Etc)d) Metabolism-Digestion & Absorption Of Carbohydrates, glycolysis, Aerobic, Anaerobic, Energetics & Regulation ;e) Kreb`s Cycle-Its Energetics & Regulation- Role Of T.C.A. Cycle;f) Glycogenesis, Glycogenolysis & Their Regulation-Role Of Liver In Muscle Glycogeng) Glyconeogenesis-Significance Of H.M.P. Shunth) Hormonal Regulation of Blood Sugar Levels-Important Metabolic Disorders of Glycogen, Lactose Intolerance,Diabetes Mellitus.



3. Proteinsa) Chemistry-Definition-Function-Classification Of Amino Acids-Protein Structure-Effect Of Temperature On Proteins-Denaturation-Coagulation ;Isoelectric Ph & Its Importanceb) Metabolism-Digestion & Absorption- Decarboxylation- De-Amination- Transmethylation-Transamination & Their Importance-Detoxification Of Ammonia Including Urea Cycle ;c) Special Products Of Amino Acid-E.G. Phenylalnine Glycine ,Methionine[No Biosynthesis] ;d) Neuro-Transmitters No Bio-Synthesis]

4. Lipidsa) Chemistry-Definition-Classification-[Including Fatty Acids With Examples]-Function -b) Metabolism-Digestion & Absorption Of Lipids-B-Oxidation-Of Saturated Fatty Acids & Its Energetics & Regulation Of Fat Metabolism In Adipose Tissue-Ketone Bodies Formation & Utilization—Cholesterol & Its Importance[NoBiosynthesis Needed]-Classification, Sources & Function Of Lipoproteins-Lipoproteinemia Atherosclerosis

c) Fate Of Acetyl-Coenzyme Ad) Cholesterol Biosynthesise) Ketogenesisf) Fatty Acids Biosynthesisg) Neuro -Transmittersh) T.C.A.i) Fate Of Glycerol In Gluconeogenesis, Energy (Glycolysis), Tri-Glycerides, j) Phospholipid Synthesis,

5. Nuclic AcidsD.N.A., R.N.A.-Definition-Structure & Function-Types-Genetic Code-Catabolism Of Purine –Gout

6. Enzymesa) Definition-Co-Enzymes-Classification-Factors Affecting-;b) General Metabolism Of Enzymes [In Brief] ;c) Inhibition & Types Of Inhibitors ;d) Iso-Enzymes ;

e) Clinical & Therapeutic Use Of Enzymes

7. Vitaminsa) Water & Fat Soluble-Definition-Classification ;b) Individual Vitamins-Sources-Co-Enzyme Forms- Function-Reaction Related To Metabolism Covered ;c) RDA, Absorption-& Transport-Deficiency & Toxicityd) Biological Oxidatione) Oxidative Phosphorylation & ETC In Brief

8. Mineralsa) Phosphate, Calcium, & Iron [In Details];b) Magnesium, Flouride, Zink, Copper, Selenium Molybdenum, Iodine-Sources, RDA, Absorption,-Transport-ExcretionFunction & Disorder

9. Acid- Base Balance,Water & Electrolytea) Body Water, Ph-Osmolarity Extra & Intra Cellular Fluid-;

b) Buffers-Ph, Buffer System In Blood-c) Role Of Kidneys & Lungs In Acid-Base Balanced) Water- Electrolyte Balance Imbalance-Dehydration

10. Hormonesa) Definition-Classification-Mechanism & Actionb) Second Messenger (Ca, Camp, Inositol Phosphate,c) Metabolic Effects Of Insulin, Glucagon, Catecholamines, Thyroxined) Mineralo-Corticoids,Gluco Corticoids

11. Muscle Contractiona) Contractile Elements;b) Biochemical Events During Contraction;c) Energy Metabolism In Skeletal & Cardiac Muscle

12. Connective TissueBiochemistry Of Connective Tissue-Collagen –Glyco-Protein –Proteoglycans

13. Nutritiona) Importance Of Nutrition-Calorimetry-Energy Value-Calorimeter-Respiratory Quotient & Its Significanceb) Basal Metabolic Rate-Definition-Normal Values-Factors Affecting BMR;c) Energy Requirement-With-Age/Sex/ Thermogenesis/-Specific Dynamic Action Of Food,-Energy Expenditure For Various Activitiesd) Composition Of Food, Balanced Diet Dietary Recommendations Nutritional Supplementation- Nutritional Value Of Carbohydrates/Proteins/Fats & Fibers,e) Nitrogen Balance & I ts Significance-Protein Energy Malnutrition-Kwashiorkor & Marasmus

14. Clinical Biochemistrya) Liver Function Test & Renal Function Test ;b) Relevance Of Blood Levels Of Glucose, Urea, Ca-Phosphate-& Uric Acid;c) Enzymes-Amylase, CPK, LDH,Isoenzymesd) Lipid Profile-Tri -Glyceride, Cholesterol/HDL/LDL/ALDL Etc;e) Protein & Aggression, Glycosuria



f) Introduction to geneticsg) Medical bio-chemistry

BIOCHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

PRACTICALS

A. QUALITATIVE

Qualitative analysis of carbohydratesReaction of protein Abnormal constituents of urineMilk analysis

B. QUANTITATIVE

Verification of Beer’s and Lambert’s lawEstimation of Blood glucoseEstimation of Blood ureaEstimation of Blood proteinEstimation of Blood creatinineEstimation of Blood uric acidEstimation of Blood calciumEstimation of Blood bilirubin

DEMONSTRATION

ElectrophoresisChromatography

Recommended Books1. Fundamentals of Biochemistry-by Dr. Deb Jyoti Das,2. Biochemistry-by-Dr Satyanarayan3. Textbook of Medical Biochemistry –Chatterje and Shinde

PAPER-4 PSYCHOLOGY

Course Description: This course involves a description of some common psychological parameters especiallyas they relate to physiotherapeutic practice

Course Objectives: The student will be able to apply some general psychological principles when dealing withpatients.

1. Definition, application and methods in psychology.2. Biology of Behavior.3. Sensory processes and perception.4. Principles of learning: Classical and Instrumental Conditioning, Cognitive learning.

5. Memory: Theories, long and short – term memories, forgetting, amnesia.6. Thinking and Language: Concepts, thinking process, problem- solving and decision making, creative

thinking and language communication.7. Motivation: Theories, Biological and Social motives, frustration and conflict of motives, motives to know

and be effective.8. Emotion and Stress: Expression and perception of emotions, physiology and application of emotion.9. Social perceptions, influences, and relationships.10. Attitudes; Nature and measurement of attitudes, Attitude theories, Factors in attitude change, Behavior and

attitudes11. Development – A Lifespan Perspective (infancy, childhood, adolescence, adult, old age)12. Communication13. Counseling14. Brief description of Psychological assessment and testing.15. Personality: Defining and thinking about personality, Theories and issues and controversies and research16. Abnormal Psychology.17. Therapy for Psychological distress.

18. Anxiety disorders19. Personality disorders

Recommended Books1. Introduction to Psychology- Morgan and King

PAPER-5 PREVENTIVE SOCIAL MEDICINE & SOCIOLOGY

PREVENTIVE SOCIAL MEDICINE

1. Communicable diseases2. Non-communicable diseases3. Family planning4. Health programmes in India5. Mental health



6. Genetics and health7. Occupational health8. Preventive medicine in obstetrics, paediatrics and geriatrics9. Nutrition and health10. Environment and health11. Hospital waste management12. Communication for health13. Health planning and management

SOCIOLOGY

Course Description: This course will introduce students to the basic sociological to concepts, principles andsocial process. Social institutions and the various social factors affecting the family in rural and urbancommunities will be studied.

Course Objectives: The student will be able to demonstrate and understanding of the role of socio cultural

factors on health and disease as relates to Physiotherapy.

1. Introduction: Definitions of sociology, sociology as a science of society, uses of the study of sociology, application of knowledge of sociology in Physiotherapy.2. Sociology and Health: Social factors affecting health status, social consciousness and perception of illness, socialconsciousness and meaning of illness, decision making in taking treatment. Institutions of health, their role in theimprovement of the health of the people.3. Socialization: Meaning of socialization, influence of social factor on personality, socialization in hospitals, socializationin the rehabilitation of patients.4. Social Groups: Concept of social groups, influence of formal and informal groups on health and sickness, the role of primary groups and secondary groups in the hospitals and rehabilitation settings.5. Family: Influence of family on human personality, discussion of chares in the functions of a family on the individual'shealth, family and nutrition, the effects of sickness on family, and psychosomatic disease.6. Community: Concept of community, role of rural and urban communities in public health, role of community indetermining beliefs, practices and home remedies in treatment.7. Culture: Components of culture, impact of culture on human behaviour, cultural meaning of sickness, response of sickness and choice of treatment (role of culture as social consciousness in moulding the perception of reality), cultureinduced symptoms and disease, subculture of medical workers.8. Caste System: Features of the modern caste system and its trends.9. Social Change: Meaning of social change, factors of social change, human adaptation and social change, socialchange and stress, social change and deviance, social change and health programs, the role of social planning in theimprovement of health and in rehabilitation.10. Social Control: Meaning of social control, role of norms, folkways, customs, morals, religion law and other means of social control in the regulation of human behaviour, social deviance and disease.11. Roles: Role taking and making , concepts of role , multiple roles , role set, role conflicts , role loss and transition , rolesand health.12. Organization: Goals and functions, organization as systems, organizational impact -individual, family, community,social structure, power and control in organizations, feminist perspectives on organizations.13. Sex, gender and feminism: Social construction of sex and gender, sex / gender roles, feminist critiques of sociology.14. Work: Work, culture and work, theories of work, unemployment, women and work.15. Leisure: Conceptual and methodological16. Social Problems of the Disabled18. Social Security: Social security and social legislation in relation to the disabled.

19. Social Worker

Recommended Books3. Introduction to Sociology- Vidya Bhushan1. The Structure of Sociological Theory- Turner 2. Perspectives in Sociology- Cuff, Shaerock

PAPER-6 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSIOTHERAPY

BIO-PHYSICS

Course Description: This course involves a study of the basic physical principles as they relate to theapplication of electrotherapeutic modalities.

Course Objectives: The student should be able to explain the physical rationale for the use of physical agentmodalities.

1. Physical principlesa) Structure and properties of matter -solids, liquids and gases, adhesion, surface tension, viscosity, density and elasticity.b) Structure of atom, molecules, elements and compoundc) Electricity: Definition and types. Therapeutic uses. Basic physics of construction. Working Importance of currents intreatment.d) Static Electricity: Production of electric charge. Characteristic of a charged body. Characteristics of lines of forces.Potential energy and factors on which it depends. Potential difference and EMF.e) Current Electricity: Units of Electricity: farad, Volt, Ampere, Coulomb, Wattf) Condensers: Definition, principle, Types: construction and working, capacity and uses.g) Alternating current.h) Magnetism: Definition. Properties of magnets. Electromagnetic induction. Transmission by contact. Magnetic field andmagnetic forces. Magnetic effects of an electric field.i) Conductors, Insulators, Potential difference, Resistance and intensity j) Ohm's law and its application to DC and AC currents. Fuse: construction, working and application.



k) Transmission of electrical energy through solids, liquids, gases and vacuum.l) Rectifying Devices-Thermionic valves, Semiconductors, Transistors, Amplifiers, transducer and Oscillator circuits.m) Display devices and indicators-analogue and digital.n) Transformer: Definition, Types, Principle, Construction, Eddy current, Working useso) Chokes: Principle, Construction and working, Uses

2. Effects of Current Electricitya) Chemical effects-lons and electrolytes, lonisation, Production of an EMF by chemical actions.b) Electromagnetic Induction.c) Electromagnetic spectrum.

3. Electrical Supplya) Brief outline of main supply of electric current

b) Dangers-short circuit, electric shocks.c) Precaution-safety devices, earthing, fuses etc.d) First aid and initial management of electric shock

4. Various agentsa) Thermal agents: Physical Principles of cold, Superficial and deep heat.b) Ultrasound: Physical Principles of Soundc) Electro magnetic Radiation: Physical Principles and their Relevance to Physiotherapy Practiced) Electric Currents: Physical Principles and their Relevance to Physiotherapy Practice.

5. Circuit diagramsa) SWDb) USc) MWDd) LASER.

FUNDAMENTALS OF EXERCISE THERAPY

Course Description: This course involves a study of the basic physical principles as they relate to theapplication of Exercise Therapy.

Course Objectives: The student should be able to explain the physical rationale for the use of physical agentmodalities. The student should be able to explain the physical rationale for the selection of appropriateexercises. This course will enable the student to understand the basic mechanics and their application inPhysiotherapy in restoration of the physical bodily function.

1. Mechanical Basis of Movement2. Force and force Systems, Motion and its Laws, Levers, Angle of Pull, Pulleys and its types, Pendulum, Friction, Work,Energy and Power, Friction, Stress and Strain.3. Skeletal Basis of Movement4. Planes and Axes, Joints and their Classification, Classification of Movement, Degrees of Freedom, Bones and their Classification.5. Musculoskeletal Basis of Movement

6. Structure of Muscle and its Classification, Muscle Tension, Muscle Fibre, Group Action of Muscles, Torque &angle of pull7. Gravity: Effects, Centre of gravity, Line of Gravity and their Alterations, Role in Human Body and Movement.8. Equilibrium: Effects, Supporting Base, Role in Human Movement.9. Simple Machines: Levers and their Functions and classification, Pulleys and their Functions and classification, InclinedPlanes and their Functions and classification.10. Elasticity: Definition, Stress, Strain, Hooke's Law. Springs. Properties of springs, springs in series andparallel.11. Principles of Hydrotherapy: Hydrostatics and Hydrodynamics, Archimedes’s principles, Properties of water, propertiesof liquids, pressure, Buoyancy, laws of floatation, Apparent loss in weight, factors determining up thrust, Effects of buoyancy on movements performed in water, Movement of force, further effects of apparent loss of weight, Equilibrium of a floating body, movement of water, Inertia, Movement of objects in water.12. Fundamental and Derived Positions13. Traction:Principles

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSIOTHERAPY PRACTICAL

Course Description: This course involves a demonstration of some basic physical principles as they relate tothe application of electrotherapeutic modalities and the basic physical principles as they relate to the applicationexercise therapy.

Course Objectives: The student should be able to explain the physical rationale for the use of physical agentmodalities and the physical rationale for the use of exercise therapy

1. Clinical observation2. Mechanical Principles applied in Physiotherapy like force, Torque, Centre of Gravity, etc.3. Demonstration of different types of levers in the human body.4. Demonstration of different types of pulleys and strings used in Physiotherapy.5. Demonstration of Archimedes’ Principle of floatation and Bernoulli’s Theorem in Hydrotherapy.6. Demonstration of axial and pendular suspension.



Recommended Books1. Practical Exercise Therapy- Hollis and Cook2. Principles of Exercise Therapy- Dina Gardiner 3. Clayton’s Electrotherapy4. Physical Principles Explained-Low and Reed

PAPER-7 BASIC NURSING

1. Basic Nursing2. What is Nursing?3. Nursing Principles4. Inter Personal relationship

5. Bandaging: Basic turns, Bandaging extremities: Triangular bandages and their application6. Environment safety7. Bed making8. Prone, lateral dorsal, dorsal recumbent, Fowler’s position9. Comfort measures, Aid to rest and sleeps.10. Lifting patients up in the bed: Transferring from bed to wheel chair.11. Transferring from bed to stretcher.12. Providing for patients Elimination.13. Giving and taking Bedpan, Urinal: Observation of stools, Unine Observation of sputum14. Understand use and case of catheters15. Enema giving16. Methods of giving nourishment17. Feeding Tube freeding Drips Transfusions.18. Care of rubber goods19. Observation, Reporting and Recording Temperature, Respiration and pulse simple Aseptic Techniques

Sterilization and Disinfection.20. Surgical Dressing

21. Parental Administer of Medicine22. Emergencies23. Proceedings during shock24. Snake & Animal Bites25. Transtic Injuries26. Electric shocks27. Cardio-Pulmonary Resisucation

First AidSyllabus as for certificate of Red Cross Society of St. John’s Ambulance Brigade.

BOOK RECOMMENDED:

1. Principles of Nursing by Sister A. Nancy2. First aid (Book by Jhon's Ambulance Brigade)3. Medica1 Emergencies



BPT SECOND YEAR

Paper-8 BIOMECHANICS & KINESIOLOGY

Course Description: This course involves a description of biomechanical principles

Course Objectives: The student will be able to tailor an effective treatment programme using biomechanicalprinciples

1. Mechanicsa) Introduction to mechanics including motion, forces, parallel forces system vectors.b) Newton's Law of motion, concurrent force system-composition forces, muscle action line etc.c) Centre of Gravity, line of gravity, stability and equilibrium, law of inertia.d) Levers, torque, mechanical advantage.e) Moment arm and anatomic pulleys.

2. Joint Structure and Function.a) Basic principles of joint design and a human joint.b) Tissues present in human joint including dense fibrous tissue, bone, cartilage and connective tissue.c) Classification of joints.d) Joint function, Kinematics chains and range of motion.e) General effects of injury and diseasef) Recall anatomy and study the biomechanics of the spine, shoulder girdle, joints of the upper extremity, pelvic girdle andthe joints of the lower extremity.

3. Muscle Structure and Functiona) Mobility and stability functions of muscleb) Elements of muscles structure and its properties.c) Factors affecting muscle tension.d) Types of muscle contraction and muscles work.e) Classification of muscles and their functions.f) Group action of muscles, co-ordinated movement.

4. Postures and Gaita) Posture: Definition, factors responsible for posture, relationship of gravity on posture Postural in balance: factorsresponsible for in balance in static and dynamic positions including ergonomics.b) Description of normal gait, determinants of gait, spatio temporal features, and analysisc) Gait division: Types, causative factors and analysis.

5. Regional Structure and Functiona) The vertebral columnb) Shoulder complexc) Elbow complexd) Wrist and Hand complexe) Hip complexf) Knee complexg) Ankle and Foot complex.

Recommended Books:

1. Joint Structure and Function- Norkin2. Biomechanics of Human Motion- Leveau

PAPER-9 ELECTROTHERAPY

Course description: This course involves a detailed study of production, physiological effects, applicationtechniques, effects, indications, contra-indications, precautions, operational skills of equipment, patientpreparation of physical agent modalities used in Physiotherapy.

Course Objectives: Student should be able to operate all physical agent modalities safely and effectively.

1. Low Frequency Currentsa) Introduction to AC, DC and Modified Currentsb) Production of DC, physiological and therapeutic effects of constant currentsc) Iontophoresisd) Modified Direct Current-various pulses, duration and frequency and their effect on Nerve and. Muscle tissue.Production of interrupted and surged current & their effects.e) Transcutaneous Electric Nerve Stimulation (TENS)

i) Types of low frequency, pulse widths, frequencies & intensities used as TENS applications.ii) Theories of pain relief by TENSiii) Principle of clinical application effects & uses indications, contraindications, precautions, and operational skills of equipment & patient preparation.

2. Medium Frequency Currents: Interferential therapy (IFT)

3. Electrical Reactions and Electro-diagnostic testsa) Electrical Stimuli and Electrical Properties of Nerve and muscle tissue.b) Types of lesion and development of reaction of degenerationc) Faradic - Intermittent direct current test.d) S.D. Curve and its interpretation.e) Chronaxie, Rheobase & pulse ratiof) EMG, NCV tests



4. Actinotherapya) Infra Red Rays (IRR)-wavelength, frequency, types & sources of IRR generation, technique of irradiation, physiologicaland therapeutic effects.b) Ultra-Violet Rays (UVR): Physics: Electric arc, process of ionisation, and transmission of current through gases; typesof lamps. Construction of lamps: High pressure Hg vapor lamps, Kromayer lamp, Tridymite formation, Cooling, Spectrum -Hg vapor lamps (in brief), Fluorescent tube for UV production, PUV A apparatus, Care of lamp. Physiological andTherapeutic effects - in detail. Photosensitization in brief. Indication, Contra - indications and dangers. Technique of application: Test dose, local treatment, general irradiation, treatment.Conditions (common) in which above treatmentgiven. Sensitisers (in brief) Filters.Comparison between l. R. and U.V. Erythema- Development, appearance, andduration. Wavelength. Penetration. Pigmentation. Tolerance.

5. Thermal Agentsa) Superficial heat - paraffin wax bath, moist heat, electrical heating pads, mode of heat Transfer b) Cryotherapy

c) Deep heating modalities:I. Short Wave DiathermyII. Long wave DiathermyIII. Microwave DiathermyIV. UltrasoundProperties, principle of production, construction of apparatus with diagram, methods of application, physiological andtherapeutic effects, technique of application, testing of machine, preparation of patient, types of electrodes, position andsize of Electrodes, therapeutic dosage, dangers, precautions, Indications and contra indications for these modalities.

6 .Therapeutic Light in PhysiotherapyLASER: Define laser and briefly outline its therapeutic indications, contra - indications, efficacy, and precautionsadvisable.7. Biofeedback: Introduction, principles, therapeutic effects, indications, contra-indications and techniques of treatment8. Advanced electrotherapy: Computerization in electrotherapy, programming parameters, appropriate selection of parameters and combination therapy.

ELECTROTHERAPY PRACTICAL

Course description: This course involves a detailed study of production, physiological effects, applicationtechniques, effects, indications, contra-indications, precautions, operational skills of equipment, patientpreparation of physical agent modalities used in Physiotherapy.

Course Objectives: Student should be able to operate all physical agent modalities safely and effectively.

1. Basic operation of electric supply to the equipment and safety device.2. Sensory and motor stimulation of nerves and muscles by various types of low frequency currents on self.3. Locate and stimulate different motor points region wise, including the upper and lower limb, trunk & face.4. Therapeutic application different low frequency currents faradic foot bath, faradism under pressure, iontophorsis.5. Reaction of degeneration of nerves. Plot strength duration curves. Chronaxie and Rheobase.6. Hydrocollator unit, its operation and therapeutic application of Hot packs-regionwise.7. Various types of infrared lamps and their application to body regionwise.8. Paraffin wax bath unit, its operation and different method of application- regionwise.9. Different types of Ultra violet units, their operation, assessment of test dose and application of UVR - regionwise.10. TENS Stimulator, its operation and application - regionwise.

11. Short wave diathermy unit, its operation and different methods of application - regionwise.12. Microwave diathermy unit, its operation and different methods of application - regionwise.13. Ultrasound unit, its operation and methods of application - regionwise.14. LASER unit, its operation and methods of application - regionwise.15. Various forms of therapeutic cold application region wise including ice, cold packs, vapocoolant sprays, etc.16. Intermittent pneumatic therapy unit its operation and different methods of application - regionwise.

Recommended Books1. Clayton’s Electrotherapy2. Clinical Electrotherapy- Nelson and Currier 3. Electrotherapy Explained- Low and Reed

PAPER-10 EXERCISE AND MANUAL THERAPY

Course description: This course involves a detailed study of physiological effects, application techniques,effects, indications, and contraindications, precautions for exercises used in Physiotherapy.

Course Objectives: Student should be able to explain the rationale for the prescription of safe and effective

exercises.

1. Mechanics: Define the following terms and describe the principles involved with suitable examples.a) Force: Composition of force, Parallelogram of forces. Equilibrium: Stable, unstable, neutral. Forces applied to the bodyb) Gravity: Centre of gravity, Line of gravity. Levers: 1st order, 2nd order, 3rd order, Their examples in the human bodyand their practical applications in physiotherapy.c) Levers. Pulleys: Fixed, Movable.d) Springs: Series and Parallel. Tension. Elasticity: Hooke's law.e) Axis: Sagittal, Frontal, Transverse, Vertical. Planes: Sagittal, Frontal, Horizontal.f) Definition of: Speed, velocity.g) Work, Energy, power, Acceleration, Momentum, Friction and Inertia.

2. Muscle ActionMuscle work: Isotonic (concentric, eccentric), Isometric (static). Group action: Agonists (prime movers). Antagonists,synergists, Fixators. Angle of muscle pull, Mechanical efficiency of the muscles.



3. Pelvic TiltNormal pelvic tilts, alterations from normal, anterior tilt (forward) posterior tilt (backward), Lateral tilt. Muscles responsible

for alterations and pelvic rotation. Identification of normal pelvic tilt, pelvic rotation and altered tilts and their correctivemeasures.

4. Starting PositionsPositions, their muscle work, effects and uses. Specify the importance and derived positions for each one: standing,kneeling, sitting, lying, and hanging.

5. Movementsa) Anatomic movements: Flexion, Extension, Abduction, Inversion, Eversion, Supination, Pronation, Internal rotations,External rotations, Gross flexion, Gross extension, Trunk side flexion.b) Surface Anatomy of the individual joints.

c) Rhythm of movement. Timing of movement. Duration of movement.d) Classification of Movement: Active, passive, Effects of exercise: Physiological effects, Therapeutic effects. Indicationsand contra - indications of the following and demonstrate the technique for each: Active movements: Voluntary (free,active assisted, assisted resisted, resisted), Involuntary (associated reflex, peristaltic, visceral, cardiac). Passivemovements: Relaxed passive, mobilizing passive (forced P.M. manipulations, serial manipulations). Passive stretching.

6. Passive MovementsPassive stretching of following muscles/ muscle groups and describe the indications, contra -indications, physiologicaleffects, advantages and disadvantages of each. Upper limb: pectoralis major, biceps brachi, triceps brachi, and longflexors of the fingers.Lower limb: rectus femoris, iliotibial band (tensor fascia lata), gastro - soleus, hamstrings, hip abductors, iliopsoas. Neck:Sternocleidomastoid.

7. Active MovementsTypes, techniques, indication and contraindications, physiological effects, advantages and disadvantages anddemonstrate three progressive resisted exercises in progression for the following muscle groups: Shoulder abductors,shoulder forward flexors, Triceps Brachi, Hip abductors, Hip flexors, Quadriceps femoris, Abdominal Muscles, Back

extensors. Home programme for strengthening neck muscles and back extensors

8. Progressive Resisted Exercises Advantages and disadvantages and demonstrate the techniques of the following types of PRE's: Fractional system, Macqueens set system, Mac Queen's power system. Delorme's boot, Dumbbells, Sand bags in pulleys, powder board andsuspension therapy.

9. Muscle Grading:a) Principles and applications techniques of manual muscle testingb) Testing position, procedure and grading of muscles of the upper limb, lower limb and trunk etc.

10. Re- Education Of Musclesa) Re-Education Of Muscles: Techniques, Spatial Summation, Temporal Summation.b) Re-Education Techniques And Facilitating Methods On Various Groups Of Muscles. Progressive Exercises InStrengthening Using Various Application: (According To Their Muscle Power) Grade 1- Grade IV.

11. Joint MobilityJoint ranges (outer range, middle range, innerrange). Individual joint structures, joint movements (anatomic, accessory).Causes of joint range limitations, prevention of joint stiffness. Positioninq (physioloqical resting position) of joints andteaching home programme.

12. Goniometrya) Normal range of various joints, Description of goniometer, range of measuring systems (180 foot trunk and head),Techniques of goniometry. Demonstrate measuring of individual joint range using goniometer.b) Demonstrate measurement of limb girth (using measuring tape): arm, forearm, thigh

13. Crutch WalkingComponents of a crutch, classifications of crutches, characters of a good crutch, preparing a patient for crutch walking,crutch walking muscles, Measurement of crutches (axillary piece, hand piece). Crutch stance, crutch palsy. Types of crutch walking (4 point, 3 point, 3 point) (non - weight bearing and partial weight bearing), modified 3 point (paraplegic andshuffling gait, swing to and swing through. Crutch measurement (sitting standing and lying positions) and various types of crutch walking (even ground stairs and ramps).

14. RelaxationRelaxation, Muscle fatigue, Muscle spasm, General causes, signs, symptoms of tension (mental and physical). Factorscontributing to fatigue. Types of relaxation (local and general), indications for relaxation, and techniques of relaxation(local and general).

15. Posturea) Posture (static and dynamic). Definition of good posture, Muscles responsible for good posture.b) Postural mechanismsc) Definition of abnormal posture (Kyphosis, Scoliosis, Lordosis, Kypho - scoliosis, kypholordosis).d) Assessment of posture (inspection, measurement - length of legs, width of pelvis, plumb line. ROM of trunk in flexion,extension, side flexion and rotation). Postural correction by: strengthening of muscles, mobilisation of trunk, Relaxation, Active correction of the deformities. Passive correction (traction) postural awareness, abdominal and back extensor.e) Outline principles in bracing of the trunk and surgical correction. Identification of abnormal posture, and posturalcorrective measures.



16. Gaita) Gait and centre of gravity of the human body.b) Muscles responsible for normal gait, six determinants of gait (pelvic rotation, pelvic tilt, hip flexion, lateral displacementof pelvis knee flexion in stance phase, normal foot pattern during walking).c) Walking cycle: Stance (heel strike, foot flat, midstance, and push off), Swing (acceleration, mid swing and deceleration).d) Following pathological gaits: Gluteus medius Gait, Gluteus maximus gait, Hip flexor weakness gait, Quadricepsweakness gait; Foot drop gait, hemiplegics gait, Ataxic waddling gait, equinus gait, calcaneus's gait, Equinovarus gait.e) Skills in identifying pathological gait and proper gait training.

17. Co - OrdinationBalance (static and dynamic). Mechanism of neuromuscular co-ordination. ln coordination : Lower motor neuron lesions,uppermotor neuron lesions (spasticity), Cerebellar lesions, Loss of kinesthetic sense (tabes dorsalis, syringomyelia,leprosy), imbalance due to muscular disease. Re- education of balance. Re-education co-ordination: Frenkels Exercises,proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation (PNF) techniques. Re-education techniques of balance and coordination.

18. SUSPENSION THERAPYBasic physics of simple pendulum and pendular movement. Type of suspension: Pendular, Axial, Eccentric fixation(anterior, posterior, medial and lateral). Indications and technique for each type of suspension. Axial and eccentric fixation for mobilizing, strengthening and re - education of various muscles and joints.

19. HYDROTHERAPYHydrostatic pressure, upward thrust of water, buoyancy. To list the indications and contra-indications for hydrotherapy.Dress codes for patients and therapists, and necessary hydrotherapy equipment. Construction of hydrotherapy tank:Design, Construction, safety features, cleaning the pool, water heating systems, Hygiene of patient and pool.

20. BED REST COMPLICATIONS:Complications of patients on prolonged bed rest. Maintenance exercises for patients on prolonged bed rest.

21. Massagea) History of massage. Mechanical points to be considered. Points to be considered while giving massage. Manipulations.The time of day for treatment. The comfort and support of the patient (draping and positioning). Position of operator

(therapists stance)b) Using body weight, Contact and continuity, Techniques, indications, and contra indications. Physiological effects of massage on various system of body: Excretory system, Circulatory system, Muscular system, Nervous system andMetabolic systemc) Various manipulation techniques used in massage.d) Stroking manipulation: Effleurage, stroking. Pressure manipulations: Kneading: Squeezing, stationary, circular ironing(reinforced kneading), Finger kneading, petrissage (picking up, wringing, rolling), Frictions. Percussion manipulation:Tapotement, hacking, clapping, Beating and pounding. Shaking manipulations: Vibration, shaking, Technique, effects,uses and contra indications of the following manipulations: Stroking manipulations. Pressure manipulations. Percussionmanipulations Shaking manipulations. Massage for upper limb, Scapular region, Shoulder joint, Upper arm, Elbow joint,Forearm, Wrist, Hand. Massage for lower Iimb: Thigh, Knee joint, Leg, Foot (including ankle joints and toes). Massage for back: Neck and upper Middle and lower back. Gluteal region, arm and leg Massage for the face

23. Therapeutic Gymnasiumi) Set-up of gymnasium & its importanceii) Various equipment in the gymnasium

iii) Operational skills, effects, & uses of each equipment

24. Functional re-education-general therapeutic techniques to re-educate ADL function.

25. Special Techniquesa) Introduction to special mobilization & manipulation techniques, effects indications, effects, indications &contraindications.b) Conceptual framework, principle of proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation (PNF) techniques, including indications,therapeutic effects and precautions.c) Review normal breathing mechanism, types, techniques, indications, contraindications, therapeutic effects &precautions of breathing exercises.d) Postural Drainagee) Mat exercises

26. Basic principles of General fitness-warming up exercises, aerobics – cool down exercises

EXERCISE THERAPY PRACTICAL

Course description: This course involves a detailed study of physiological effects, application techniques,effects, indications, and contraindications, precautions for exercises used in Physiotherapy.

Course Objectives: Student should be able to explain the rationale for the prescription of safe and effectiveexercises.

1. Soft tissue manipulative techniques regionwise-upper limb, lower limb, neck, back and face.2. Measurement of ROM of joints-upper limb, lower limb and trunk.3. To practice the grading of muscle strength regionwise upper limb and lower limb and trunk.4. Position of joints, muscle work, and stability of various fundamental and derived positions.5. Different types of muscle contraction, muscle work, group action of muscles and coordinated movement6. Various types of suspension therapy and its applications on various part of body-regionwise.7. Local and general relaxation techniques.8. Structure and functions along with application of various equipment in a gymnasium.9. Assessment & evaluative procedures, including motor, sensory, neuromotor coordination, vital capacity, limb length &higher functions.10. Various techniques of mobilization of joints regionwise.



11. Various techniques of progressive strengthening exercises of muscles regionwise.12. Use of various ambulation aids in gait training.13. Evaluate ADLs and practice various training techniques.14. Mat exercises.15. Normal and abnormal posture & practice various corrective techniques.16. Equilibrium/balance & practice various to improve balance.17. Structure and functions of hydrotherapy equipment and their applications.18. Various traction techniques, including manual, mechanical & electrical procedures.19. Various group exercise therapies.20. Breathing Exercises21. Postural Drainage28. Basic Yogic postures: Padahastasana /Padangusthanasana, Trikonasana, Utkatasana, Padmasana,Siddhasana,/Sukhasana,Bhujangasana, Ardha- Salabhasana, Paschimottanasana, Savasana,Dhanurasana, Ardha Halasana, Yogamudrasana,

Uttanasana,Virasana, Vajrasana, Setu Bandhasana, Gomukhasana, Pavan-Muktasana, Halasana, Sarvangasana, Naukasana,29. Warm up exercises, aerobics – cool down exercises22. Introduction to manual therapy techniques such as Mait land’s, Cyriax, Mulligan’s, Tensigrity, etcRecommended Books1. Principles Of Exercise Therapy–Dena Gardiner 2. Massage, Manipulation & Traction---Sydney Litch3. Massage- Holly4. Suspension Therapy In Rehabilitation—Margaret Hollis5. Hydrotherapy - Duffield6. Measurement Of Physical Function - Cynthia Norkins7. Therapeutic Exercise—Carolyn Kisner

Paper-11 Rehabilitation Prosthetics and OrthoticsUnit-I: Introduction to rehabilitation1. Concept of Rehabilitation, principals & role of physiotherapist.2. Present Rehabilitation services including reservation & legislation for rehabilitation of disabled.

3. Team concept & role of different professionals in Rehabilitation.4. Vocational & social Rehabilitation.

Unit-II: Disability & Rehabilitation.

1. Definition of Impairment, disability & handicap, their causes & role of physiotherapy.2. Disability evaluation.3. Activities of daily living.4. Physical rehabilitation of Disabled or Handicapped.5. Principals of communication impairment including speech production, communication disorders, aphasia 7 its

management principals of speech therapy.

Unit-III: Community Based Rehabilitation.

1. Definition, aims, objectives, approach of CBR , organization & administration of CBP projects.

Unit-IV: Orthotics

Definition Principles, Usage, checkups, indicates contradiction

Paper-12 PATHOLOGY & MICROBIOLOGY(Pathology: 70%; Microbiology: 30%)Course Description: This course involve a detailed study of the various systems of the body at a microscopic andmacroscopic level, witha particular emphasis on the musculoskeletal, neurological and cardiopulmonary systemsCourse Objectives: The student should be able to describe the structure and function of the various system of the bodywith an emphasison musculoskeletal, neurological and cardiopulmonary systems as it relates to its applications in PhysiotherapyPATHOLOGY1. Introduction to Pathologya) Definitionsb) Branchesc) Pathology as a Science

d) Correlation Between Pathology and Physiotherapy2. Cell Injury, Death and Adaptationa) Definitions and Causesb) Mechanismsc) Morphology of Cell Injuryd) Apoptosise) Cellular Adaptations to Growth and Injury3. Acute and Chronic Inflammationa) General Features of Inflammationb) Vascular Changes and Cellular Events-Acute Inflammation.c) Chemical Mediators of Inflammation.d) Definitions, Causes and Histological Features-Chronic Inflammation.4. Tissue and Cell Repair a) Normal Cell Growthb) Repair by Connective tissuec) Wound Healing



d) Fracture Healinge) Pathological Aspects of repair 5. Hemodynamic DisordersEdema, Hyperemia and Congestion, Hemorrhage, Hemostasis and Thrombosis, Embolism, Infarction, Shock.6. Disorders of Immune Systema) Cells of the Immune Systemb) Immune Mechanisms of Tissue Injuryc) Autoimmune Disease: Mechanism, RA, SLE, Myasthenia Gravis.d) Immunodeficiency Diseases: Differences Between Primary and Secondary, AIDS.7. Neoplasmsa) Definitions and Nomenclature.b) Characteristics.c) Carcinogenesis, Carcinogenic agents,.d) Biology of Tumor Growth, Tumor Immunity.

8. Environmental Disordersa) Injury by Chemical Agentsb) Injury by Physical Agents9. Infectious Diseasesa) Categories of Infectious Agentsb) Host barriers to Infectionc) Immune Evasion by Microbes10. Nutritional Disordersa) Nutritional Deficienciesb) Obesityc) Diet and Systemic Disease11. Vascular Systema) Vascular Wall Cells and their Response to Injuryb) Arterial Diseases: Arteriosclerosis, Hypertension and Hypertensive Vascular disease, Buerger’s disease, Aneurysm.c) Venous Disease: Varicose Veins, Phlebothrombosis, And Thrombophlebitis.d) Lymphatic Diseases: Lymphangitis, Lymphoedema.12. Cardiac System

a) Principles of Cardiac Dysfunctionb) Types of Heart Disease: Ischemic Heart Disease, Hypertensive Heart Disease, Valvular Heart Disease, MyocardialHeartDisease, pericardial Heart Disease, Congenital Heart Disease.13. Hematopoietic and Lymphoid System Anemia, Polycythemia, Leukopenia, Leukemia, Deficiencies of factor VIII and IX, Splenomegaly.14. Respiratory System Atelectasis, obstructive Lung disease, Restrictive Lung Disease, Vascular Lung Diseases, Pulmonary Infections:Pneumonia,Tuberculosis, Lung Abscess, Pleural Disorders: Pneumothorax, Hemothorax.15. Gastrointestinal SystemGastritis, Gastric Ulcerations, Ischemic Bowel Disease, Appendicitis, GI Tract Infections, Crohn’s Disease, Jaundice,hepaticFailure, Cirrhosis, Hepatitis, Cholelithiasis, Cholecystitis, Diabetes Mellitus, Pancreatits.16. Urinary and Reproductive Systema) Nephritis, Kidney Stones.

b) Male Genital Tract: Specific Inflammation.c) Female Genital Tract: Pelvic Inflammatory Disease, Menopause and Post Menopausal Changes, Endometritis,Carcinomaof the Mammary Glands.17. Endocrine SystemHyperpituitarism, Hypopituitarism, Hyperthyroidism, Hypothyroidism.18. Musculoskeletal SystemOsteoporosis, Osteomyelitis, Osteoarthritis, Gout, Osteoma, Osteosarcoma, Chondroma, Chondrosarcoma,Osteochondrosarcoma, Muscular Dystrophy.19. Integumentary SystemPsoriasis, SLE, Acne Vulgaris.20. Nervous SystemHydrocephalus, Meningitis, Hematoma, Multiple Sclerosis, Alzheimer’s Disease, Parkinsonism, G.B. Syndrome.

PRACTICALSDemonstration of slides Anaemia

Leukaemia Acute inflammationChornic inflammationTuberculosis of lymphnodeLeprosySquamouscell" carcinomaOsteoclastomaSpecimen Dcmonstration

BOOK REFERENCES:1. Pathology : Robbins2. Aids of Pathology : Dixson3. Boyd's Text Book of Pathology : Boyd4. Text Book of Pathology : N. C. Dey



MlCRO BIOLOGY

1. General Bacteriology1.Introduction, Historical background, Classification of microorganisms.2.Morphology of Bacteria3.Staining of bacteria.4.Sterilization5.Cultivation and culture media

2. Systemic Bacteriology1. Gram-positive Cocci-Streptococci Staphylococci and Pneumococci2. Gram-negative cocci-Gono. & Meningo cocci.3. Gram negative bacilli - Typhoid, Cholera Dysentery4. Gram positive bacilli

a) Aerobic - Diphtheria, Tuberculosis, Leprocy

b) Anaerobic - Tetanus, Gas Gangrene, Botulism.3. Immunology

Immunity, Anatigens, Antibodies, Antigen and Antibody Reactions Agglutination. Precipitation Hypersensitivity reactions:

4. General Virologya) Poliomyelitiesb) Rabiesc) Demonstration of tests in

Diagnosis of AIDSDiagnosis of HepatitisDiagnosis of Syphilis

5. ParasitologyMalaria AmoebiasisRoundworm & Hookworm

6. Mycology

Candidiasis, Ringworm, Scabies

PRACTICALS

1. Demonstration of collection of clinical specimens and cultivation of samples.2.Demonstration of cultures3.Demonstration of H.D. & Simple Grams and Ziehl Neelsens staining4.Demonstration of Sterilization techniques5.Demonstration of Serogical tests.6.Demonstration of Diagnostic tests of AIDS, Hepatitis. Syphilis.7.Demonstration of Fungi.8.Demonstration of Hypersensitivity tests

BOOK REFERENCES:

1. Microbiology : Rajesh Bhalani1. Text Book of Microbiology : Rajesh Bhatia2. Text Book of Parasitology : Bhatia

Paper-13 PHARMACOLOGYCourse Description: This course involves the principles involved in using common drugs,Course Objectives: The student should be able to explain the indication, Contra indication and side effects of commonlyused drugs1. General pharmacologya. Definitions and Routes of Drug Administrationb. Pharmacokinetics:c. Transportation across membranes, Absorption, Distribution, Biotransformation, Excretion, Kinetics of eliminationd. Pharmacodynamics:e. Principles and Mechanisms of Drug Action, Combined effects of drugs , Drug dosage , Factors modifying Drug Action .f. Adverse Drug Effects2. Systemic Pharmacologya. Drugs acting on Central Nervous System: Anaesthetics, alcohols, alkaloids, narcotics, neuroleptics

b. Hypnotics, anticonvulsants,c. Sedatives, stimulants, antianxiety, etcd. Drugs acting on peripheral nervous system: Skeletal muscle relaxantse. Local anaestheticsf. Drugs acting on the Autonomic Nervous System: Cholinergic &g. Anticholinergic drugs ,h. Adrenergic & Antiadrenergic drugs.i. Drugs acting on cardiac vascular system. j. Drugs acting on the respiratory systemk. Drugs acting on the Kidney.l. Drugs affecting Blood and Blood formationm. Gastrointestinal Drugsn. Antimicrobial Drugso. Drugs acting on Skin and Mucous membranep. Antiseptics, Disinfectants, and Ectoparasiticidesq. Chelating agents



r. Chemotherapeutic agents.s. Hormones and drugs affecting endocrine functionst. Vitaminsu. Metabolic and other inorganic compounds.v. Immunologic agents.w. Diagnostic agents.x.Respiratory Systemy. GeriatricsRecommended Books1. Essential of Medical Pharmacology- K. D. Tripathi2. Pharmacology in Rehabilitations- Ciccone

Paper-14 GENERAL MEDICINESCourse Description: This course involves the management of general medical, cardiopulmonary, skin, psychiatric

conditions and commonemergencies requiring medical care. Identification and description of the relevant instruments used for investigation andpractice for management of general medical, cardiopulmonary, skin and psychiatric conditions will also be discussed.Course Objectives: The student should be able to describe the management of general medical, cardiopulmonary, skinand psychiatricconditions with a special emphasis on conditions involving physiotherapy management. The student should be able tounderstand theimportance of first aid and explain the rules of first aid, identify and give first aid in common emergencies, describe thetypes of wounds,haemorrhages, shock and respiratory emergencies, acquire knowledge about ambulances service and their functions inrelation t oemergencies. The student should be able to describe the assessment of general medical, cardiopulmonary, skin andpsychiatric conditionswith a special emphasis on conditions involving physiotherapy management.I. GENERAL MEDICINE1. Genetic, Immunological, Environmental, Climatic Factors in Disease.

2. Diseases due to Infection3. Major Manifestations of Infection, Principles of Management, Diseases due to : Viruses, Chlamydiae, Rickettsiae,Bacteria,Spirochaetes, Fungi, Protozoa, helminthes, Arthropods, STD.4. Diseases of the alimentary tract and pancreas5. Diseases of the teeth, stomach and duodenum, large and small intestine and pancreas6. Gastro-intestinal haemorrhage7. Inflammatory Bowel Disease.8. Diseases of the Liver and Biliary System9. Jaundice, portal hypertension, ascites, renal failure , hepatic encephalopathy fulminant hepatic failure , acute andchronicparenchymal disease , tumors of the liver, liver transplantation , gall stones , cholecystitis10. Nutritional factors in disease11. Disturbances in water, electrolyte and acid – base balance.12. Physiology of water and electrolytes, major manifestations of electrolyte and acid – base disorders , hypernatremia ,hyponatremia , hyperkalaemia , hypokalaemia , sodium and water excess , calcium , phosphate and magnesium

disorders ,metabolic acidosis and alkalosis , respiratory acidosis and alkalosis mixed acid – base disorders.13. Diseases of Kidney and Genito- urinary system14. Acute glomerulonephritis syndrome, nephrotic syndrome, recurrent haematuria, renal failure, glomerular diseases ,infections if the kidney and urinary tract , obstruction of the urinary tract , urinary tract calculi and nephrocalcinosis , congenitalabnormalitiesof the kidney , drug – induced kidney disorders and tumors.15. Diseases of the endocrinal system and metabolic16. Hypothalamus, pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal diseases17. Sexual disorders18. Diabetes Mellitus19. Diseases of the Blood.20. Disorders of the erythrocytes & leucocytes,21. Blood transfusion, haemostasis22. Disorders of the venous thrombosis23. Oncology

24. Clinical presentation and principles of management25. Principles of Geriatric Medicine.26. Demography of aging, normal old age27. Atypical presentation of disease28. Acute confusion, urinary incontinence, immobility, falls.29. Acute poisoning30. Assessment of severity, general principles, general features and management and prevention.II. CARDIAC DISEASE1. Disorders of heart rate, rhythm, and conduction.2. Ischaemic (Coronary) heart disease.3. Myocardial Infarction.4. Vascular disease5. Diseases of the heart valves.6. Congenital Heart Disease.7. Diseases of the myocardium.8. Diseases of the pericardium.



III. PULMONARY DISEASE1. Obstructive pulmonary disease.2. Infections3. Tumors of the Bronchus and lungs.4. Interstitial pulmonary diseases.5. Diseases of the nasopharynx, larynx, trachea.6. Diseases of the pleura, diaphragm, chest wall.IV. SKIN1. Signs & symptoms of skin disease.2. Skin damage from environmental hazards.3. Infections, infestations, insect bites, & st ings.4. Immunologically mediated skin disorders.5. Skin disorders in AIDS, immunodeficiency & venereal disease.6. Brief description of eczematous dermatoses, psoriasis, lichen planus, acne , rosacea , and similar disease , malignant

disease of skin , disorders of keratinization , skin problems in infancy , old age , pregnancy & the skin , metabolic disorders & reticulohistiocytic proliferative disorders , disorders of hair & nails , systemic disease , disorders of pigmentation , principles of management of skin diseases.V. PSYCHIATRY1. Brief description of epidemiology and etiological factors.2. Classification of psychiatric disorders.3. Clinical interview (MSE)4. Brief description of psychological and physical treatments used.5. Brief description of clinical syndromes (organic psychiatric disorders, substance abuse, schizophrenia, affectivedisorders,neurotic, stress related and somatoform disorders, eating disorders, sleeping disorders, sexual dysfunction, puerperalmantaldisorders personality disorders, factitious disorders)6. Psychiatric problems in a general hospital, community psychiatry, legal aspects of psychiatry.Recommended BooksPrinciples and Practice of Medicine by Davidson

Paper-15 ORTHOPAEDICS & SPORTS MEDICINECourse Description: This course introduces and enables the student to understand orthopaedic conditions whichcommonly causedisability and their medical and surgical management.Course objectives: The student will demonstrate an understanding of orthopaedic conditions which commonly causedisability and their medical and surgical management.1. Traumatology: Definition, Classification, Clinical Features, Differential Diagnosis, Investigations, Medical and SurgicalManagement of the Following A. General Principles, outline the followingI. Types of Fractures including patterns. Open and closed fractures and fracture dislocations.II. Differences between dislocation subluxation.III. General & Local signs & symptomsIV. Principles of management-Conservative and Surgical.V. Prevention and treatment of complications including fracture disease, Volkmann's ischaemic contracture, Sudeck's

Atrophy, Carpal Tunnel syndrome. Myositis ossificans, and shoulder-hand syndrome.VI. f .Functional BracingVII. Soft Tissue InjuriesB. Upper Limb TraumaI. Enumerate major long bone fractures and joint injuries.II. Enumerate the major soft tissue Injuries.III. Describe their clinical features. Principles of management and complications.C. Lower Limb TraumaI. Enumerate major long bone fractures and joint injuries.II. Enumerate major spinal fractures and joint injuries.III. Enumerate the major soft tissue Injuries.IV. Describe their clinical features. Principles of management and complicationsV. Enumerate the major soft tissue Injuries.VI. Describe their clinical features. Principles of management and complicationsD. Spinal TraumaE. PolytraumaI. Nerve Injuries

II. Vascular Injuries3. AmputationsI. Classify amputations. List indication for surgery.II. Outline pre-operative, operative and prosthetic management.III. Outline prevention and treatment of complications.4. General Orthopedics A. Congenital Deformities: Outline the clinical features and management of CTEV, CDH, Flat foot, vertical talus, limbdeficiency(radial club hand and femoral, tibial and fibular deficiencies meningomyelocoele, Arthrogryposis multiplex congenita andOsteogenesis imperfecta, Congenital Torticollis, Spina Bifida, Sprengel’s Shoulder, etc.B. Developmental Disorders of Bone: Outline the Clinical Features and Management of Cartilage Dysplasia And BonyDysplasia.C. nfections of Bones and Joints: Outline the Clinical Features, Pathogenesis, Investigations, Differential Diagnosis andManagement of Osteomyelitis, Pyogenic Arthritis, Septic Arthritis, etc.D. Tuberculosis of Bones and Joints: Outline the Clinical Features, Pathogenesis, Investigations, Differential Diagnosisand



Management of spine, Hip, Knee, SI Joint, Poncet’s Tuberculous Rheumatism, Tubercular Osteomyelitis, etc.5. Regional Orthopedics: Outline the Definition, Classification, Clinical Features, Pathogenesis, Investigations,Differential Diagnosis,Complications and Management of the following conditions: A. Shoulder; Tendinitis, Peri Arthritis, Rotator Cuff Injury, Deltoid Fibrosis, Adhesive Capsulitis, Frozen Shoulder, etc.B. Elbow: Tennis Elbow, Golfer’s Elbow, Recurrent Slipping of Ulnar Nerve, Pulled Elbow, etc.C. Wrist and Hand: Ganglion, DeQuervain’s Disease, Trigger Thumb and Finger, Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, Dupuytren’sContracture,etc.D. Spine: Cervical: Brachial Neuralgia, Brachial Plexus Injury, Thoracic Inlet Syndromes, Torticollis, Cervical Spondylitis,PID, etc.Thoracic and Lumbar Spine: Deformities of the spine, Spondylolisthesis, Lumbosacral Strain, Lumbar Canal stenosis,Spondyliti s,PID, etc

E. Hip: Coxa Vara, Slipped Upper Femoral Epiphysis, AVN, etc.F. Knee: Deformities, Quadriceps Fibrosis, Recurrent Dislocation of the Patella, Osgood Schlatter’s Disease, LooseBodies, Anterior Knee Pain, Chondromalacia Patellae, etc.G. Foot and Ankle: ainful Heel, Plantar Fascitis, Posterior Heel Pain, Deformities, Forefoot pain, metatarsalgia, TarsalTunnelSyndrome, etcH. Peripheral Nerve Injuries: Outline the clinical features and management, including reconstructive surgery of, Radial,medianand ulnar nerve lesions, Sciatic and lateral popliteal lesions, Brachial Plexus injuries including Erb's, Klumpke's and crutchpalsy.6. Special Surgical Techniques A. General Principles and Applications of the Following:B. Arthrodesis and ArthroplastyC. Tendon Transfer D. Muscle LengtheningE. Tenotomy

F. Tendon repair G. OsteotomyH. Nerve SuturingI. DiscectomyJ. Spinal FusionK. LaminectomyL. Soft Tissue Release7. Common Sports InjuriesRecommended Books1. Outline of Fractures- Adams2. Outline of Orthopedics- Adams3. Turek4. Campbell

Paper-16 GENERAL SURGERY & PLASTIC SURGERYCourse Description: This course involves the management of general surgical, eye, ENT, cardiopulmonary,

gynaecological and obstetrical conditions. Identification and description of the instruments used for investigation andpractice for management of general surgical, eye,ENT, cardiopulmonary, gynaecological and obstetrical conditions will be discussed.Course Objectives: The student should be able to describe the management of general surgical, eye, ENT,cardiopulmonary, gynaecological and obstetrical conditions with a special emphasis on conditions involving physiotherapymanagement. The student shouldbe able to describe the assessment of general surgical, eye, ENT, cardiopulmonary, gynaecological and obstetricalconditions with a specialemphasis on conditions involving physiotherapy management.

Introduction:Description of events frequently accompanying General Anesthesia.Blood transfusion andPhysiological response of the body.Wounds, Scars, Ulcers, Boils, Carbuncles etc.Principles of Pre and Post Operative Physical examinationInvestigations

Surgical Post operative complications and their examination

Surgery:

lncisions, Complications and management of followingNephroctomy, Appendicectomy, HerniorrhaphyMastectomy, Thyroidectomy, Colostomy, AdrenalectomyCystectomy, Hysterectomy, Prostatectomy, CholecystectomyNesostomy, Incisional Hernia and its preventionLectures on the familiarity of various instruments used in surgical procedures and their demonstration.

BOOK REFERENCES:1. Baily & Love Short Practice of Surgery - by Rains & Ritelife2. Surgery by Nan

General Surgical Operations by R.M. Kirk and R.C.N. Willamson.



PLASTIC SURGERY

1. Burns; Causes. Classification, medical Management and precautions in the acute stage.Complications of burns and their management.

2. Plastic Surgery:a) Principles of plastic surgery Post-operative management, and

Complications.b) Cineplastyc) Principles of cosmetic surgeryd) Skin Graftinge) Surgery of hand with emphasis on the management of traumatic and leprosy hand.f) Burns and plast ics surgery management.

Paper-17 RADIOLOGY(Both in Normal and Pathological conditions)

1. Radiology of bones spine and joints.2. Radiology of chest including heart.3. Study of Computerised Axial Tomograpy of spine, bones and joints.4. Study of Magnetic Resonance Image Diagnosis5. Study of Ultrasound in soft tissue, Muscle, and Ligaments Diagnosis (Lecture Demonstration only).



SYLLABUS FOR THIRD YEAR

Paper-18 Clinical Assessment & Physical Diagnosis

ObjectiveTo understand the basic skill and logical reasoning of assessment and planning the treatment of the patient.Unit-I:AssessmentDemographic Data, History taking, observation, Examination, Investigation, Differential Diagnosis, Problem Test,Formulation of log term & short term goals, treatment planning, home advice, follow-up.Unit-II:Orthopedic & Sport AssessmentDetailed regional orthopedic assessment & evaluation with emphasis on special tests head & face, cervical spine, TMJ,shoulder, Elbow, Forearm, wrist, Head, Thoracies spine, lumber spine, pelvis, hip, knee, foot, and complex.Unit-III: Neurological Assessment

Neurological assessment and evaluation with emphasis on surface testing, sensory & motor examination, higher mentalfunctions, cranial nerve testing, balance & coordination, functional evaluation etc.Unit-IV: Cardiopulmonary AssessmentDetailed cardiopulmonary assessment & evaluation with emphasis on chest symmetry & expansion, exercise testingmethodology, percussion, investigations, (That is x-rays, PFT, ABG) dyspnea etc.Unit-V: Electro DiagnosisElectromyography, NCV, Instrumentation, and technique.H- reflex, F response, Blink reflex, FG Test, SD curve.

Paper-19 PHYSIOTHERAPY III - (Manual Therapy)

ObjectiveTo understand & apply the basic biomechanical and exercise therapy principle in manual treatment of the patients.

DefinitionLocal effects of MassageTypes of Massage

Physiological effects.Therapeutic application Techniques

Tissue Mobilization

Definition and description,Therapeutic TechniquesPhysiological EffectsKneadingPickingSkin RollingClappingFrictionTappingEffleurageStroking

PetrissageHackingConcepts, Technique, procedure and skills of Mannual MrdicineMackenzie,Mulligan.Maitland andKaltenbora Assessment of the Tissue PathologyTherapeutic Application for Pain managementJoin Mobilization.

Paper -20: Biostatistics and Research Methodology

ObjectiveTo understand the step of research process and research method.To develop the skills of critical thinking and selection of research strategy.

Unit- I: Introduction:Introduction to Biostatistics, types of variables and scales of measurement, measures of central tendency and dispersion,rate, ratio, proportion, incidence and prevalence.Unit-II: SamplingMethods of sampling, Randomization, Sampling and non-sampling errors and methods of minimizing these errors.Unit-III: Basic probability distribution and sampling distributions:Concept of probability and probability distribution. Normal, Binomial distribution, Standard error and confidence intervals,Skewness and kurtosis.Unit-IV: Tests of Significance:Basic of Testing of hypothesis-Null and alternate hypothesis, type I and type II errors, level of significance and power of tetest, p value.Parametric test, non-parametric test, correlation and regression.Research MethodologyUnit-I: Research in Physiotherapy Introduction, Definition, Types of research, aims and objective of research, methodology, analysis and report writing.





1. Davidson's Principles and Practice of medicine2. Brains Clinical Neurology3. Medicine and Neurology By Golewala4. Surgery By Nan5. Bailey and Love - Short Practice of Surgery

Paper-22 Cardiopulmonary Disease & Thoracic Surgery

ObjectiveTo know the clinical manifestations cardiac and thoracic diseases and their management.

A) Brief idea of Anatomy and physiology of Cardio-respiratory systemB) Outline Aetiopathogenesis of Cardio-respiratory disorders, Investigations.

Diagnosis, Differential diagnosis and principles of management.

C) Cardio Vascular Systemi) Cardiac failure - Definition, Causes, Symptoms and Signs and Brief management of cardiac failure.ii) Rheumatic Fever-Definition, Causes. Symptoms and Signs and' Brief description of aetiology, Clinical features,

Complications and Treatment.iii) Congenital Heart Diseases: Classification and brief outline of diseases like ASD, VSD, PDA. Fallot's Tetralogy

with complication.iv) Infective Endocarditis - Brief aetiopathogenesis, Clinical features, Diagnosis and treatment.v) Brief description of Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary embolisms.vi) Vascular Disease Atherosclerosis Burgers disease, Phlebitis etc.

Respiratory System:

1. Chronic Bronchitis and Emphysema, Definition, Clinical features, . Investigation Complication and Treatment.2. Bronchial Asthma Definition, Aetiopathogenesis, Clinical features, Diagnosis and Treatment.3. Pneumonia- Definition, classification Clinical features complications & Treatment.4. Tuberculosis Aetiopathogenesis Clinical tests of pulmonary Tuberculosis, Diagnosis. Complication and

Treatment.

5. Lung Abscess and Bronchiactesis Defionion Clinical features.6. Chest wall deformities Describe various Deformities of chest wall and effect and pulmonary diseases associated

with it.7. Occupational Lung disease, Clinical features, diagnosis & Treatment.8. Respiratory failure Classification, Causes and Treatment.

Cardio thoracic Surgery

1. Introduction:Types of incision, Pre and Postoperative Assessment. Management and complications of Cardio thoracicSurgery and their management.

2. Cardiac Surgery3. Outline indications: Contra-indications, site of incision, Pre and Post . Operative Valvotomy and Valve

Replacement Open Hear Surgery Cardiac By Pass Surgery.Surgery on PercardiumOperations in Congenital disorders

Heart TransplantationPacemaker Coronary AngioplastyBaloon Angioplasty and Vascular Surgery (Outline surgery) of artery and veins)

4. Thoracic Surgery:i) Outline clinical features and management of the following Fracture of ribs. Flail chest stove in

chest, Pneuinothorex, Haermothorax, Lung Contusion and Laceration and Injury to vessels and Brunches.i i) Outline Indications, Contraindication : Site of incision, Pre and post operative management and

complications of following Loberctomy, Pneumonectomy, Segmentectomyiii) Outline clinical features and management of Carcinoma: of lungiv) Describe in dentail the following procedures

Management of endotracheal tubes, Tracheal suction, Weaning the patient from Ventilator Exrubationand Post extrubation care.

v) Describe! the principles of cardio pulmonary resusecitation cardiac massage, Artificial respirationDefbrillators and their use.

BOOK REFERENCES

1. Davidson's Principles and Practice of medicine2. Harrison's internal medicine3. General Surgient Operations by Kirk/ Williamson4. Surgery by Nan5. Bailys and Love-Short Practice of surgery.

Paper-23: Paediatrics

ObjectiveTo understand the Paediatric patients and their special needs in relation to physical therapy.

1. Growth and development of child.2. Nutrition3. Immunization programs



4. Common Paediatric disease5. Club foot6. Scoliosis7. Congenital Deformaties.8. Osteogenesis lmperfecta (01)9. Genetic Disorders10. Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy (DMD)11. Spina Bifida Occulta. Meaning aceles, Meaningomy eiocele12. Chromosomal Disorders Downs syndrome13. Environmentally Related Disorders14. Cerebral Paisy (CP) Zost Polio Paralysis15. Observe children for their individual strengths and abilities.16. Knowledge of normal development, movement patterns and transitions, abnormal movements17. Development of the Disability

18. Planning of prevention, early identification, and evaluation. Diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation.19. Impairment disability and handicap acknowledge their inter relationship and impact one another.

BOOK REFERENCES:

1. Nelson Text Book of Paediatric - Behraman & Verghan

Papwer-24 GYNAECOLOGY AND OBSTETRICS1. History taking2. Terminologies used..3. Classification of Diseases.4. Birth control.5. Reproduction.6. Placenta and placental membranes.7. Foetus.8. Physiological changes during pregnancy.

9. Endocrinology in relation to reproduction.10. Foetus – in - utero.11. Foetal skull and maternal pelvis.12. Antenatal care.13. Antenatal assessment of foetal well - being.14. Normal labour, normal puerperium.15. Complications of pregnancy and labour.16. Special considerations (previous history of C- section, Rh. –, elderly primigravida, grand multipara, bad obstetrichistory, obesity. )17. Term, newborn infant, low birth weight baby.18. Diseases of the fetus and newborn.19. Pharmacotherapeutics, induction of labour, operative obstetrics.20. Special topics (foetal distress, intrapartum foetal monitoring, shock in obstetrics, acute renal failure, blood coagulationdisorders,high – risk pregnancy, immunology in obstetrics)21. Aids to diagnosis in obstetrics.

22. Pelvic inflammatory disease23. Abortions and ectopic pregnancy.24. Dysfunctional uterine bleeding defunction, causes, differential diagnosis, management.25. Genital malignancies, cervix, uterus, vagina.

BOOK REFERENCES:

1. Gynaecology and Obstetrics in Health care of a woman by Seymoul L, Romney Mary Jane Gray. J.A Merrill.2. Shaw's Text Book Gynaecology.3. Jeffcoat's Principles of Gynaecology.

Paper-25: PSYCHIATRYObjectiveTo understand the implications of psychological disorders on disability.

1. Brief History of Psychiatry2. Rationale of Psychotherapeutics3. Causes of mental disturbances

4. Symptoms of Mental illness5. Levels of consciousness6. General appearances and behavior 7. Emotions and thoughts8. Perception and intellectual functions.9. Anxiety Disorders, Depression, Obsessive Compulsive Neurosis, Hysteria, Phobia.10. Stress related disorders11. Schezophrenia12. Psychosis Manie depressive Paranoid, Involuntary13. Organic Brain Syndromes, Toxic, Metabolic, Cerebro-Vascular.

Head Injury. Drug induced14. Drug dependence and alcoholism15. Psychosomatic illness16. Mental retardation17. Childhood disorders, Hyper and hypokinetic children18. Assessment and methods of Treatment



19. Drug therapy ECT, Psychotherapy Behavior therapy. Biofeedback, and counseling.20. Geriatric Psychiatry

BOOK REFERENCES:

1. Noves Modem clinical Psychiany2. Text Book of Psychiatry by Henderson and Gellispie3. Short book of Psychiatry by Ridge4. An Introduction to Psychiatry by Peter 5. Rehabil itat ion in Pavechiatry by Home6. Asychiatric Clinical skills by George U. Bells Leon Warnon and Ellen M. Denial.

Paper-26 OPHTHALMOLOGY

ObjectiveTo understand the diseases of Ophthalmology.

1. Ophthalmology2. Aetiology3. Symptomatology and treatment of visual defects4. Emphasis etc.5. Errors of refraction6. Squint7. Conjunctivities8. Trachoma9. Corneal ulcers10. Irit is11. Cataract12. Retimitis13. Detachment of cornea and Glaucoma14. Lecture and demonstration regarding the familiarly of the instruments used in Ophthalmology

EYE1. Brief description of anatomy and physiology of the eye.2. Ophthalmic optics and brief description of examination.3. Diseases of the eye and adnexa of the eye.4. Disorders of motility of the eye.5. Ocular manifestations of diseases of the nervous system.6. Brief description of immunopathology of the eye.7. Preventive ophthalmology.

BOOK REFERENCES.1. Modern Trends in Opthalmology - Arnold Sorsby

Paper-27 ENT

ObjectiveTo know the diseases and management of ENT.

1. Brief description of anatomy and physiology, peripheral receptors & central neural pathways of auditory and Vestibular system.2. Audiology and acoustics.3. Brief description of assessment of hearing.4. Hearing loss.5. Assessment of Vestibular functions.6. Disorders of Vestibular system.7. Diseases of the external and middle ear.8. Otosclerosis.9. Facial nerve and its disorders.10. Brief description of Meniere’s disease, acoustic neuroma, ot11. algia , tinnitus.12. Tumors of external ear, middle ear, and mastoid.NOSE AND PARANASAL SINUSES1. Brief description of anatomy and physiology.2. Classification of diseases and disorders3. Rhinitis (acute, chronic, allergic, other forms of non – allergic rhinitis)

4. Trauma to the face.5. Sinusitis.THROAT1. Brief description of diseases of the oral cavity, salivary glands, pharynx, larynx, trachea,2. Esophagus.3. Brief description of the techniques used.4. Brief description of clinical examination.5. Indications and types of operative surgery.6. Instrumentation

BOOK REFERENCES.1. E.N.T. for General Practitioners.



Paper-28 Dermatology

ObjectiveTo understand the skin diseases and their manifestations.

1. Structure and functions of normal skin primary and secondary lesions.2. Scable and pediculosis.3. Fungal infection of skin Dermatophylosis, Pityriasis Versicolor, Candidiasis.4. Bacterial infection of skin-Impedigo, Boil.5. Viral infection of skin-Herpes.6. Eczema, Dermatitis, Allergies.7. Acne, Alopacea, Vit iligo, Lecoderma.8. Common skin infection.9. Psoriasis.

10. Leprosy – Aetiopathogenesis clinical feature and treatment.11. Sexually transmitted diseases, -Syphilis, Gonohrea, HIV etc.12. Brief description & prevention (Lecture Demonstration only)

BPT 302 NEUROLOGY, NEUROSURGERYCourse Description: This course introduces and enables the student to understand neurological conditions whichcommonly causedisability and their medical and surgical management.Course objectives: The student will demonstrate an understanding of neurological conditions which commonly causedisability and their medical and surgical management.1. NEUROANATOMY: Review the basic anatomy of the brain and spinal cord including: Blood supply of the brain andspinal cord,anatomy of the visual pathway, connections of the cerebellum, and extra pyramidal system, relationship of the spinalnerves to

the spinal cord segments, Long tracts of the spinal cord, the brachial and lumbar plexuses, and cranial nerves.2. NEUROPHYSIOLOGY: Review in brief the Neurophysiologic basis of tone and disorders of tone and posture, bladder control,muscle contraction and movement and pain.3. Approach to symptoms and signs: 1. The neurologic history and examination 2. Dizziness 3. Approach to symptomsand sign 4.Paresthesias 5. Pain 6. Headaches 7. Weakness (UMN vs LMN, NM junction, myopathy) 8. Movement disorders 9. Gaitandbalance disorders 10. Fatigue 11. Memory and praxis complaints 12. Speech disorders 13. Language disorders 14.Syncope vsseizure 15. Encephalophathy, coma, herniation, and brain death 16. Neurological eponyms4. Diagnostic Testing: 1. Lumbar puncture and cerebrospinal fluid evaluation 2. EMG and NCV 3. Electroencephalography4.Evoked Potentials 5. Nerve and muscle biopsy 6. Autonomic testing 7. MRI 8. CT 9. MRA and cerebral angiography 10.Molecular genetic testing 11. Neuropsychological testing5. Neurovascular disorders: 1. Localization in neurovascular disease 2. Transient ischemic attacks 3. Stroke 4. Primary

intracerebral hemorrhage 5. Subarachnoid hemorrhage and saccular aneurysms 6. Arterovenous malformations 7. Spinalcordstroke 8. Stroke in younger adults 9. Cerebral venous thrombosis6. Movement disorders: 1. Parkinson?s disease 2. Parkinson?s plus syndromes 2. Dystonia 3.Wilson’s disease 8. Ataxias7. Multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases: 1. Multiple sclerosis 2. Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis8. Epilepsy: 1. Etiology and manifestations 2. Childhood disorders (include febrile) 3. Adult seizure disorders 4. Medicaltreatment5.Status epilepticus 6. Surgical treatment9. Neuro-oncology: 1. Epidemiology and pathophysiology 2. Clinical presentations of Gliomas and Meningiomas 3.Spinalcordtumors 9. Metastatic tumors10. Cranial neuropathies: 1.Tinnitus 2.Vertigo (peripheral vs central) 3.Benign positional vertigo 4.Bell’s palsy 5. Disordersof cranialnerve IX and X 10. Disorders of cranial nerves XI and XII11. Trauma : 1. Mild head injury and the postconcussion syndrome 2. Moderate and severe head injury 3. Subdural andepiduralhemotomas 4. Cranial neuropathies 5. Neurorehabilitation of brain injuries 6. Post-traumatic movement disorders 7.

Spinalcord injury 8. Whiplash injuries 9. Reflex sympathetic dystrophy and causalgia 10. Mountain sickness 11. Decompressionsickness 12. Lightning and electrical injuries12. Neuromuscular disorders: 1. Myasthenia gravis and myasthenic syndromes 2. ALS 3. Spinal muscular atrophies13. Peripheral neuropathies: 1. Manifestations of peripheral neuropathies 2. Guillain-Barre syndrome 4. Diabeticneuropathies 5.CIDP 6. Brachial and lumbosacral plexopathies 7. Thoracic outlet syndrome 8. Carpal Tunnel Syndrome and other medianneuropathies 9. Ulnar and radial neuropathies 10. Peroneal, sciatic, and tibial neuropathies.14. Myopathies : 1. Manifestations of myopathies (include muscle masses) 2. Muscular dystrophies (Duchenne, limbgirdle, GSH,scapuloperonela, myotonic, etc) 3. Dermatomyositis and polymyositis.15. Infectious disorders: 1. Bacterial meningitis 2. Chronic meningitis 3. Encephalitis 4. HIV + HTLV-1 5. Brain and spinalabscess 6.Spirochetes (neurosyphilis and Lyme) 7. Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease 8. Cerebral malaria 9. Neurocysticercosis



16. Neck, back and spinal cord disorders: 1. Approach to neck and low back disorders 2. Diagnostic testing for neck andbackdisorders 3. Radiculopathy and cauda equina syndrome 4. Spondylosis including spondylolytic cervical myelopathy andfacet joint pain 5. Myofascial pain and SI joint 6. Facet joint pain 7. Treatment of chronic neck and back painSuggested Readings1. Saunder’s Mannual for Neurologic Practice. Randolf Evans, Elsavier 2. Neurology And Neurosurgery Illustrated. Lindsay And Bone3. Diseases of the Nervous System. R Bannister 4. Brain’s Clinical Neurology. R Bannister 5. Pediatric Orthopaedics And Fractures. Sharrard6. Disorders of Muscle. Dubowitz7. Normal Development. IllingworthBPT 303 COMMUNITY & REHABILITATION MEDICINE

Course Description: This course involves an over view of community resources available for rehabilitation.Course Objective: To teach the concept of team approach in rehabilitation, Observation and identification of diagnosticfeatures,Medical and surgical aspects of disabling conditions, Identification of residual potentials in patients with partial andtotal disability and the formulation of appropriate goals in treatment and rehabilitation.1. Conceptual framework of rehabilitation, definitions and various models of rehabilitation.2. Epidemiology of disability with emphases on locomotor disability, its implications on the individual, family, society,economy and thestate. Describe the following communicable diseases with reference to reservoir, mode of transmission, route of entry andlevel of prevention. (Poliomyelitis, Meningitis & Encephalitis, Tuberculosis, Filariasis Leprosy, Tetanus, Measles.) Epidemiology of Rheumaticheart disease, cancer, chronic degenerative disease and cerebrovascular accidents.3. Outline the influence of nutritional factors such as Protein Energy Malnutrition, Anemia, Vitamin and mineral deficiencyon disability.Preventive aspects of disability and organizational skills to manage it. Define occupational health and list methods of prevention of

occupational diseases and hazards.4. Physical restorative services5. Education of the persons with disabilities.6. Vocational Rehabilitation.7. Community Based Rehabilitation and Out -Reach programs to rehabilitate persons with disabilities living in rural areas:Definecommunity based and institution based rehabilitation. Describe the advantage and disadvantage of institution andcommunity-basedrehabilitation.8. Statutory provisions, schemes of assistance to persons with disability.9. Role of the Voluntary Sector in rehabilitation of the Persons with Disabilities.10. Legislative support for Rehabilitation: Outline the Employees State insurance scheme and its various benefits,Describe the socialsecurity measures for protection from occupational, Hazards, accidents, diseases, and the workman's compensation act11. Strategies for awareness, public education, and information: List the principles of health education, methods of communication and

role of health education in rehabilitation services.12. Basic principles of administration and finance including personnel management and budget preparation andprocurement etc.13. Role of technology and manpower for rehabilitation.i. Outline selected National Health Programsii. Architectural Barriers And Possible Modifications: With Reference To Rheumatoid Arthritis, Cerebrovascular Accident,SpinalCord Injury, And Other Disabling Conditions.iii. Disability Evaluation: Principles Of Disability Evaluation And Discuss Its Use.iv. Legal Aspects: Legal Aspects Of Disability In Terms Of Compensation For Disability And Benefits Available To TheDisabled.v. Social Implications: Social Implications Of Disability For The Individual And For The Community.vi. Community Based Rehabilitation Module: Cbr Module And Compare This With An Institutional Based RehabilitationSystemvii. Description of roles of members of the Rehabilitation Teama) Physicianb) Occupational Therapist and Physiotherapist

c) Clinical Psychologistsd) Social worker e) Prosthetic and Orthotic Engineersf) Audiologists and Speech Therapistsg) Hearing aid and ear mould techniciansh) Orientation and Mobility instructorsi) Teachers for various categories of children with disabilities. j) Vocational instructors, Counselors and Placement Officersk) Multi – purpose rehabilitation workersl) The FAMILYRecommended Books1. Community Based Rehabilitation by Sunder 2. Preventive and Social Medicine by Park and ParkBPT 304 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN GENERAL MEDICINE AND GENERAL SURGERYCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients with general medicaland general



surgical conditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patients with General medicaland Generalsurgical conditions1. Review of the pathological changes and principles of management by Physiotherapy in the following conditions:a) Diabetes Mellitusb) Oncologyc) Geriatric Medicine.d) Inflammation (acute, chronic and suppurative).e) Edema – Traumatic, obstructive, paralytic, edema due to poor muscle and laxityf) Common condition of Skin – Acne, Psoriasis, Alopaecia, Leucoderma, Leprosy.g) Deficiency Diseases – Rickets, Diabetes, Obesity, Osteoporosis & other efficiency disorders related to Physiotherapy.h) Psychiatric Disorders – Psychosis, Psychoneurosis, Senile dementia.2. Special Considerations

a) Problems of Elderly:i) Medical, sensori motor, cognitive falls.ii) Frail and Institutionalised elder iii) Functional assessment of the elderly3. General Gynaecology and Obstetrics and ENT: Review of the pathological changes and principles of pre andpostoperativemanagement by Physiotherapy of the following conditions:a) Common abdominal surgeries, including GIT, liver, spleen, kidney, bladder, etc.b) Common operation of reproductive system, including surgical intervention for child delivery. Ante natal and post natalPhysiotherapy management.c) Common operations, of the ear, nose, throat and jaw as related to Physiotherapy.d) Common organ transplant surgeries - heart, liver, bone marrow, etc.4. Wounds, Burns and Plastic Surgery: Review of the pathological changes and principles of pre and postoperativemanagement byPhysiotherapy of the following conditions.a) Wounds, ulcers pressure sores.b) Burns and their complications.

c) Common reconstructive surgical procedures for the management of wounds, ulcers, burns and consequentcontracturesand deformities.5. PHYSIOTHERAPY IN GENERAL SURGERY Assess the patients, medical history, past treatment, breathing pattern, ability to cough and pain. Identify problems: Pain,increasedsecretions, defective posture and decreased exercise tolerance. Treatment techniques: Breathing exercise, huffing andcoughing,mobilizing exercise, posture correction and graduated exercise programme.BPT 304 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN GENERAL MEDICINE AND GENERAL SURGERY PRACTICALCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of general medical and generalsurgicalconditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patient with General medicaland generalsurgical conditions

The students will be shown patients of relevant diseases and disorders for:1. History taking of the conditions of patients.2. Assessment of medical and cardiopulmonary functions3. Clinical diagnosis of the presentations.4. Investigations and tests of different clinical presentations5. Physiotherapy management of the various diseases & surgeriesRecommended Books1. Physiotherapy In Gynaecological & Obstetrical Conditions-Poldon2. Astrand P. A. Rodahe K. -Text Book Of Work Physiology3. Therapeutic Exercise –Kisner BPT 305 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND BIOSTATISTICSCourse Description: This course involves a description of principles for conducting research.Course Objectives: The student will be able to frame a research project using the principles of research methodologyand biostatistics.1. Introductiona) Introduction Importance of research in clinical practice, scientific approach, characteristics, purposes, and limitations.b) Ethical issues in research, elements of informed consent.

c) Structure of a research proposal.2. Research Methodologya) Research question including literature review.b) Measurement: Principles of measurement, reliability and validity.c) Experimental sampling and design.d) Descriptive and Inferential research research3. Biostatistics:a) Descriptive statistics.b) Comparison of means, T-tests.c) Analysis of Varianced) Multiple comparisonse) Non-parametric statisticsf) CorrelationRecommended Books1. Handbook of Research in Physical Therapy. C. E. Bork2. Physical Therapy Research: Principles and Application. E. Domholdt



3. Research Methodology for Physical Therapists. C. HicksBPT FOURTH YEAR

Paper-29 CARDIOPULMONARY PHYSIOTHERAPYCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients withcardiopulmonary conditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patient with cardiopulmonaryconditions A. ANATOMY: Review the regional anatomy of thorax, upper respiratory tract - trachea and bronchial tree. Lung andbronchopulmonarysegments. Muscles of respiration. Heart and great vessels. Movements of the chest wall and surface anatomy of lung andheart.B. PHYSIOLOGY; Review the mechanics of respiration, inspiration and expiration, lung volumes, respiratory muscles,compliance of lung

and chest wall, work of breathing, dead space, gas exchange in lung and pulmonary circulation.C. GENERAL OVERVIEW:I. ASSESSMENT: Describe physical assessment in cardiorespiratory dysfunction: Inspection: Posture (recumbent, erect,orthopneic): breathing pattern (rate, rhythm, use of accessory muscles), chest movement (summery, Intercostals anddiaphragmatic components), Chest deformity (Barrel chest, pigeon chest), Spinal deformity(scoliosis, kyphosis,kyphoscoliosis),sputum (color, type, volume, consistency), cough (types, productive/non-productive, presence of a normal cough reflex).Palpation: Tactile and vocal fremitus, mobility of thoracic spine and rib cage. Percussion: Dullness and hyper resonance. Auscultation: Normal and abnormal breath sounds. Measurement: Chest expansion at different levels (auxiliary), nipple,xiphoid); exercise tolerance (six minute walking test); post - operative range of motion and muscle assessment.II. PHYSICAL TREATMENT: Indication, goals and procedure of breathing exercises. Describe diaphragmatic breathing,localisedbasal expansion, apical expansion, specific segmental exercise raising the resting respiratory level. Chest mobillsationexercises. Relaxation positions for the breathless patient - high side lying, forwarded lean sitting, relaxed sitting, forwardleanstanding, relaxed standing. Controlled breathing during walking and during functional activity. Exercise for the breathlesspatient. Exercise tolerance testing and exercise programme. Technique of huffing and coughing, forced expiratory

technique,vibratory chest shaking and percussion. Techniques of postural drainage, including indications, general precautions andcontraindications,preparation, drainage of individual bronchopulmonary segments, modified postural drainage and continuingpostural drainage as a home programme.III. Mechanical Respiration: Classification and principles of operation of commonly used ventilators and outline the use of Bear,Bennett, Emerson & Bird type ventilators. Principles of Aerosol Therapy. Describe the physical properties of aerosols andtheir deposition in the alveoli. Describe the principles of operation of nebulisers. Principles of humidification therapy andmethods of correcting humidity deficits. Describe the principles of operation of pass - over humidifiers and bubble -diffusionhumidifiers.Techniques of sterile nasopharyngeal and endotracheal suctioning.D. PHYSIOTHERAPY IN OBSTRUCTIVE LUNG DISEASES: Assess: Effort of breathing. Extent of wheeze, pattern of breathing, sputum

production, chest deformity, exercise tolerance (Patients efforts tolerance.) Identify problems: Decreased outflow due tobronchospasm, anxiety due to difficulty in ventilation, exhaustion due to increased work of disturbed breathing, increasedsecretionswhich are difficult to remove, decreased exercise tolerance. Demonstrate treatment techniques: Relaxation postures andtechniques,reassurance and education about disease. Controlled breathing, breathing exercise, postural drainage, vibratory shaking,huff ing andcoughing, graduated exercise programme and posture correction.E. PHYSIOTHERAPY IN CHEST INFECTIONS: Assess: Sputum, cough, fever and dyspnea. Identify problems:Productive cough with riskhemoptysis, exhaustion due to increased work of breathing, chest deformity, decreased exercise tolerance. Treatmenttechniques:postural drainage with use of adjuncts, percussion, vibration, huffing, and coughing to expectorate mobilising exercises tothorax andgraduated exercise.F. G. PHYSIOTHERAPY IN RESTRICTIVE LUNG DISORDERS: Assess:. Chest expansion at different levels, mobility of thorax and spine,

posture (kyphosis or scoliosis) and tests for exercises tolerance (six minutes walking test}. ldentify problems: Decreasedexpansion of lung due to restriction of chest wall movement causing decreased ventilation, defective posture and decreased exercisetolerance.Demonstrate treatment techniques: Vigorous mobilising exercises to thorax and spine, breathing exercise to increaseventilation anddrain secretions, exercises for posture correction, graduated exercises to increase tolerance.G. PRINCIPLES OF INTENSIVE CARE PHYSIOTHERAPY: Principles of intensive care therapy. Knowledge of thefollowing equipment:Endotracheal tubes, tracheostomy tubes, Humidifiers, ventilators, High frequency ventilators, differential ventilators, CPAPmasks,suction pump, Electrocardiogram. Pressure monitors - arterial, central venous, pulmonary artery and pulmonary wedge,Intracranial.Temperature monitors. Assess: special instructions pertaining to any operation performed, respiration, level of consciousness . Colour,



blood pressure, pulse, temperature, sputum expectorated (colour and quantity), drugs (time last does of analgesic given),drains,presence of pacemaker or intra aortic balloon pump. ECG and blood gas results. Describe chest radiograph with respectto expansionof lungs, size of heart, presence of secretions and placement of chest tubes.H. PHYSIOTHERAPY AFTER PULMONARY SURGERY: Preoperative: Demonstrate treatment techniques: Explanationto patient, care of incision, mechanical ventilation, breathing exercise, huffing and coughing, mobilising exercise, posture correction,graduated exerciseprogramme. Post - operative: Assess: Special instructions pertaining to operative procedure performed, breath sounds,cyanosis,respiratory rate, temperature and pulse, blood pressure, drainage from pleural drain (bubbling or swinging) sputumexpectorated,analgesia, movements of chest wall (symmetry) position of patient and effort of breathing, chest radiograph and blood

gases.Identifying problems: Pain, intercostal drains in situ, decreased air entry, retained secretions, decreased movement of theshoulder of affected side, decreased mobility and poor posture. Treatment techniques: Deep breathing and segmental breathingexercises,vibrations, percussions, huffing and coughing, full range active-assisted arm exercises, ankle foot exercises, trunkexercises, posturecorrection, positioning of patient, IPPB and inhalations.I. PHYSIOTHERAPY AFTER CARDIAC SURGERY: Pre operative: Assess patients of medical history, normal breathingpattern of patient,pulse, respiratory rate, BP, thoracic mobility, posture and patients exercise tolerance. Identifying problems: Excesssecretions,decreased mobility of thorax, defective posture, decreased exercised tolerance. Treatment techniques: Explain to thepatients abouttheir operation and about the incision, ICU, Endotracheal tube. Central lines, nasogastric tube, catheter, ECG leads,drains, peripherallines, temperature probe etc. Teach breathing exercises, splinting of incision, huffing and coughing, correct posture, range

of motionexercises to trunk and shoulders, active exercise to ankle and foot. Post operative: Assess special instructions pertainingto operativeprocedure performed, type of incision, blood pressure, pulse rate, respiration, colour, time of last analgesic dose, drains,temperature,ECG, chest X-ray and blood gases. Identify problems: Pain, decreased air entry, retained secretions, reduced legmovements,decreased mobility. Treatment techniques: Deep breathing exercises, suctioning, active/assisted exercises to arm andleg, graduatedexercise programme.J. PHYSIOTHERAPY IN REHABILITIATION AFTER MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION: Role of the physiotherapist in acoronary care unit during thefirst 48 hours. Principles of formulation of an exercise programme: Bed exercises, walking, stair climbing. Home exerciseprogrammeand advice on leisure activities. Describe physiotherapy for complications after myocardial infarction: Chest infections,cerebral

embolism and shoulder hand syndrome.CARDIOPULMONARY PHYSIOTHERAPY PRACTICALCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients withcardiopulmonary conditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patient with cardiopulmonaryconditionsThe students will be shown patients of relevant diseases and disorders for:1. History taking of the conditions of patients.2. Assessment3. Clinical diagnosis of the presentations.4. Investigations and tests of different clinical presentations5. Physiotherapy management of the various disorders & surgeriesRecommended Books1. Cash`S Text Book For Physiotherapists In Chest, Heart & Vascular Diseases2. Chest Physical Therapy & Pulmonary Rehabilitation-Donna Frownfilter 3. Brompton`S Hospital Guide4. Physio Therapy In Cardio- Vascular Rehabilitation-Webber

5. Exercise & The Heart, Wenger

Paper-30 NEUROPHYSIOTHERAPYCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients with neurologicalconditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patient with neurologicalconditions A. REVIEW OF NEURONATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGYReview the structure and function of a. neuron. b. synapse. c. supporting tissue. Review the organisation and function of a)cerebral hemispheres b) cerebellum c) spinal cord d) peripheral nerves e) pyramidal system f) extra pyramidal system.Reviewthe factors influencing alpha motor neuron activity. Review the neurological basis of muscle tone and movement anddemonstrate the following: a) hypotonia b) hypertonia- spasticity and rigidity c) ataxia d) athetosis e) chorea.B. PRINCIPLES OF ASSESSMENT



Review a) skills in history taking. b) assessment of higher function, cortical sensations, cranial nerves, dorsal columnsensationand pain and temperature sensations. c) Assessment of motor function: grading of muscle power, assessment of range of movement, balance and coordination. d) Assessment of superficial and deep reflexes. e) Assessment of reflex maturationinterms of stimulus, position, negative/positive reactions and their significance. f) Assessment of gait - both normal andabnormal(spastic, ataxic and paralytic patterns). Emphasis should be placed on teaching accurate assessment techniques andvariousrecording methods eg. Color-coding on body charts, graphs, etc.C. PRINCIPLES OF TREATMENTI. Review the treatment principles as follow1. Sensory re -education: hypersensitivity, hyposensitivity and anesthesia.2. Treatment of altered tone: hyper tonicity and hypotonicity

3. Motor re- education: Strengthening exercise coordination exercises, joint mobilization exercises, use of equilibrium andlabyrinthine system, use of PNF patterns, controlled sensory use of stretch to elicit movement (facilitation), light jointcompression (in habitation) use of reflex activity to improve motor function, physiogenic sequence of motor behaviors:Treatment to improve functions: Free exercises, gait training with and without aids, activities of daily living, mat exercisesand exercises and recreation.4. Review the use of ambulatory aids in neurological conditions: in spastic upper motor neuron lesions, in lower motor neuron lesions, in dorsal column dysfunction and cerebellar dysfunction.5. Revise the use of splints and braces in spastic upper motor neuron and in flaccid lower motor neuron lesions in bothupper and lower limbs.6. Revise the management of chronic pain in neurological conditions with respect to the types of pain, treatmentmodalitiesavailable, selection criteria for each modality and possible complications.II. THEORETICAL BASIS OF TREATMENT:Rood’s approachBobbath Neurodevelomental TherapyProprioceptive Neuromuscular FacilitationMotor Relearning Program

I. CEREBRAL PALSYDefine cerebral palsy and describe the topographical classification - monoplegia, diplegia, paraplegia hemiplegia andtetraplegia. Describe types of cerebral palsy: Visual, hearing, speech and intelligence. Assess reflex activity at differentlevels:cortical, mid brain, brain stem, spinal, Assess developmental milestones from birth to five years. Assess functional ability:proneto supine (rolling) coming to sitting, quadripod, crawling, kneeling, stand with support and walking. Examine for contractures asfollows: hip flexion, adduction, internal rotation, knee flexion, ankle plantar flexion, inversion eversion, flexion contracturesof elbow, wrist and fingers and spinal deformities.Treatment- Describe and demonstrate the treatment of motor disabilities: Passive movement, stretching of soft tissuetightness, use of ice to reduce spasticity, positioning the child to prevent soft tissue contractures, to inhibit abnormalreflexesand to facilitate volitional movement. Techniques of carrying of different types of children, encouraging bimanual activitiesin

different starting positions like prone, sitting and standing and activities across the midline, appropriate home programmesfor position in the child, handling them and assisting improvement of function. Introduction to treatment techniques: Bobath,Rood.II. PERIPHERAL NERVE LESIONS:Identify types of' peripheral nerve lesions. Assess the motor system: Specific muscles, range of motion, active andpassiveranges, muscle girth. Assess sensory system: touch, pain, temperature, paraesthesia, and nerve regeneration. Assessautonomic function: sweating, skin condition, soft tissue atrophy. Treatment: describe muscle re-education techniques,electrical stimulation (selection of current), Passive and auto assisted stretching and massage. Sensory re-education andpainrelief by various modalities. Common splints used in peripheral nerve lesions: static, dynamic and functional. Muscletransfers:preparation for transfer. Assessment of muscle power. Stretching of soft tissue tightness, isolation of muscle contraction,specific muscle strengthening.Post - operative management: Pressure bandaging and muscle re-education after transfer. Describe a home programme.III. MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY:

Stages of the disease ambulatory, wheel chair and bed stages. Significance of exercise: resisted, active and free. Identifyandassess common contractures and deformities. Assess range of motion and muscle power. Assess functional ability.Demonstration of treatment programme for strengthening weak muscle: active movements and hydrotherapy. Increaserangeof motion by suspension therapy, powder board, passive stretching, positioning, etc. Demonstration of gait training withappropriate orthoses. Describe management of chest complications: breathing exercises, chest percussion, drainage of secretions and assisted coughing.IV. PARKINSONISM:Review the natural history, course and prognosis of the disease. Identify and assess problems in posture, sitting, kneelingandstanding balance, voluntary and automatic movements, rigidity, tremor and gait . Assess also hearing, speech and finger dexterity. Describe disability grading according to Yahr. Demonstration of treatment: Postural awareness and relaxationtraining, gait training techniques, associated reactions, heel toe gait, overcoming obstacles, start and stop on command,turning and walking backwards, forwards and side wards. Describe an appropriate home exercise programme.V. SPINAL CORD LESIONS:



Describe types of spinal cord lesions. Describe signs of tract and root interruptions. Positioning of the patient in acutespinalcord injury. Describe assessment of the motor system tone, power of specific muscles, range of motion and limb girth.Describeassessment of sensory system and reflexes. Assessment of functional ability and balance reactions in appropriate cases. Assessment of respiratory function: Muscles of respiratory, coughing ability and vital capacity. Level of lesion isascertained.Treatment: Stages of immobilization and stage when loading of the spine is allowed. Describe spinal orthosis,Demonstrationmotor re-education programmes and a programme for respiratory care in high level paraplegics and quadriplegics.Demonstrate progressive ambulation, mat exercises, various strengthening programmes, methods of decreasingspasticity andimproving sitting balance. Demonstration of various types of paraplegic gaits and re-education in functional activities:transfers

and protective falling. Common ambulatory aids used in paraplegics and common splints used in tetraplegics. Use of hydrotherapy in paraplegics. Describe the concept of team approach in rehabilitations of these patients.VI. HEMIPLEGIAHemiplegia and identify the following sensory disturbance, alteration in tone, loss of selective movement, loss of balancereactions and communications problems.Treatment: Unilateral and bilateral approaches to treatment. Describe positioning in the supine position, on the affectedandon the unaffected sides. Demonstration activities in the recumbent, position: arm mobilization, trunk elongation, scapular movement, arm elevation activities for a recovering arm. Activities for the lower limb. Hip and knee flexion over the side of thebed. Knee extension with dorsiflexion, hip control, isolated knee extension.Mat activities: Demonstrate rolling on to affected, unaffected sides, sitting and kneeling. Technique of making a patient sitpassively and active assisted sitting. Demonstrate transfer techniques. Activities in sitting: equal weight transfer througharmsbalance reactions of trunk. Head demonstrate activities in the standing position: Standing from plinth, from chair (assistedandindependent). Weight bearing on affected leg. Knee control in standing, weight transfers forward, backward and sideward,

gaittraining and stair climbing describe tilt board activities in the lying and sitting positions. Additional methods of stimulat ionusingverbal cues, ice pressure and tapping. Management of shoulder pain and shoulder hand syndrome. Identify and describeahemiplegic gait, identify synergy components and abnormal reflex activities.Re-education of gait: motor relearning techniques, functional approach and use of orthoses.VII. CEREBELLAR LESIONS: Identify and assess abnormal tone, decomposition of movement, rapid alternatemovements,pleurothotonus, proprioception, dysmetria, posture and gait.Treatment: Exercise for incoordination. Frenkels and weighted exercises. Demonstrate techniques for re-education of balancesand equilibrium reactions by visual compensation. Use of appropriate aids for ambulation depending on the severity of affection: Walker, elbow crutches, quadripod walking sticks, etc.VIII. POLIOMYELlTIS: Stages in the disease: acute, recovery, and residual paralysis. Describe treatment in the acutestage: heat,

chest care, positioning. Assessment of a patient in the recovery stage: active and passive range of motion, soft tissuetightness,muscle power and spinal deformities. Treatment in the recovery stage: muscle strengthening - progressive resistiveexercises,active - assisted, active and active - resisted exercises. Role of suspension and hydrotherapy. Treatment of soft tissuetightnessby passive stretching. Auto stretching and positioning. Treatment in the stage of residual paralysis pre-operativeassessment of contractures: hip flexion, TFL contracture, and knee flexion and foot deformities. Assessment of limb length discrepancyandspinal deformities. Orthotic aids commonly used in the management of polio. Tendon transfer operation commonlyperformed.Functional retraining for self-care, gait training and posture correction.NEUROPHYSIOTHERAPY PRACTICALCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients with neurologicalconditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patient with neurological

conditionsThe students will be shown patients of relevant diseases and disorders for:1. Basic history taking to determining whether the brain spinal cord or peripheral nerve is involved.2. Assessment of higher mental function such as orientation, memory, attention, speech and language.3. Assessment of cranial nerves.4. Assessment of motor power.5. Assessment of sensory function touch, pain and position.6. Assessment of tone- spasticity, rigidity and hypotonia.7. Assessment of cerebellar function.8. Assessment of higher cortical function- apraxia etc.9. Assessment of gait abnormalities10. Clinical diagnosis of the presentations.11. Investigations and tests of different clinical presentations12. Physiotherapy management of the various diseases & surgeriesRecommended Books1. Cash`s Text Book For Physiotherapists In Neurological Disorders --Jaypee Bros. Publication



2. Proprioceptive Neuro Muscular Facilitation- By Herman Kabat3. Practical Physical Therapy-Margaret Hollis4. Therapeutic Exercise –O` Sullivan5. “Right In The Middle”-Patracia Devis6. Stroke Rehabilitation--Margaret Johnson7. Therapeutic Exercise –Basmajiian.8. Physical Rehabilitation -Krusen

Paper-31 ORTHOPEDIC PHYSIOTHERAPYCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients with orthopedic andsports conditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patients with orthopedic andsports conditions1. Introduction

a) Assessment of the Patientb) Setting of Treatment Goals and Plans2. Traumatologya) General Physiotherapy approachb) Effects of different therapeutic modalities in various Traumatic conditions.c) Principles of fracture management including Physiotherapy at different stage.d) Prevention and management of complication of fractures.e) Dislocations Fractures and Soft Tissue Injuries: Signs, symptoms, common sites, assessment and physiotherapeuticmanagement.i) Upper limb Traumaii) Lower limb Traumaiii) Spinal trauma.f) Assessment, Management and Treatment Goals of Amputation: Levels of Amputation, Stump Care, Bandaging, Preand PostProsthetic Management, Prosthetic Checkout, Complications and their Management, etc3. General Orthopedics: Review of the Condition, Assessment, Management and Treatment Goals and plans for thefollowing Conditions

a) Congenital deformities: Torticollis Thoracic inlet Syndrome, CTEV, Foot deformities, Developmental dysplasia of thehip, etc.b) Acquired Deformities: Deformities of spine, knee, shoulder, hip, hand etc. , VICc) Bone & joint tuberculosisd) Diseases of the joints: Osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthiritis, Ankylosing spondylitis, Reiter’s disease, Gout4. Regional Orthopedics: Review of the Condition, Assessment, Management and Treatment Goals and plans for thefollowing Conditionsa) Shoulder: Tendinitis, Peri Arthritis, Rotator Cuff Injury, Deltoid Fibrosis, Adhesive Capsulitis, Frozen Shoulder, etc.b). Elbow; Tennis Elbow, Golfer’s Elbow, Recurrent Slipping of Ulnar Nerve, Pulled Elbow, etc.c) Wrist and Hand:Ganglion, DeQuervain’s Disease, Trigger Thumb and Finger, Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, Dupuytren’sContracture, etcd) Spine: Cervical: Brachial Neuralgia, Brachial Plexus Injury, Thoracic Inlet Syndromes, Torticollis, Cervical Spondylitis,PID,etc. Thoracic and Lumbar Spine: Deformities of the spine, Spondylolisthesis, Lumbosacral Strain, Lumbar Canalstenosis, Spondylitis, PID, etce) Hip: Coxa Vara, Slipped Upper Femoral Epiphysis, AVN, etc.

f) Knee: Deformities, Quadriceps Fibrosis, Recurrent Dislocation of the Patella, Osgood Schlatter’s Disease, LooseBodies, Anterior Knee Pain, Chondromalacia Patellae, etc.g) Foot & Ankle: Painful Heel, Plantar Fascitis, Posterior Heel Pain, Deformities, Forefoot pain, metatarsalgia, TarsalTunnelSyndrome, etch) Peripheral Nerve Injuries: Outline the clinical features and management, including reconstructive surgery, Radial,median andulnar nerve lesions.Sciatic and lateral popliteal lesions, Brachial Plexus injuries including Erb's, Klumpke's and crutchpalsy.5. Orthopedic surgery; Pre and postoperative assessment and management of surgeries like:a) Osteotomy, Arthrodesis, Arthroplasty, joint replacementsb) Tendon transplant, soft tissue release, Grafting.c) Spinal stabilization, Reattachment of limbs, illizarov's technique.

c) Spinal surgeries. In Cerebral Palsy & Polio6.Amputation7. Introduction to manual therapy

ORTHOPEDICS PHYSIOTHERAPY PRACTICALCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients with orthopedic andsports conditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patients with orthopedic andsports conditionsThe students will be shown patients of relevant disease and disorders for:1. History taking of the conditions of patients.2. Assessment3. Clinical diagnosis of the presentations.4. Investigations and tests of different clinical presentations5. Physiotherapy management of the various disorders & surgeriesRecommended Books1. Cash`S Text Book Of Orthopaedics & Rheumatology For Physio Therapists-Jaypee Bros.2. Manual Mobilisation Of Extremity Joints-By Fredy Kaltenborn,Maitland



3. Therapeutic Exercise -----By-Kolby & Kisner 4. Therapeutic Exercises----By O`Sullivan5. Taping Techniques - Rose Mac Donald6. Orthopaedic Physical Therapy-By Donatelli7. Manual Therapy –By Maitland,

Paper-32 SPORTS PHYSIOTHERAPYCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients with orthopedic andsports conditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patients with orthopedic andsports conditions1. The role of the physical therapies in sport, exercise and physical activity.2. Foundations of Sports Injury Managementi. Sports Injury Management and the Athletic Trainer

ii. Preparticipation Examinationsiii. Protective Equipment.3. Injury Assessment and Rehabilitation Sport Injuryi. Assessment Tissue Healing and Wound Careii. Therapeutic Modalitiesiii. Therapeutic Exercise.4. Axial Regioni. Head and Facial Conditionsii. Spinal Conditionsiii. Thorax.iv. Thorax and Visceral Conditions.5. Upper Extremityi. Shoulder Conditionsii. Upper Arm.iii. Elbow and Forearmiv. Conditions Wrist and Hand Conditions.6. Lower Extremity Pelvis.

i. Hip and Thigh Conditionsii. Knee Conditions Lower Leg, Ankle, and Foot Conditions.7. Special Considerationsi. Environmental Conditionsii. Respiratory Tract Conditionsiii. Gastrointestinal Conditionsiv. The Diabetic Athletev. Common Infectious Diseasesvi. Blood Pressure Disordersvii. Seizure Disordersviii. Sudden Death Conditions of the Female Athlete.ix. Disabled Athlete, & Senior 8. Medical considerations for rehabilitation practitioners in sport and exercise settings Pharmacological agents in sportand exercisei. Medical imaging of injury.ii. Medical issues in sport and exercisev

9.Diet and Nutrition10 Pharmacology in Sports12. Rehabilitation in Sports13. Young and Older age Athletes14. Physiological effect of exercise in various body system

SPORTS PHYSIOTHERAPY PRACTICALCourse Description: This course involves a description of the assessment and treatment of patients with sportsconditions.Course Objectives: The student will be able to conduct a safe and effective treatment of patients with sports conditionsThe students will be shown patients of relevant disease and disorders for:1. History taking of the conditions of patients.2. Assessment3. Clinical diagnosis of the presentations.4. Investigations and tests of different clinical presentations5. Physiotherapy management of the various Sports InjuriesSuggested Readings1. Prentice, W. “Therapeutic Modalities for Allied Health Professionals.

2. Prentice, William E., Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine,/3. Gregory Kolt Physiotherapy in Sports and Exervise

Paper-33 GENERAL PHYSIOTHERAPYObjectiveTo understand the disease process and management of various general conditions.

1. Principles of Physiotherapy management in General Surgical Conditions. Complication of Surgery andmanagement.

2. Pre and Post-operative assessment and physiotherapy management in the following.CholecystectomyGastractomy AppendicectomyNephroctomyHerniorraphyProstatectomy



Breast Surgery (Mastectomy)3. Dermatology:

Physiotherapy management in the following Boils, Carbuncle, Ulcer, Scleroderma, AIopacia, Psoriasis, Acne-Vulgaris, Leprosy, Psoriatic Arthritis, Vetiligo etc.

4. Physiotherapy in Burns and Plastic Surgery.5. Obstetrics and Gynaecology Physiotherapy in following, Pregnancy, Labour, Prenatal and Post natal period,

Incontinence, Prolapse Uterus, Pelvic inflammatory diseases, Pelvic floor muscle disorders and pelvicsurgeries.

6. Pediatrics’ PhysiotherapyNeonatal screening of the following C.P. Erb's Palsy, Birth Asphyxia, CTEV, Congenital hip dislocation andRespiratory disorders, Physiotherapy assessment and management in the above conditions, Physiotherapy inITU and ICCU. Physiotherapy in Paediatric Surgery.

7. Physiotherapy in E.N.TPhysiotherapy in following conditions sinusitis Rhinitis. Acute and Chronic otitis Media, Adenoids, Tonsillitis

Orosclerosis, Mastoidectomy.8. Geriatrc Physiotherapy9. Physiotherapy in Cancer.10. Physiotherapy in Occupational disorders.11. Physiotherapy in Psychiatry.12. Physiotherapy in AIDS and Alcoholics.13. Miscellaneous conditions Inflammations, Wound, Oedema, Fibrosities, Urological surgery etc.

PRACTICAL

Various physiotherapy procedure and treatment techniques for the above mentioned conditions to be demonstrated andpracticed by the students

Paper-34 COMMUNITY PHYSIOTHERAPY

ObjectiveTo understand the disability in communities and to apply therapeutic agents for their management.

1. Introduction of community Physiotherapy.2. Demography, population dynamics and social factors related to health and disease, urban and rural societies,

process of urbanization and its impact on health and diseases, community behaviors and ecology.3. Public health administration including the requirement of international health, social security, public health law

and role of international and other organization.4. Environmental hygiene including man and his environment, occupational and industrial hygiene, village and

town sanitation, bacteriology of water milk food hygiene.5. Communicable disease and their prevention and control, common disease and their preventive aspects and

tuberculosis, leprosy, polio, disability prevention. Preventive aspects of psychological medicine and psychiatry.6. Introduction and General Principles of Biostatistics, Statistical Procedures.7. Introduction Psychological development from birth to adolescence.

Management of child in Physiotherapy c1inic/dept. parent counselling inrespect of Physical Health and Hygiene.

8. Concept and Philosophy of Public health. Public health in India.General Epidemiology.

Health Education, environmental health, disposal of wastes.9. Water norma for potability purification.10. Preventive Physiotherapy:

Prevention, levels of prevention, various measures in the Prevention of disability and dysfunction public HealthPhysiotherapy.

11. Public Health PhysiotherapyIntroduction, definition, objectives and functions of public health Physiotherapists surveying and evaluation:Utilization of physiotherapy manpower, payment for physiotherapy services, School Physiotherapy healthProgrammers, Physiotherapy services in the State and Centre. Private practice administration.

FIELD PROGRAMME (PRACTICAL)

In rural areas to conduct survey of population requiring Physiotherapy services and Treatments,

Paper-34 COMMUNITY PHYSIOTHERAPY 75 hrs

Objective

To understand the disability in communities and to apply therapeutic agents for their management.

8. Introduction of community Physiotherapy.9. Demography, population dynamics and social factors related to health and disease, urban and rural societies,

process of urbanization and its impact on health and diseases, community behaviors and ecology.10. Public health administration including the requirement of international health, social security, public health law

and role of international and other organization.11. Environmental hygiene including man and his environment, occupational and industrial hygiene, village and

town sanitation, bacteriology of water milk food hygiene.12. Communicable disease and their prevention and control, common disease and their preventive aspects and

tuberculosis, leprosy, polio, disability prevention. Preventive aspects of psychological medicine and psychiatry.13. Introduction and General Principles of Biostatistics, Statistical Procedures.14. Introduction Psychological development from birth to adolescence.

Management of child in Physiotherapy c1inic/dept. parent counselling inrespect of Physical Health and Hygiene.

8. Concept and Philosophy of Public health. Public health in India.



General Epidemiology.Health Education, environmental health, disposal of wastes.

9. Water norma for potability purification.10. Preventive Physiotherapy:

Prevention, levels of prevention, various measures in the Prevention of disability and dysfunction public HealthPhysiotherapy.

11. Public Health PhysiotherapyIntroduction, definition, objectives and functions of public health Physiotherapists surveying and evaluation:Utilization of physiotherapy manpower, payment for physiotherapy services, School Physiotherapy healthProgrammers, Physiotherapy services in the State and Centre. Private practice administration.

FIELD PROGRAMME (PRACTICAL)

In rural areas to conduct survey of population requiring Physiotherapy services and Treatments,

Paper-35 Ethics Administration and Computer Application

ObjectiveTo understand the basics principle of administrative skills and computers.

Unit-I Ethics

Definition, principles, moral issues in health care, bioethics.

Unit-II: Professional conduct

Rule of professional conduct, relation ship with patients, medical collegues, other professional.Confidentiality, and responsibility personal and professional standard.

Unit-III: Legal Concepts

Consumer protection act, liability, documentation, negligence, protection from mal practice, claims, compensation.

Unit-IV: International Organization and regulation

WCPT, advertising, documentation, sale of services and goods, inform choice and consent continuing education andpersonal development.

Unit-V: Organization and administration

Organizational Characteristics physical facilities and planning, organizational structure and job design for physical therapypractice.

Unit-VI: Management

Management principles, work design for physiotherapy, recruitment and hiring of professional. Personnel development,and performance appraisal, physiotherapy marketing and strategies of marketing current trends and marketing fianance

planning and management.

Unit-VII: Computer application

Basics of computer application, hard ware and soft ware, windows, MS word, Excel, MS office, SPSS, and MS power point.



BPT 405 ORGANIZATION, ADMINISTRATION & ETHICS IN PHYSIOTHERAPYCourse Description: This course involves a description of ethical code of professional practice, as well as its moral &legal aspects; role of W.H.O.& W.C.P.T. At the end of the course the student will acquire the knowledge of the basics in Managerial &Management skillsCourse Objectives: This course is aimed to enable the candidate to acquire the knowledge of ethical code of professional practice, as wellas its moral & legal aspects; role of W.H.O.& W.C.P.T. At the end of the course the student will acquire the knowledge of the basics inManagerial & Management skills.1. General Administration A. Planning & Organisation: Planning Cycle, Principles of Organisational Charts, Resource and Quality management,Planning changeB. Financial issues including budget and income generation

C. Hospital Management: Hospital Organisation, Staffing, information, Communication and co-ordination withPhysiotherapy.services of hospital, Cost of service, Monitoring and Evaluation.D. Self Management:i) Preparing for first jobii) Time Managementiii) Career development2. Administration of the departmenta. Describe methods of administration in a Physiotherapy department: Records: their purpose eg. Attendance, statistics,inventory, stock. Maintenance of records eg. Methods of community and institutional based departments (CBR & IBR) .Referrals- purpose and types of referralb. Demonstrate administration of the following: Store keeping materials, inventory records, purchase ordering petty cashaccounting. General maintenance of equipment, furniture, buildings, costing of splints/ aids/ equipment/ articles/ made inPhysiotherapyc. Describe and demonstrate: Types of correspondence, Methods of filing.d. Describe methods for care of equipment and materialse. Discuss budgeting- including items for an annual budget.

f. Discuss considerations for constructions of a new department, and modification of an old department including: Spacerequired Allotment of space, eg suitability for access, plumbing requirements & circulation of air.g. Plan assessment forms eg. Pre-vocational ADL hand function & higher functions for initial evaluation and progressrecording.h. Outline method of writing Physiotherapy department annual reports. Calculate monthly and annual statistics. Makeplans for future requirements eg. Consider staff patient ratio, equipment and staff requirements.i. Plan to organize picnic or sports program for patients j. Outline legal aspects related to rehabilitation: Medico Legal cases, Workmans’ Compensation Act & Insurance Facilities.Other financial benefits available for the disabled.k. Outline safety precautions in Physiotherapy3. Physiotherapy Ethicsa) History of Physiotherapyb) Philosophy of Physiotherapy

c) Major ethical principles applied to moral issues in health cared) Rules of professional conduct & scope of practice.e) Relationship with patientf) Relationship with medicalg) Relationship with the professionh) Confidentiality and responsibilityi) Provision of services and advertising j) Sale of goods.k) Professional and government licensing accreditation and education standards.l) Laws and legal conceptsm) Law - protection from malpractice claimn) Consumer protection act, liability and documentation.o) Indian Association of Physiotherapists

Paper-36 Physiotherapy Project



SINGH NI UNIVERSITY

R J STH N

DETAILED SYLLABUS

BYNS

(BACHELOR IN YOGA & NATUROPATHY SCIENCE)

FIVE YEARS PROGRAMME

(Four Year Academic & One Year Internship)



BYNS (Bachelor in Yoga and Naturopathy Science)

COURSE TITLE : BYNS

DURATION : 4 YEAR

TOTAL DEGREE MARKS : 1400FIRST YEARCOURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS

Theory Practical TotalHUMAN ANATOMY BYNS—110 100 100 200

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY BYNS —120 100 100 200

HUMAN PATHOLOGY BYNS —130 100 100 200

PHILOSOPHY OF YOGA BYNS – 140 100 100 200

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURECARE BYNS – 150 100 100 200

YOGA CULTURE BYNS —160 100 100 200

COMPUTER SKILLS BYNS – 170 100 100 200TOTAL 1400

SECOND YEARCOURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS

Theory Practical TotalBIOCHEMISTRY BYNS—210 100 100 200

HUMAN MICROBIOLOGY BYNS —220 100 100 200

COMMUNITY MEDICINE BYNS —230 100 100 200HYDRO THERAPY BYNS – 240 100 100 200

FUNDAMENTALS OF AYURVEDA BYNS – 250 100 100 200

FASTING NUTRITION DIETETICS BYNS —260 100 100 200

PHYSIOTHERAPY BYNS – 270 100 100 200

TOTAL 1400



THIRD YEARCOURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS

Theory Practical TotalYOGA THERAPY BYNS—310 100 100 200

ACCUPRESSURE BYNS —320 100 100 200

ACCUPUNCTURE BYNS —330 100 100 200

MEGNETO THERAPY BYNS – 340 100 100 200

OBSTETITRICS & GYNAECOGY BYNS – 350 100 100 200

PEDIATRICS BYNS —360 100 100 200

PHYSICAL EXERCISE & FITNESS BYNS – 370 100 100 200

TOTAL 1400

FOUTH YEARCOURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS

Theory Practical TotalDIAGNOSTIC Methods of Yoga BYNS—410 100 100 200

Management of Disease through yoga BYNS —420 100 100 200

Management of Disease through Naturopathy BYNS —430 100 100 200

Modern Diagnostic Method BYNS – 440 100 100 200

Forensic Medicine & Toxicology BYNS – 450 100 100 200

Chroma Therapy & Manipulative therapy BYNS —460 100 100 200

TOTAL 1200

Note:

Theory Paper :30% Continuous Internal Assessment and 70% Universityexamination. Practical Paper : 30% Continuous Internal Assessment and 70%

University examination.



BYNS Ist YEAR

ANATOMY

PAPER CODE: 110

1. Cell & Tissues

a. Anatomical Nomenclature

b. Structure of Cell, Reproduction Of Cells.

c. Tissues: Epithelial, Connective, Muscle & Nervous

2. Embryology & Development

a. Early Human Development

b. Development of Individual System: Respiratory, gastro-intestinal, Urinary and Vascular System.

c. Prenatal Growth in Form And Size

d. Neonatal Anatomy and Growth

3. Skin

a. Types of Skin, Epidermis, Dermis, Nerves, Blood Vessels, age related Changes, Repair

b. Appendages of Skin: Pilo sebaceous Unit, Nail Unit.

4. Skeletal System

a. Morphology of Human Skeleton: The Skeleton in Life, Shape and Proportions of Bone, Function of Bone

and Skeleton, mechanical Properties of Bone, Growth of Individual Bones

b. Skeleton Connective Tissues: Structure of Cartilage, Bone as a Tissue, Microscopic structure and

Organization of Bone, Blood Vessels and Nerves of Bone

c. Types of Joints:

d. Axial Skeleton: Vertebral Column, Ribs, Sternum, Skull.

e. Appendicular Skeleton: upper limb, Lower Limb.

5. Muscle

a. Types of Muscle, Attachments of Skeletal Muscle

b. Form and Function in Skeletal Muscle: Form and Fiber Architecture, Functional Implications of Form.

c. Muscle and Movement.

d. Muscles and Fasciae of Head, Neck, Trunk, Upper Limb, Lower Limb

6. Nervous System

a. Regional Organization of Central Nervous System: Spinal Cord, Rhombencephalon, Mesencephalon,

Diencephalon, Telencephalon, Basal Nucleii, Fluid Compartments and Fluid Balance in the CNS.

b. Peripheral Nervous System: Cranial Nerves, Spinal Nerves, and Autonomic Nervous System Peripheral

Apparatus of Special Senses: Gustatory, Olfactory, Peripheral Visual, Accessory Visual, Auditory,

Vestibular.



7. Hemolymphoid and Cardiovascular System

a. Haemal Cells and tissue, Haemopoiesis, Lymphoid Cells And Tissues.

b. Blood Vessels, Thoracic Cavity and Heart.

c. Arterial System, Venous System, Lymphatic.

8. Respiratory SystemNose and Paranasal Sinuses, Larynx, trachea. Bronchi, Lungs, Pleura, Mediastinum

9. Alimentary System

Oral Cavity, Abdomen, Oesophagus to Anus

10. Urinary and Reproductive System

a. Kidneys, Ureter, Bladder, Urethra.

b. Reproductive organs of Male and Female.

11. Endocrine SystemPituitary Gland, Pineal Gland, Thyroid Gland, Parathyroid Gland, Chromaffin System, Diffuse Neuroendocrine

System, Adrenal Gland, Paraganglion, Para-aortic Bodies, Tympanic Bodies, Coccygeal Body.

PRACTICAL : 100 Marks

Labeled Digrams of different organs and bones

Viva



BYNS Ist YEAR

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGYPAPER CODE: 120

THEORY

1. GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY-

Cell structure, Sub-cellular units, Cell membrane and its properties.

Transport mechanisms, bioelectrical potentials and Body fluids and homeostasis.

2. BLOOD – PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, COMPOSITION AND FUNCTION OF BLOOD.

Plasma Proteins – Normal values, Origin and method of separation and Functions and variations in health

and disease

Erythrocytes – Morphology and variation in health and disease, Development of erythrocytes, Site and

stages in development, Necessary factors, Regulation of development of erythrocytes and Erythrocyte

sedimentation rate (ESR)

Leucocytes – Classification, morphology, development and functions and Variation in health and disease-

Haemoglobin – Structure, synthesis, function and metabolism, types of haemoglobin Anemia, its definition and classification.

Jaundice, its definition and classification and function of spleen

Thrombocytes its Origin, morphology and functions and variation in health and disease

Haemostasis – Mechanism of heamostasis, coagulation of blood and Fate of clot and disorders of clotting

Anticoagulants - Mechanism of action and clinical applications.

Blood group – Classification, ABO and RH system and blood transfusion, indication and hazards

Lymph and tissue fluids – Lymph and reticular system, Principles of immune system and Cellular and

humoral immunity

3. CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM

Heart – Structure and properties of cardiac muscle, Conduction of heart, Cardiac circulation and

Regeneration and spread of cardiac impulse

Electrocardiography – Einthoven’s law, Various ECG leads, normal ECG and its interpretation, Cardiac

arrhythmias and heart blocks and Cardiac vector

Cardiac cycle – Pressure and volume changes ( mechanical events), Heart sounds, Principles of echo-

cardiography and Measurement and regulation of cardiac cutout.

Heart Sounds – Description, causation and relation to other events in cardiac cycle and clinical significance of

heart sounds.



Blood Pressure – Definition, regulation and factors influencing B.P. Measurement of blood pressure and

physiology of hemorrhage and shock.

Circulation – Blood vessels, Physical principles of blood flow, regulation of blood flow, jugular venous pulse

tracing, radial pulse tracing, Coronary, cerebral, renal and pulmonary circulation, splanchnic, coetaneous and

capillary circulation and Cardiovascular changes in altitude and exercise.

4. RESPIRATORY SYSTEM

Introduction, internal and external respiration, physiological anatomy of respiratory system.

Mechanics of respiration – Inspiration and expiration, Role of respiratory muscles and thoracic cage, Pressure

and volume changes during respiration and Work of breathing, lung compliance and its significance in health

and diseases.

Lung volumes and capacities, vital capacity, Lung volumes and capacities and their measurements and

Respiratory minute volume and maximum voluntary ventilation

Composition of atmospheric, inspired, alveolar and expired air

Pulmonary circulation – Diffusion of gases across pulmonary membrane, Oxygen uptake, transport and

delivery and carbon dioxide, transport and delivery

Nervous and chemical regulation of respiration, classif ication and characteristics of hypoxia, cyanosis,

asphyxia, hypercapnoea, dyspnoea, apnoea and orthopnoea and periodic breathing, Respiratory aspects of

high altitude, non- respiratory functions of lungs and artificial respiration.

5. DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

Introduction, organization and plan of digestive system

Saliva, its composition, functions, regulation of secretion

Functions of stomach, Composition and functions of gastric juice, Regulation of secretion and mechanism of

HCL secretion, Gastric emptying time and its regulation and methods of study of gastric function and its

applied aspect

Composition and functions of pancreatic juice, Regulation of pancreatic secretion and Methods of study of

pancreatic secretion

Liver functions and formation, storage and emptying of bile and bile composition, function and regulation of

secretion release of bile and entero-hepatic circulation. Succus-entericus and its Composition, function and mechanism of secretions

Large intestine and its Functions

Gastro-intestinal hormones and their function – Mastication, deglutition and vomiting, movements of

stomach and small intestines, movements of large intestine and defection.

Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, fats, proteins and vitamins, minerals and water.

6. EXCRETORY SYSTEM

General introduction, organs of excretion.

Renal – Functional and renal circulation

Mechanism of urine formation, glomerular filtration, tubular function, Concentration and acidification of

urine, Composition of normal urine, and abnormal constitutes of urine and Renal function tests

Physiology of micturition and its abnormalities.

Skin – Stucture and functions

Classification of hormones and mechanism of hormone action and Regulation of hormone secretion and feed

–back system.

Active principles of each of the hormones & the glands that produce – chemical nature, biosynthesis, role of

action of them, Control of secretion excretion and its applied aspect, Clinical study of their hypo-and hyper

function and Laboratory diagnosis of pituitary ( anterior and posterior) gland, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal

cortex and medulla and islets of langerhans.



7. Reproductive system

Physiology of reproduction – Sex determination and sex differentiation and chromosomal study

Male reproductive system – Growth, development and structure of testes, Gonadotropins and gonadal

hormones, Functions of testes and spermatogenesis, Composition of semen and secondary sexual

characteristics

Female reproductive system – Ovary, gonadotropins, Structure of ovary and corpus lueteum, Functions of

ovary, ovarian hormones, Physiology of menstruation cycle and physiology of pregnancy, Physiology of

placenta, gestation and parturition, Physiological basis of test for ovulation and pregnancy and secondary

sexual characteristics.

8. NERVE MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY

Morphology and measures of excitability, classification and properties of nerve fibers and nerve

conductance tests.

Types of muscles and their properties and morphology, Neuro-muscular junction, excitation-contraction

coupling, action-potential, Clinical study of their hypo and hyper function and myasthenia gravis

9. CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM Structural and functional organizational of central nervous system.

Neuroglia, functional types of neurons.

Cerebro-spinal fluid its formation, circulation, function of CSF and methods of collection and clinical

significance of CSF

Sympathetic transmission and General properties of neuro-transmitters

Reflex and general properties of reflexes and Sensory modalities and stereognosis.

Ascending tracts their origin, course, termination and functions and physiology of pain

Pyramidal and extra-pyramidal systems, Upper and lower motor neurons and their lesions, Brown squared

syndrome and syringomyelis

Cerebellum its functional anatomy, connections and functions, Effects of lesions and rests for cerebellar

functions.

Basal ganglion its functional anatomy, connections and functions and Diseases of basal ganglion and its

clinical evaluation.

Vestibular apparatus its functional anatomy, connections and functions, Effects of lesions and their

assessment, physiology of maintenance and regulation of muscle tone, posture and equilibrium and

Decerebrated rigidity and righting reflexes.

Thalamus its functional anatomy, connections and functions and effects of lesions of thalamus.

Hypothalamus its functional anatomy, connections and functions and effect of lesions of hypothalamus.

Body temperature regulation – normal body temperature, pyrexia and hypothermia

Cerebral cortex its functional anatomy and methods of study of cortical function.

Limbic system its functional anatomy, connections and function

EEG, physiology of sleep and wakefulness.

Higher functions like learning, speech, memory, behavior and emotions

10. AUTONOMIC NERVOUS SYSTEM

Sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system

11. SPECIAL SENSES

Physiology of olfaction and olfactory discrimination and olfactory pathway and defects of olfaction



Receptors, primary taste sensation and taste pathway

Vision – Functional anatomy of eye, extra and intra-ocular muscles, Errors of refraction and its correction,

visual activity, Physiology of aqueous humour, cornea, lens, intraocular pressure, accommodation, retina,

rhodopsin cycle, dark and light adaptation, Visual pathways and effects of lesions in visual pathways, Field

of vision, colour blindness and tests for colour blindness aba1 Formation and circulation of tears, lacrimal

glands

Hearing – Functional anatomy of ear, function of external ear and middle ear, Functional anatomy of

internal ear, cochles, organs of corti, Auditory pathways and auditory cortex, Frequency analysis, sound

localization, defects of hearing and Audiometry, tests for conduction defects, Aphasia

PRACTICAL

Hematology Experiments-

Study of fresh drop of blood, effects of isotonic, hypertonic and hypotonic saline on RBCs, Determination

RBC count, haemoglobin, Packed cell volume (PCV), Determination of Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR),

WBC (Total count), Differential WBC count platelets (platelet count) and Determination of blood group (ABO

system)

Recording of blood pressure in human beings and study of effects of exercise on blood pressure

Electrocardiography (Demonstration) Clinical examination of CVS and radial pulse

Recommended text books for physiology

Text book of Medical Physiology- by A.C. Guyton

Review of Medical Physiology- by W.F. Gamong

Concise text book of Medical Physiology- by C.S. Chatterjee



BYNS Ist YEAR

HUMAN PATHOLOGYPAPER CODE: 130

THEORY

General Pathology-

1.

a). History, definition, various branches of pathology and scientific study of disease and methodology.

b). The cell and the reaction of cell, tissue and organ to inury-

Structure of cell and its functions.

Causes and nature of call injury like Toxic substances, physical agents and lack of nutrients.

Infection agents & Parasites.

Immune mechanism and genetic defects.

c). Reaction of cell to injury agents

Lethal injury – necrosis and gangrene

Sub-lethal injury: - Cloudy swelling, Fatty changes in liver, heart and kidney, Glycogen infiltration and

hyaline degeneration, Lipoid degeneration, Goucher and Mucoid degeneration

2.

a. Inflammation and Repair –

Definition and classification.

Acute inflammation

Vascular and cellular phenomenon, cells of exudates, chemical and mediators and tissue changes in

Acute inflammation, Cardinal signs of acute inflammation and types and systemic effects of acute

inflammation.

Chronic inflammation –



Difference between acute and chronic inflammation

Definition of Granuloma

b. Wound Healing –

Restitution, regeneration and Repair of epithelipal and mesenchymal tissue

Primary union and secondary union and Mechanism involved and factors modifying repair

process.

3.

a. Granulomas –

Definition and Classification of Pathology and Granulomas

Actinomycosis, maduramycosis and rhinosporidiosis

Tuberculosis, genesis and fate of tubercle, Primary and Secondary tuberculosis.

Acquired primary, secondary and tertiary stages of syphilis.

CNS syphilis, CVS syphilis and gumma, congenital syphilis.

b. Fluid and Haemodynamic Changes (circulatory disturbances)

Hyperemia, congestion and haemorrhage, Thrombosis, embolism, ischaemia , infraction and shock.

4.

a. Immunopathology –

Basic pathological mechanism in autoimmune disorders, Concept of immunodeficiency disorders and pathology of AIDS

b. Growth and its disorders like Definition of agenesis, aphasia, atrophy, hyperplasia, hypertrophy,

hypoplasia, metaplasia

c. Neoplasia -

Definition, classification and Nomenclature

Characteristic features of benign and malignant

Route of spread of malignant tumors

Grading and staging of cancerous and precancerous conditions.

Carcinogenesis and carcinogens

Effect of tumor on host and effect of host on tumors.

Laboratory diagnosis of cancer – Biopsy, exfoliative cytology, and prognostic prediction in cancer.

Description of common tumors like – Fibroma, Lymphoma, Lipoma, Angioma, Liomyoma and fibrosarcoma,

Lymphosarcoma, Liposarcoma, angiosarcoma and Leiomyosarcoma. Embryonal tumors like teratoma and retinoblastoma.

1. Mineral and Pigment Metabolism:-

Pathology of melanin pigment.

Pathology of haemoglobin and its derivatives.

Haemosiderosis and haemochromatosis.

Genetic disorders: - Klinefelter’s Syndrome, Turner’s syndrome, Down’s syndrome.



SYSTEMIC PATHOLOGY –

1.

a. Definition, morphologic and etio-pathologic classification of anaemias

Iron deficiency anaemia, B12 and folic acid deficiency anaemia , maglo sideroblastic anemia posthemorrhagic

anaemia.

b. Concept and classification of haemolytic anaemia, Acquired hemolytic anaemia and aplastic

anaemia, Polycythemia and Laboratory investigations in anaemia.

c. Leucopenia, Leukocytosis and Leukaemia, Agranulocytosis and Tropical Eosinophilia.

d. Coagulation and Bleeding Disorders –

Structure, function and pathology of platelets and Laboratory investigation in bleeding disorders.

2.

a. Diseases of cardiovascular System –

Arteriosclerosis and Atherosclerosis, Aneurysm and Vasculitis and thromboangitis obliterans.

Rheumatic heart disease, Endocarditis, Myocardial infarction. Congenital heart diseases, pericarsitis and congestive cardiac failure.

b. Diseases of Respiratory System –

Lobar pneumonia, bronchopneumonia, pulmonary tuberculosis

Bronchial asthma, chronic bronchitis.

Chronic – obstructive pulmonary diseases (COPD)

Acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS)

Tumors of lung of pleura

c. Diseases of Gastro-intestinal System –

Polymorphic adenoma of salivary gland and Barrel’s esophagus.

Gastritis and peptic ulcer and tumor and stomach,

Inflammatory bowel diseases – Crohn’s disease, ulcerative colitis, typhoid ulcer, tumors of small intestine. Megacolon and tumor of colon

Malabsorption syndrome, tropical spur and celiac diseases.

Amoebiasis, Diarrhea dysentery and intestinal tuberculosis.

3.

a. Diseases of Liver, biliary tract and pancreas.

Cirrhosis of Liver, tumors of liver and hepatic failure

Indian childhood cirrhosis.

Cholecystitis, gall stones

Acute pancreatitis.

Cystic fibrosis (mucoviscidosis)

Liver abscess and alcoholic liver, portal Hypertension.

b. Diseases of Kidney –

Acute glomerulonephritis, membra-nousglomerulo-nephritis, nephritic syndrome, Renal failure, polycystic kidney.

Chronic glomerulonephritis, acute tubular necrosis.

Pyelonephritis effect of kidney in hypertension on record function.

Urolithiasis, tumors of kidney and pelvis.

c. Diseases of male genital system –

Orchitis and testicular tumors.

Nodular hyperplasia of prostate, carcinoma of prostate.



Carcinoma of penis and lesions of penis.

d. Diseases of Female Reproductive System –

Vaginal discharge

Amenorrhea

Dysmenorrheal

Polymenorrhea

D.U.B. (Dysfunctional Uterus Bleeding)

Endometrial hyperplasia adenomyosis and endometriosis.

Carcinoma of cervix, tumors Fibroid uterus.

Pelvic inflammatory diseases.

Carcinoma and other diseases of vulva.

4.

a. Diseases of Breast –

Fibrocystic diseases and tumors of breast and Gynaecomastia

b. Endoctrine Pathology

Pituitary, Acromegaly, Hypothyroidism, & Grave’s disease.

Thyroiditis, tumors of thyroid function tests.

Hyperparathyroidism and adenoma of parathyroid.

Hyperplasia and adenoma of parathyroid.

Adrenal gland, Addison’s diseases, bushing’s syndrome

Pheochromocytoma, neuroblastoma.

c. Musculo-skeletal Pathology –

Osteomyelitis and osteoporosis

Rickets and osteomalacia

Osteitis fibrosa cystic and paget’s diseae, fibrous dysptesia.

Tumors of Bone.

Rheumatoid Arthritis, Gout osteoarthritis.

Myasthenia gravis and progressive muscular dystrophy.

d. Diseases of Nervous System-

Meningitis, Tumors of CMS

Tumors of Peripheral Nerves.

Encephalitis.

e. Diseases of Lymph nodes and spleen-

Lymphadenopathy

Malignant lymphomas and spleenomegaly

5.a. Pathology of Skin – Squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, Malignant melanoma, Warts, molluscum

contagiosum and Superficial and deep fungal diseases.

b. Diseases of Ear, Nose & throat

Acute & chronic otitis media (suppurative and non-suppurative)

Acute Mastoiditis.

Ostosclerosis, Maurice’s diseases, tinnitus.



c. NOSE

Acute chronic and Vasomotor Rhinitis, Nasal allergy, Nasal poly D.N.S.

Acute and chronic sinusitis

d. THROAT

Recurrent ulcerative stomatitis. (Aphthous Ulcer)

Acute & chronic pharyngitis

Acute & chronic tonsillitis

Diphtheria

Acute & chronic laryngitis.

6. OPTHALMOLOGY

Errors of refraction.

Presbyopia & anisomatropia

Conjunctivitis, Corneal ulcers, Glaucoma

Keratitis, lritis, lridocycliris.

Cataract, Optic Neuritis, Optic Atrophy.

PRACTICAL

Hematology :-

1. Blood group (ABO system)

2. Estimation of haemoglobin, RBC count, The DLC, Absolute Eosinopill count.

ii. Clinical Pathology –

Urine analysis

Semen analysis

Pregnancy test

Liver function test.

Renal fractional test Glucose tolerance test

Reference Books:

Text book of pathology – by Anderson

Systemic pathology – by Symmers

Text Book of pathology – by N.C. dey

Medical laboratory Technology – by Ramnik Sood



BYNS Ist YEAR

PHILOSOPHY OF YOGAPAPER CODE: 140

THEORY

1. General Introduction to Yoga Philosophy, Definition, Concepts, Aims & Objectives and its importance in

modern sociological life.

Origin and History of Yoga: Psychological and other reasons

Schools of Yoga: Raja. Bhakti, Karma, Mantra, Jnana, Hatha, Laya, Tantra etc.

2. Man as described in Indian and Western Philosophy.

Yoga, Western mysticism and God.

Concept of Soul, Karma and Rebirth.

Yoga Philosophy in relation to other schools of Indian Philosophy.

3. Gheranda Samhita

The seven exercises, the six purificatory process, four internal Doutis Bahiskrita Douti Danta Douti, Danta Mula douti,

Jihva shodhana douti, hrid douti, Vastra douti, Vamana douti, Mulashodhana

Bastis- Jala & Stala

Neti & Trataka

Kaphalabhati- Vamakrama, VyutKrama & Sitkarma

4. Asanas as prescribed in the original text.

Mudras and its benefits as prescribed in the original text.

Pratyahara

Pranayama

Place, time, six seasons experiencing of seasons Moderation of diet, Prohibited Foods.

Types of pranayama, purification of nadis, kinds of kumbhaka, vayu and their seats.

5. Dhyana Yoga

Sthula Dhyana, Jyotir Dhyana, Sukshma Dhyana and Samadhi Yog as mentioned in the original text.

HATHA YOGA PRADEEPIKA

[ The following chapters should be studied in details as in the original text]



Asanas, Pranayamas, Mudras and Samadhi

PRACTICALS:

1. Practice of the asanas, Pranayama, and Shat-kriyas

2. Visit to the yoga Ward in Hospital

Reference Books:

1. Yoga for Health – by Avadhutika Anandamitra

2. Yoga Therapy – by Dr. V. K. Ahluvalia & K.K. Suman

3. Yogasana & Sadhana – by Dr. Satyapal Grover

4. Preksha Yoga – by Dr. J.P.N. Mishra



BYNS Ist YEAR

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURE CUREPAPER CODE: 150

THEORY

1.

The revolution of the human body

Philosophy of the body, mind, soul, life, spirit and spiritual body

Composition of the human body, according to Ayurveda, Naturopathy, Yoga, Modern Medicine, Homoeopathy and

History and fundamental principles of Naturopathy

Comparative study of the Naturopathy with other system of medicine

Ayurvedic approach towards Naturopathy.

2. Laws of Nature – Pancha Maha Bhutas, Shareera Dharmas – Ahara. Nidra, Bhaya, Maithunani, Inflammation and its

different stages and Natura rejuvenation.

Definition of Prakarti and its types

Unity of disease, unity of cure and unity of treatment. How nature cures?

Foreign matter and toxins accumulation in the body and its importance in elimination through different ways or

channels

Definitions and maintenance of nature’s constructive principles of health

Importance of the physical and mental hygiene

Personal life and prevention of diseases.

3. Introduction to Hydrotherapy – Properties and various forms in which water is used for therapy, Effect of different

temperature on body and Treatments – Hip bath, Arm bath, Spinal bath, Steam bath, Foot bath, Immersion bath,

Enema.

Introduction to Mud therapy – Collection to composition of mud, Preparation of pack, Types of application and

Effects of MUD on the body

Magnets, types, application and precaution

Introduction to Manipulative therapy – Brief introduction to Message, Chiro-Practice, Osteopathy & Acupressure &

effects of Manipulative techniques or body

4.

Fasting therapy – History and types of fasting, Effects of fasting and How to break a fast



Introduction to Chromo therapy – Primary and secondary colors and their properties and Treatment

Equipments in Chromo therapy

Introduction to Nutrition – Definition and importance and Carbohydrates, fats proteins, vitamins, minerals and

trace elements, availability and function and their importance

Natural diet – Raw diet and its benefits, Sprouts and its benefits, Advantage and disadvantages of cooked and

uncooked food and diet for different disease and ages

5. Old age problems and their management

Natural contraceptive methods

PRACTICALS

Identification of Naturopathic equipment, diets

Reference books

Philosophy of Nature Cure – by Hentry Lindlahr

Human culture & cure – by Dr. E.D. Babbit

Nature Cure Treatment – by I.N.Y.S. Publications, Bangalore



BYNS 1st

YEAR

YOGA CULTUREPAPER CODE:160

THEORY

1. Rules and Regulations for the practice of Yoga techniques

Difference between Yogic and non-yogic physical practices

Physiological effects of various asanas on different system of the body such as Skeletal, Respiratory, Muscular,

Cardio-vascular, etc (in general)

Research on physiological aspects of yogasanas, Pranayama, Meditation, Concentration, Relaxation techniques,

Kriyas, etc.

Surya namaskar and its importance in health and diseased conditions

Mudras & Bandhas – their neuro muscular & glandular effects on the body.

2. THEORY OF PRANAYAMAS: Types of Prana & their function.

NADI: Ida, Pingala, Sushumna, and upanadis, Preparatory Breathing Exercises Anuloma – Viloma and Nadi

Shudhi,

Types of Pranayamas: Suryabheda, Ujjayi, Sheetkari, Sitali, Bhastrika, Bhramari, Moorcha and plavani theory

and practice.

Physiological & Psychological effects of Pranayamas

Physiological and spiritual importance of shatkriya practice

Physiological effects of shanka Prakshalana

Importance of Pratyaharas

Techniques of Dharana.

3. Psycho – physiological effects of following meditation.

Religious methods, Zen Meditation, Gurujapa, Transcendental meditation, Preksha meditation, Om meditation,Brahma meditation and Vipassana meditation

The basic of yoga science and kundalini

Different Chakras, its seat, its qualities and methods to awaken different charkas

Physiology and psychology of kundalini Yoga

Misunderstanding about kundalini and sex

Symptoms of kundalini

Kundalini charkas – innage Lifestyle



Governors of specific personality patterns

Symptoms & signs of kundalini awakening Phenomenon

4. Yoga for personality development

Yoga and Education Misconceptions

Yoga for woman, Emphasis on Yogic practices during pregnancy.

Yoga for the elderly person Role of Yoga.

Yoga teaching methods.

Yogic training, teaching and physical fitness

Psychology of Yoga in comparison to modern psychology

5. Yoga Philosophy and sandhana

Yoga and stress Management

Yoga and Consciousness

Yoga and science

Yoga and Religion

Practical’s

Practice of Surya Namaskar

Practice of Mudra & Bandhas

REFERENCE BOOKS

An autobiography of Yogi – by Paramahamsa Yogananda

Yoga as Philosophy & Religion – by S.N. Dasgupta

New perspectives in stress management

Light on Pranayama by B.K.S, Iyengar



BYNS Ist YEAR

COMPUTER SKILLS

PAPER CODE: 170

THEORY

2. Define computer, its generation, measures, types of computer, software, its type like System software & user designed

application software, CPU, RAM and SSD

3. HARDWARE:- Definition.

Input Devices: - Keyboard, Mouse, Joystick, Light Pen, Optical/ Magnetic Scanner, Touch Screen, Microphone for voice

as input

4. Output Devices: -

Monitor (visual Display Unit)

Printers: - Laser Printer

Dot Matrix Printer

Color Printer

Line Printer

Inkjet Printer

Plotter

Sound System

5. Storage Devices: -

Floppy Disc

Hard Disc

Cartridge

Tape

CD-ROM.

6. Programming language: -

Compiler, Assembly Language, Machine Language, Main Program Language & Accessories program group.

What is MS-WORD, Create Document, Tables



PRACTICAL

Labeled diagrams of different computer parts

Vivo

Reference books:

1. Microsoft Word by Rajeev Chawla

2. Computer and Introduction by V.K. Jain

BYNS 2nd

YEAR

BIO – CHEMISTRY

PAPER CODE – 210

THEORY

1. Hydrogen on concentration, Acids, Bases, Buffers, Henderson hasepbasch education amino acids –

Classification, Structure properties & side chains.

2. Peptides-Biological importance of peptides structure of insulin. Proteins- Definition, biological

importance, classification & properties structure of proteins, coagulation & denaturasation of

proteins.

3. Elimantary aspects of the structure of collagen, Myoglobin & Haemoglobin, enzymes definition,

classification, specificity, co-enzymes, co-factors & activators diagnostic importance of enzymes &

iso-enzymes.

4. Carbohydrates- Definition, classification & Biological importance & function. Lipids – Definition,

classification & biological importance.

Composition of trigycerol, waxes.

Function of phospholipids, Spongiolipids & Glycolipids.

Functions of Fatty acids- Properties of saturated & unsaturated fatty acids.

5. Nucleic Acids – Definition classification, composition & biological importance of Nucleic acids,Purines & pyrimidine bases.

Vitamins – Definition & Classification,

Minerals- calcium, Phosphosrus, Iron, Copper, Zine, Magnesium, Manganese, Lead, Merury, Arsenic, Metal

Toxcity, Flourine & Iodine.

1. Digestion & absorption of carbohydrates, lipids & proteins carbohydrate metabolism-

Glycogenesis, glycogenolysis & Krebs’ Cycle glycolysis, Pyruvate Oxidation Citric Acid Cycle,



Gluconeogenesis, Metabolism of Fructose & Galactose, Regulation of Metabolic Pathway,

Disorders of Carbohydrate Metabolism, Regulation of Blood Sugar, Glucose Tolerance Test,

Diabetes Mellitus

2. Biological Oxidation

Lipid Metabolism, Lipgenesis, Synthesis of Fatty Acids, Desideration, Phospholipids, Biosynthesis

Of Letting, Cephalic & their Breakdown, Oxidation of fatty Acids, formation & utilization of Ketone

Bodies, Ketosis, Synthesis & breakdown of Cholesterol, disorders of lipid metabolism. Fatty lever &

Lipotropic factors

3. Metabolism of proteins and amino acids – Breakdown of tissue proteins, amino acids poal,

general metabolism of amino acids, disposal of ammonia, urea cycle, formation of glutamate

and glutamine, disorders of amino acid metabolism.

Purina and pyrimidine merabolism – outline of synthesis and breakdown of purine and pyrimidine,Disorders of metabolism of purine and pyrimidine.

4. Biochemistry of blood – synthesis and degradation of haeme, Function of Haemoglobin,

abnormal haemoglobin, Jaundice importance, functions and separation of plasma preteins,

Function and separation of plasma proteins Function of immunoglobin, regulation of PH of

blood, role of kidney and lungs in maintaining PH of blood, Acidosis and Alkalasis.

5. Kidney Function Tests – Composition of Urine, Urea clearance and creatinin clearance,

Electrolytes and water metabolism

PRACTICALS

Determination of – Blood sugar, Blood Urea, Total serum protein, Total serum

calcium Total serum cholesterol, Total serum billrubin, SCOT and SGPT

Demonstration of principles of Colorimetry and colorimeter, Paper

chromatography, Electrophoresis, Glucose tolerance test (GTT) and Flame

Photometry.

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS:

Text of biochemistry – Harper

Biochemistry for medical studies – Divyajyoti das laboratory

Manual of biochemistry – pittabhikaman & acharya

Laboratory manual in biochemistry – Rajgopal & Ramakrishnan



BYNS 2nd

YEAR

HUMAN MICROBIOLOGYPAPER CODE : 220

1. General Bacteriology:-

Historical introduction and Morphology and Physiology of Bacteria

Sterilization and Disinfection

Cultivation of Bacteria (culture media & methods)

Identification of Bacteria and Bacterial Growth and Multiplications

Basic Principles of Bacterial Genetics

Immunology:-

Infection and immunity, Antigens & immunoglobin

Structure & function of immune systems & immune Response

Immune System and Antigen-Antibody response.

Compliment systems and other Serological Tests.

Hypersensitivity

Basic Principles Auto-immunity.

Immune-deficiency diseases.

2. Systemic Bacteriology:-

Streptococcus, Staphylococcus and Pneumococcal,

Gonococcus Meningococcal, Carynaebacteruim,

Clostridium, Haemophilas , Bardetaila, Mycobacterium,

Spirochete, Yesinia, Chalarrydia, Enterobactriaceae,Nonsporing amoeba, vibrio.

3. Parasitology:-

Protozoalogy – Entamoeba and Plasmodium

Helminthiology – Ankylostoma, Ascariasis, Taenia, Wucheria



Virology:-

General properties of virus and their diagnosis.

Herpes, Adenovirus, Picorna, Hepatitis Virus, Rubella and Poxvirus, Rabies virus, Polio virus, HIV.

Bacteriophage.

4. Mycology:-General characters and methods used for study and diagnosis of fungi infections.

Superficial Mycoses, Systemic Mycoses, Candidiasis, Aspergillosis Mycetoma, rhinosperidiosis.

5. Applied Microbiology:

Diagnostic methods in common diseas

Meningitis, UTI, PUO, Gastroenteritis, Respiratory infection Urogenital infection,

Phogenic infections, nosocomia infection, infections of Ear, Eye and Oral Cavity .

PRACTICAL:

Slides of important bacteria, virus & fungi

Disinfection of water & hospital instrument / Equipment sterilization

Identification of different type of culture media

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Text book of the microbiology – by R. Anantha Narayan & C.K. Jaya Ram Panikar

Parasitology – By Jaya Ram Panikar

Text book of microbiology – by Chakravarthy



BYNS 2nd

YEAR

COMMUNITY MEDICINE

PAPER CODE – 230

THEORY

1.

Ancient Medicine, Scientific Medicine, Modern Medicine, Medical Evolution

Concepts in Community Health, Concepts of Development. Concepts of Disease. Concepts of Prevention,

Disease control & Eradication, Public Health, Social Medicine, Community medicine, Health Services, Planning

and management, Development of Health services

Genetics

Screening of Diseases, criteria for screening, sensitivity and specificity and specificity.

2.

Epidemiology of communicable Diseases-

Respiratory infection – small Pox, Vericella, Measles, Rubella, Mumps, influenza, Diphtheria,

pertusis, tuberculosis

Intestinal infections – Polio, viral hepatitis, cholera, acute diarrheal Diseases, Typhoid, Food

poisoning, Ancylioslomiasis, Taoniasis

Yellow fever, Japanese Encephalitis, Malaria, Filarial

Rabies Tranchoma, Tetanus, Leprosy, STD, AIDS

3.

Epidemiology of non-communicable diseases

Hypertension, Cancer, Cardio-vascular Diseases, Diabetes, Obesity, Blindness, Rheumatic heart diseases andAccidents.

Demography & family planning –

Demographic cycle, Population trends, Fertility related statistics, Health aspects of Family Planning,

Contraceptive Methods and delivery system, National family welfare Programme.

Preventive Medicine in obstetrics, Pediatrics & Geriatrics – Antenatal, intranatal, Postnatal care, Low birth

weight, infant feeding, growth and development, growth chart, national health services, behavioral Problems,

geriatrics.

4.



Environment & Health - & occupational health

Purification of water & water Quality Standards, Air, Ventilation, Lighting, Noise, Radiation, Air temperature &

Humidity, Housing, Solid wastes disposal & control, excreta disposal, Water carriage system, sewage treatment,

Entomology - Mosquite, housefly, lice, ichite , Cyclopes, Rat Flea, Rodents, Insecticides hazards, diseases,

Preplacement examination, measures for general health, Protection of workers, Prevention of Occupational

diseases, Legislation.

Basic medical statistics censes, vital events, legislation, SRS, notification of diseases, measures of dispersion &

centering, sampling. Tests of significance, Correlation & Regression.

5.

Health education and communication.

Health planning – management – international health organization planning cycle. Management methods &

techniques, National health policy. Health planning in India, five year plan, health systems in India – at centre,

state and district levels, Panchayat Raj. Rural development schemes.

Health care of community – health systems and national health programmes. Levels of health care. Health for

all primary health service and system, Voluntary health agencies, national health programmes.

PRACTICAL

Insecticides

Universe immunization programme

Communicable diseases

Insect borne diseases

Microscope slides

Environment and sanitation

Field visits

Water filtration plant

TEXT BOOKS:-

Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine – By J.E. Park & K.Park

Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine – By B.K. Mahajan & M.C. Gupta.



BYNS 2nd

YEAR

HYDROTHERAPY

PAPER CODE – 240

THEORY

1.

Introduction and history of Hydrotherapy

Physical propertites and chemical composition of water

Importance of water to human body

Effect of the application of hot and cold over reflex areas, Action and reaction, incomplete reaction, Condition

thermic reaction, modified thermic reaction

Hydrotherapy in preservation and promotion of health

Hydrotherapy in emergency conditions

Function of magnesium sulphate – use in Hydrotherapy

General Principles of Hydrotherapy

Therapeutic significance of reaction

Adaptation of individual cases

Exaggeration of symptoms under treatment the untoward effects and how to avoid them

General indication and contra-indication of Hydrotherapy

2.

Therapeutic action and use of Hydrotherapy

Classification of Hydria tic effect, General Principles excitation and Depression

Primary excitation effects – when to apply and when not a apply

Local Haemostalis effects

Cardiac effects – Hydratic heart tonics

Vterine excitations , Emanogogic effects

Vesical excitation

Intestinal excitation, peristaltic effects

Secondary excitant effects

Restorative effects

Tonic effects of cold water, Physiological effects of cold water, cold water vs medical tonic, application in the

following



Anemia, Neurasthenia, Hypochondria, Cerebral congestion, Rhevnatism, Diabetes mellitus ovular heart

diseases

3.

Calorific and Diaphoretic effects of Hydrotherapy

Importance of attention to the skin in Chronic diseases – alternative & Qualitative effect – Hot baths in Brigit’s

diseases, Sweating baths in dropsy and obesity, Depurative or eliminative effects, Toxemia in Rheumatism

Expectorant effects of Hydrotherapy

Diuretic effects Hydrotherapy – Bright’s diseases Uraemia – eclampsia, atonic Dyspepsia, Hyperacidity

The techniques of Hydrotherapy :- Cold hip bath – Kelog’s & Kunhe’s sitz bath, Shallow bath for males, females

hand and arm bath ,

Gradiuated bath footbath, hot and cold aiternative Natural Bath, Leg bath, Non revulsive bath, Immersion

bath, cold plunge bath, Whirl pool bath, Aeration bath, Viechy spray massage, Rapid bath, Brand bath, fever

bath, river bathing, sea bathing.

Various baths abd air baths, Russian bath, Turkish bath, steam bath , local steam bath, steam inhalation , Hot air

bath, local hot air bath, super hot air bath, cold air bath, indoor and out-door baths

Douches and their uses

4.

Fermentation, compresses and packs:- The hot water bag, the siphon hot water bag, the thermopore, the mustar

fermentation, clay and glycerine poullice , charcoal poullice cotton poullice.

The wet sheet pack, cooling pack, cold shower pack, sweating pack, dry pack, “half pack, hot blanket pack,

evaporating pack, very cold compress, proximal compress, neutral compress, alternate compress, revulsive

compress of ten days for injuries and eruptions, alternative ten applications to be head and spine, local packs,

wet girdle pack, dry abdominal bandage.

a. Abdominal heating compress, Head pack, Spinal pack.

b. Hot and cold heart compress, Hot and cold lung compress

c. Hot and cold gastro hepatic compress

d. Hot and cold renal compress

e. Hot and cold intestinal compressf. Hot and cold pelvic compress, Hot and cold abdominal pack

g. Hot and cold spinal pack

h. Hot an cold heart pancreatic pack

5.

SPECIAL FORMS OF COMPRESS :- Cephalic compress, chest pack, triangular chest pack, Half chest compress,

joint compress, Pelvic pack, Foot pack, cold spinal compress, Towel chest pack.

Pericardial or cardiac compress, Hip pack, Leg pack, Perineal compress prone packs, Lumbar

compress.

Internal use of water:-

a. Irrigations and enema (Colon flushing)

b. Cold water drinking, Hot water drinking

c. Water emetic, irrigation of ear, Nasal irrigation, Vaginal irrigation, intra-uterine irrigation, rectal

irrigation.

d. Enema :- Hot, Warm, Cold, graduated enema

Procedures that increase oxidation

Measures that encourage general and local metabolic activity

Procedures that increase general blood movement and local blood supply

Measures that increase heat production



Measures that increase the elimination of heat

Measures that combat bacterial development in blood

Measures that increases/ lessen heat elimination

Hydriatic in-compatibility

Adaption of hydriatic prescription of individual diseases

Hydrotherapy as a means of rehabilitation and health promotion measures

Emergency treatment in Hydrotherapy.

Mud Therapy

Introduction of Mud Therapy

Classification of mud for therapeutic use

Precautions for storing mud

Methods of treatment of mud-applications, packing, hot poulities, effect of body

Natural mud bath, full and partial mud packs, mud plaster, thermal bat dry pack and sand pack and sand

baths

Cosmetic uses of mud.

PRACTICALS:-

Demonstration of various therapeutic Procedure and treatment in Hydrotherapy during clinical classes at the

hospital, At the end of final B.Y.N.S. Course candidate should be in a position to give treatments independently-

REFERENCE BOOKS:-

Hand Book of Hydrotherapy – By show, Joel

Hydrotherapy in Practice – By Davis, B.C. & Harrison, R.A

Baths – By S.J.Singh

Rational Hydrotherapy – By Dr. J.H. Kellogg



BYNS 2nd

YEAR

FUNDAMENTALS OF AYURVEDA

PAPER CODE:-250

THEORY

1.

Brief history and introduction of Ayurveda.

Astangas of Ayurveda: -

The concept of panch Mahabhootas :- Prithvi – Aap – Vayu – Tejas – Akash.

Manovigyan.

Shareera Vigyan :-

Sapta Dhatus: - Rasa – Rakta – Mansa – Meda – Asthi – Majja – Sukra.

Tridosha Vigyan: - Vata – Pitta – kapha.

Mala Vigyan: - Mala – Mootra – Sweda.

Ojas (Vital Force), Vyadhi Kshamatwa.

Different kinds of Agnis: - Jatharaagni – Bhootaagni – Dhatwaagnis.

Concept of Atma.

Marma Vigyan: - Strotas – Kostas.

Prakriti Vigyan.

2.

Swastha Vritta, Dinacharya, Ratricharya, Ritucharya, Vegadharanam and Sadvata.

Importance of Ahara, Nidra, Brahmacharya.

Bhaishajya Kalpana, Panch vidha kahsya kalpana.

Roga Vigyanan - Vyadhi and classification.

Nidana pachaka – Nidana – Poorva Roopam – Upasayam and Samprapti

Asta Vidh Pareeksha.

Concept of Dosh Kriyakal – Sanchaya – Prakopa – Prasara – Sthaana – Samasraya – Vyakti and Bheda.

3.

Concept of Arogya and Roga.

Chikitsa Siddanta: -



Chikitsa Purusha and Chikitsa Paadas.

Samanya Chikitsa Siddanthas.

Dvividhopa Karma.

Santarapana and Apatarpana.

Shodhana Karma (Panch Karma), Poorva, pradhana, Paschyaat Sansarjana Karma.

Importance of pathya Apathya Vichara in Ayurveda.

Concept of Ras, Guna, Veerya, Vapika and Prabhawa in Ayurveda.

HERBLOLGY

4.

The following herbs are to be studies with respect to their source and therapeutic uses.

S. No. Botanical Name S. No. Botanical Name

1. Emblica Offcinals 11. Cassia Fistula

2. Ficus Glomerata 12. Vetiveria Zizanodies

3. Cinnamomum Camphora 13. Monsardica Charantia

4. Tribulus Terrestris 14. Myristica Charantia

5. Cuminum Cyminum 15. Seasamum Indicum

6. Ocimum Sanctum 16. Punica Grantum

7. Coriandrum Sativum 17. Azadirachta Indica

8. Allium Cepa 18. Piper Longum

9. Psoraled Corylofolia 19. Taxus Baccata

10. Aegle Marmelos 20. Semecarpus Anacardium

5.

The following herbs are to be studies with respect to their therapeutic uses.

1. Phyllanthus Niruri

2. Trigonella Foenum – Graecum

3. Allium Sativum

4. Acorus Calamus

5. Rauwolfia Serpentina

6. Terminalia Chebula

7. Syzygium Aramaticulum

8. Gingiber Officinalis

9. Piper Nigrum

10. Santahlum Album

11. Mimosa Pudica

12. Asparagus Racemosus

13. Curcuma Longa

14. Ferula Narthex

15. Terminalia Belerica

PRACTICALS

Collection of minimum 25 herbs with record

Visit to the Panch-Karma Ward in the Hospital



BOOKS

1. N.K. Udupa – Fundamentals of Ayurveda.

2. R.H. Singh – Swatha Vritta Vigyana

3. Charaka Samhita

4. Dr. Rakesh Verma & Hari Bhardwaj – Ayurveda Prakash.

BYNS 2nd

YEAR

FASTING NUTRITION & DIETETICS

PAPER CODE:-260

THEORY

1. Introduction

Theory of fasting in animals.

Fasting of Ancient India. History of fasting in India and foreign country.

Science and Fasting.

2. The Philosophy of Fasting

The philosophy of sane fasting and philosophy of Therapeutic Fasting

Life its existence in connection with health and diseases.

Theory and physiological fact of fasting-

Objections commonly raised in fasting therapy.

Pros and cons of fasting.

3. Physiology of fasting and starvation

General Physiology

Effect on metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and proteins during fasting

Difference between fasting and starvation

Difference between hunger and appetite

4. Rules & Regulations of Sane Fasting and Therapeutic fasting

5. Definition and classification of fasting in different aspects

General Physiology

Methods and types of therapeutic fasting (Dry, Water, Juice, Saline, Monodiet (Kalpa), Fruit, Intermittent,

Preventive weekly etc.)

6. Hygienic Auxiliaries of Fasting

Air and Breathing, Enema, Bathing, Clothing, Water Drinking, Exercise, Fasting and Menial influence.



7. Study of Patients during and after Fasting

Crises during fasting and their management.

Physiological effects of fasting.

Study of the tongue, the breath, the temperature and pulse etc

The loss and the gain of weight.

How and when to break the fast

Diet after the fast.

8. Indication and contraindication of Fasting

9. Therapeutic aspects of fasting

Fasting in acute diseases.

Fasting in chronic-diseases.

Role of fasting in various diseases.

Obesity and fasting.

Fasting for preservation of health and prevention of diseases.

PRACTICALS

Visits to the Fasting, Nutrition, dietetic department of the hospital.

Demonstration of sprouts.

Preparation of low cost balanced diet for different population groups using natural foods.

Canteen duties at Nature cure hospital

Knowledge of Sathvic food preparation at Nature cure hospital.

Field visit – nutrition survey and diet surveys.

Reference Books:

1. Fasting for healthy and long life by Hereward Carrington.2. The fasting cure and vital economy byLakshamana Sharma.

3. The effects of fasting by dornals Upton.

4. Fasting for Regeneration by seaton, Julia.

Nutrition

1. Introduction of Nutrition

The nutritional basis of life

History of Nutrition

Life in connection with food.

Food, Nutrition & Health introduction

Composition of body in relation to nutrition.

2. Components of the food and their classification Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids, Vitamins, Minerals and

trace elements and water and Electrolytes

Metabolism and energy needs of the body

Energy balance and the regulation of the body weight

Enzymes



3. Food Groups

Cereals, Millets and coarse grains, Pulses, Green leafy vegetables, Other vegetables, Roots and tubers, Fruits , Milk

and Milk product, Sugar and Jaggery, Honey, Fats and oils, Spices and condiments, nuts and oils seeds and Fats

and oils

Nutritive value of food ingredients commonly used in India

4. Food and Toxins

Infective agents and toxin in food

Adulteration of food and food additives

Health hazards of added chemicals in food.

Nutrition and infection

5. Nutritional Diagnosis and public health and nutrition

Nutrition and six types of Rasas in Ayurveda.

Nutritional programme

Nutrition survey and methodology,

Balanced diets and changes.

Nutrition assessment, social aspects of the nutrition,

Fortification and enrichment

6. Nutrition in Health

Human nutritional requirements.

Nutrition in pregnancy , Lactation, infancy, childhood and adolescence

Nutrition and Immunity.

7. Nutrition deficiency diseases, preventive & curative approach.

PRACTICALS-

Visit to the nutrition department of the hospital.

Canteen duties at nature cure hospital. Knowledge of satvic food preparation at nature cure hospital.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. A complete guide of vitamins-

Edited by J.I. Rodac & staff

2. The complete Book of food & nutrition by J. RODALA

3. Indian journal of nutrition & dietetics

4. Nutrition survey of India.

DIETETICS

1. Concept of health in naturopathy.

2. Dietetic principles in naturopathy.

3. Concept of wholesome diet.

4. Medicinal value of foods.

5. Natural Qualities/ Properties/ Character of food in naturopathy/ Ayurveda/ Modern nutrition.

6. Natural food & health.

Importance of green vegetable, other vegetables, fruits & the ingredients.



Chemical composition of different raw juices & their effects & uses.

Wheat grass, beetroot cabbage, carrot, cucumber, lettuce, garlic, onion, tomato, pomegranate, grapes, apple,

bittergourd, ashgourd, pumpkins etc.

Sprouts their nutritive values & methods of sprouting

Food values in raw states, Germination form & cooked form

Comparison with raw & cooked food.

7. Food combination & health.

8. Health & herbs.

9. Naturopathic hospital dietetics & their classification.

10. Disease management with diet.

Diabetes, Renal diseases, Anaemia, PEM, Peptic ulcer, Constipation, Malabsorption, Syndrome, Liver diseases like

jaundice fatty liver etc. high B.P low B.P, Atherosclerosis, gall bladder disease, cancer, tuberculosis, and arthritis.

11. Food allergy & dietary management.

12. Diet & obesity.

13. Dietary modification for specific condition.

14. Dietary requirement for a different population groups with special reference to pregnancy, lactation,infancy.

15. Seasonal changes in the dietary pattern in Ayurveda/Naturopathy & modern nutrition.

16. Food hygiene & health.

17. Methods of cooking & preservation.

18. Naturopathic approach towards vegetarian & non-vegetarian food.

19. Harmful effects of the food colours preservatives, pesticides, artificial manures.

20. Dietary fibre and its therapeutic effects

(eg-Constipation, Ano-rectal disorders, Colonic disorders, GIT disorders, DM etc)

21. Gerietric nutrition and diet

22. Diet and exercise, sports, games, athletics.

23. Pediatric Nutrition

24. Nutrition and life span

25. Green vegetables and fruits.

26. Non- vegetarian diet: its positive and negative aspects in Naturopathy.

27. Customs and manners of eating different views and effects of emotional state on food utilization.

28. Kalpa therapy in naturopathy: grapes, mango, milk etc.

PRACTICALS:-

Visit to dietetics department of the hospital

REFERENCE BOOK:-

1. Clinical diabetes and nutrition by F.P Antia

2. Normal and therapeutic nutrition by Connane H. Robinson.

3. Nutrition diabetes by suohangine

4. Medical science of your food by aman



BYNS 2nd

YEAR

PHYSIOTHERAPY

PAPER CODE:-270

THEORY

1. Introduction of Exercise Therapy

Starting Positions- Fundamental Starting Positions, Derived Positions, Muscle work for all the fundamental starting

positions

Manual Muscle Testing

Goniometry

2. Classification of movements on details-

Voluntary Movements

Involuntary Movements

Active & Passive movements

3. Techniques of relaxation, Principles of obtaining relaxation in various positions Types, factor responsible

for good posture, factor responsible for poor development of good posture, Principles & Techniques of re-

education, walking aids Analysis of normal Gait with muscles work, various Pathological gaits

Crutch Gait- Introduction, Crutch Measurement, Various types of Crutch gait (in Delhi)

4. Exercise: -

Mobilization Exercise

Strengthening Exercise

Stretching Exercise

5. Electrotherapy

1.

Shortwave Diathermy

Microwave Diathermy

Ultrasonic Therapy

Interferential Therapy



2.

Infrared Radiation Therapy

Ultraviolet Radiation Therapy

Basic Principles of transcutaneous nerve stimulation & interferential therapy

PRACTICAL:

Demonstration of all electrotherapy instruments

Practice of exercise with minimum 100 of case with record

TEXT BOOKS-

Massage Books – By George Downing

Massage – By Constant Young

Massage Therapy – By Dr. J.H. Koloa

The complete book of Massage – By Clare Maxwell Hudson Panchakarma Treatment of Ayurveda – By T.L. Devaraj Brain Massage, Revitalize mind body – By Howell, Kelly.



BYNS 3rd

YEAR

YOGA THERAPYPAPER CODE – 310

THEORY:

1.

What is Yoga Therapy?

Basic Principles of Yoga Therapy

Role of Shatkriyas in health management.

2.

Yogic therapy for Cardio- vascular diseases, Psychic diseases, Mental retardation, Neuron muscular diseases,Digestive disorders, Hormonal disorders, Respiratiory diseases, metabolic disorders, Obstetrics &

Gynecological disorders Meditation & its applications on psychosomatic disorders

Therapeutic effects of yoga relaxation techniques:

Quick relaxation technique

Instant relaxation technique

Deep relaxation technique

Yoga nidra

3.

Correction of displaced nabhi

Therapeutic benefits of Yogic sukshma vyayam, sthula vyayam, shaktibandha series, pavana-muktaana series

& sttdarshana kriya Advanced techniques of Yoga Therapy

Pranic Healing & Reiki therapy (Basics only)

Yoga and mental health – total integration of Personality, correct mental behaviour and attitude, hormonal

relationship of body and mind, self content

Yoga & Diet

4.



Personality : Nature, development & integration, stress – its causes, effects and control, Historical perspective,

identifying psychological disorders like Anxiety disorders, Dissociative Disorders, Personality Disorders,

Schizophrenia, Therapy for psychological disorders like Psychotherapy – Nature and Forms, yoga as a form of

Psychotherapy, Therapy of interpersonal relations and Behavior therapy and methods of administering

questionnaires & their scoring. Pain analogue scale, Personality questionnaire, etc.

5. Hasya Yoga

Why Hasya Yoga ?

Principles of hasya Yoga

Hasya Yoga Meditation

Hasya Yoga – A Natural Cosmetic

Hasya Yoga for Corporate, Students, Ladies, Senior Citizens

Scientific Rationale of Hasya yoga

Hasya Yoga Exercise – Key to health

PRACTICAL:

50 Demonstration Classes of Yoga Techniques.

Demonstration of Hasya Yoga

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Yogic Therapy – by Dr. Vinekar, Govt, of India Publication

Yogic Therapy – by Dr. Giarde

Psychology – by Robert A. Baron

Hand Book of Behaviour Modification & Therapy – by Plenum Press

Stress and Mental Disorders – by Adams J.E., Raven Press, New York

Counseling and Guidance – by Adams J.T.,Mac Million co

Yogic Sukshma Vyayama – by Swami Dhirender Brahmachari

Hasya Yoga Vigyan – by Jiten Kofli, Dr. Ram Avtar, Dr. R.K. Verma



BYNS 3rd

YEAR

ACUPRESSUREPAPER CODE – 320

THEORY

1.

History of Acupressure

Principle of Acupressure

Procedure of Acupressure

Disease of Eye-

Glaucoma

Night blindness, Day blindness, Color blindness

Diplopia

Cataract

Disease of Ear

Otitismedia

Tinnitus

2.

Disease if Mouth, Throat & Nose.

Tonsillitis

Adenicos

Sore Throat Tooth Ache

Gingivitis

Sinusitis

Epitasis

Cervical Pain, Shoulder pain, Lumber pain, Sciatica pain

Disease of Heart

Hypertension & Hypotension

Angina Pectoris



3.

RESPIRATORY DISORDERS-

Asthma

Bronchitis

Cough

DISORDER OF DIGESTION-

Disease of Liver

Jaundice

Gall stone

DISEASE OF KIDNEY & URINARY STONE-

Kidney stone

Stone in Urinary Bladder

Enlarged Prostate Gland

Bed wetting

DIABETES MELLITUS

4.

DISORDERS OF JOINTS, BONES, & MUSCLES

Arthritis

Rheumatic fever

Gout

Ankylosing spondhytis

Pain in knee joints

SEVERN HEADACHE

Migraine

SPECIAL PROBLEMS OF WOMEN Leucoeehora

Menopause

Sterility

Sexual abnormality

Miscarriage – spontaneous abortion

5.

SPECIAL PROBLEMS OF MEN

Impotence

Premature ejaculation

Loss of sexual desire

Enlarged prostate gland

DISORDERS OF BRAIN & NERVOUS SYSTEM

Facial paralysis

Bell’s palsy

Epilepsy

Polio

MENTAL PROBLEM



Depression

Anxiety

Hysteria

Mental tension

PRACTICAL:

Demonstration of Acupressure instruments & Techniques

Study of 100 cases with Record

Visit to Acupressure ward in the Hospital

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Acupressure Prakriti Rog Upchar – by Dr. Attar Singh

BYNS 3rd

YEAR

ACUPUNCTURE

PAPER CODE – 330

THEORY:

1.

Definition of Acupuncture.

History of Acupuncture

2.

The traditional Chinese Diagnosis Method.

Contraindification and complication of Acupuncture

3. The concept of meridians-

Lung meridians (Lu meridians)

Large intestine (L I meridians)

Stomach meridians (St meridians)

Spleen meridians (Sp meridians)

Heart meridians (H meridians)

Small intestine (S I meridians)

Urinary bladder (U B meridians)

Kidney meridians (K meridians)

Pericardium meridians (P meridians) Sanziao meridians (Sj meridians)

Gallbladder meridians

Liver meridians (Liv meridians)

Du meridians

Ren meridians

4.

Auricular Therapy.

Scalp Acupuncture



5. Treatment of following diseases:

Head ache, Facial paralysis, Hemiplegic, Paraplegia, Asthma. Hypertension, Nausea & vomiting,

Leucorrhoea, Frozen shoulder, Psoriasis, Night blindness, Hysteria, Sexual impotence, Low back ache, Pain in

knee joint, Warts, Sciatica pain, Alopecia Areats, Cervical spondylosis, Sprain & Strain, Toothache, Deafness

& Tinnitus, Rhinitis & Sinusitis, Amenorrhea, Retention of Urine. Anxiety, Epilepsy, Splenomegoly,

Toothache, Stomatitis, Whooping cough.

PRACTICAL:

Demonstration of needling Techniques & Electric-stimulation Mexibustion

Study of 100 cases with Record

Visit to Acupuncture ward in the Hospital

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Clinical Acupuncture – by Anton Jayasurya

Principles & practice of Acupuncture – by Dr. J.K.Patel

Shiatsu – by Ohashi



BYNS 3rd

YEAR

MANGNETOTHERAPYPAPER CODE - 340

THEORY

1.

Introduction – Definition of Magneto-therapy, Historical highlights and Use of magnets/upheld by

Naturopathy.

Magnetism in the universe – Earth a huge natural magnet, Nature of Earth Magnetism and Earth

Magnetism and Earth Magnetic effects on human beings.

2. Effects of Magnetism on living organism

Bio-magnets – Biological experiments with magnets

Disease & Their Cure

Headache, Ailments of the eye, Ailments of the ear, Ailments of the mouth & Throat, Nasal Ailments,

Ailments of the Abdomen, women Ailments, Ailments of the Heart

Problem of the sex organs in man, Blood pressure, Diabetes

Sleep Disorder, Disorder of the head & Scalp

Medical influence of magnetic field Rheumatoid arthritis, hemiphlegias arthralgia, Neuralgias

Stimulation of nervous system, endocrine glands etc. magneto therapy symptomatic relief

3.

Magnets and their composition – Natural magnets and artificial magnets and Permanent – classification of

magnets material.

Power of magnets – various qualities of magnet – low, medium and high power magnets and

magnetic belt etc.

Electro magnets – electro magnetic field on human physiology behaviors, Electro magnets – for

medical purpose – Electro magnetic treatment bed and hand magnetic treatment bed and hand

magnetizer, food magnetizer, vibro electro massager and electro magnetic chair etc. Non

pulsating – Nachketha – clinical electro magnet, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance – theory, Uses,

merits & demerits.



4.

Technique of application of magnets – north and south pole, local treatment and general treatment,

techniques of application of magnets in the treatment of various common diseases.

Magnetized water, magnetized milk, and magnetized oils – magnetized water in nature

influence of magnetic field on the properties of water, methods of preparation of magnetized

water, dosage and therapeutic effect of magnetized water – method of preparation of magnetized

oils and their application and therapeutic effects

Advantage of Magneto-therapy

5.

Magneto therapy is a natural treatment

Use of Magnets as a preventive device.

Research review from Indian and Foreign Magneto therapists

Magneto therapy and Acupressure – Acupuncture points – certain clinical case reports – utilization of

Acupuncture points in magneto therapy

Harmful effects of excessive exposure to a strong electro magnetic field [Acute & chronic]

PRACTICAL:

Students should have 45 demonstration classes in various types of magnets, equipment and their clinical application

Case studies (25) with record

10 cases with bio-chemical reports.

TEXT BOOKS

Magneto therapy – Dr. H.l. Bansal

Magnetic cure for common diseases – Dr. R.S. Bansal, Dr.H.L.Bansal

The text book on Magneto therapy – Dr. Nanubhai painter Magneto therapy and Acupuncture – Dr. A.K. Mehta

The healing power of Chromatography – Hari Om Gupta



BYNS 3rd

YEAR

OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGYPAPER CODE – 350

THEORY

1.

Anatomy of female generative organs and pelvis, Maturation and of Fertilization of ovum

Diagnosis of pregnancy, Differential diagnosis of pregnancy, Foetus in normal pregnancy and Ante-natal care

Physiology and stages of labour and mechanism of labour

Phenomena of normal puerperium, Care of Puerperium and care of new-born child

2.

Hyperemesis gravidarum, anaemia in pregnancy, Diseases of urinary system, Diabetes in pregnancy, Diseases

and abnormalities of fetal mambrane and placenta. Abortion , Ectopic pregnancy, Ante-partum haemorrhage,

Placenta previa and P.E.T (Pre-eclampic toxaerpia)

3.

Occipito – posterior position, Breech presentation, Prolapse of the cord, compound Presentation multiple

pregnancy, Contracted Pelvis, management of labour in contracted pelvis and complications of 3rd

stage of

labour

Asphyxia neonatorum, Pre-term baby and Congenital malformations.

Obstetrical Operations like Forceps, Caessarpreansection and induction of abortion and labour.

4.

Puerperal Infections Ultra sonogram in obstetrics and contraception – types procedures Gynecological diagnosis

Diseases of vulva

Diseases of vagina

Sexually transmitted diseases in female

5.

Diseases of urinary system

Trophoblastic diseases



Disorders of menstruation

Prolapsed of uterus

New growths of uterus

Diseases of ovary

Pelvic inflammatory diseases

PRACTICAL:

History taking of anti-natal and gynecological cases

Demonstration of physical examination of anti-natal and Gynecological cases

Demonstration of conduction labour, normal delivery and use of minor instrument during delivery

Demonstration of various equipments used in obstetrics and Gynecology.


Clinical Obstetrics – By Modular and Menon

Text Book of Obstetrics – by C.S. Dawn

Shaw’s text Book of Gynecology

Text Book of Gynecology – C.S. Dawn

Text Book of obstetrics – By Dutta



BYNS 3rd

YEAR

PEDIATRICS

PAPER CODE – 360

THEORY:

1.

Growth & Development

Factors affecting growth

Growth Table & Growth Chart

Disorders of Growth & Development

Cause of short structure

Learning Disabilities

2.

Nutrition

Nutritional Disorders

Under Nutrition

Vitamin Deficiencies

New Born Infants

Normal Full Term New Born Infants

Prevention of prenatal Hazards

Physiological Jaundice of the New Born

Respiratory Distress in the new Born

Neonatal Seizures

Congenital Malformations

Anemia

Bleeding Disorders



Immunity & Infections

Immuno-deficiencies:

Prophylactic immunisation

Program on immunisation of following diseases:

T.B.

Diphtheria Pertusis

Polio

Hepatitis B

Measles Mumps Rhinosis (MMR)

Typhoid Fever

Fluid & Electrolyte Disturbances

Principles in Management of Dehydration

Regulation of Body Water Electroytes Acid Base

3.

Gastrointestinal System

Vomiting

Constipation

Abdominal Pain

Acute Chronic Diarrhea

Hepatomegaly

Jaundice

Disorders of Cardiovascular System

Congestive Heart Failure

Rheumatic Fever

Hypertension in Children

Respiratory System Cold & Cough

Nasal Discharge

Sore Throat

Epistaxis

Pneumonia & Bronchitis

Bronchial Asthma

Foreign Body Aspiration

4.

Disorders of Kidney & Urinary Tract

Renal Function in Neonatal & infants

Hematuria

Urinary Tract Infection Renal Failure

Central Nervous System

Bacterial & Tubercular Meningitis

Coma

Convulsion & Epilepsy

Mental Retardation



Disorders of Muscles & joints

Muscular Dystrophies

Rheumatoid Arthritis

5.

Endocrine & Metabolic Disorders

Diabetes Mellitus

Obesity

Goiter

Delayed Puberty

Cerebral Paslsy.

Disorders of the skin

Diaper Rash

Urticaria

Eczema

Dandruff

PRACTICALS

Case studies (25) with record

Essential Pediatrics by O.P.Ghai



BYNS 3rd

YEAR

PHYSICAL EXERCISE & FITNESSPAPER CODE - 370

THEORY

1. Exercise and its uses.

2. What is prohibited for exercise

3. Curing diseases with exercise

4. Different kind of exercises:

a. Exercise of neck and chest

b. Exercise of chest & arms

c. Exercise of heart, stomach and liver

d. Exercise of the back

e. Exercise of the hip region

f. Exercise of the women

g. Walking

h. Swimming

i. Push-ups j. Mugdar

k. Wrestling

l. Horse riding

m. Running

n. Games

o. Gardening

p. Dancing



q. Singing

5. Introduction to Physical fitness

6. Definition of Physical fitness

7. Components of Physical fitness

8. Benefits of Physical fitness

9. Development of Physical fitness

a. Endurance

b. Strength

c. Speed

d. Flexibility

10. Agility

11. Measuring your Heart rate

12. Weight control

13. Factors influencing Physical fitness

14. Clothing

15. When to Exercise & which Exercise should be done

PRACTICAL:-

Visit to the Physical exercise department of hospital.

100 Demonstration classes of Physical Techniques

REFERENCE BOOK:-

1. Science of Nature life by Dr. Rakesh

2. Physical Education by Dr. Ajmer Singh

3. Prakartik Chikitsha by Dr. Om Parkash Saxena



BYNS 4th

YEAR

DIAGNOSTIC METHODS OF YOGA & NATUROPATHYPAPER CODE – 410

THEORY:

1.

Introduction to the science of facial expression

Characters of Healthy Body – Normal Functions and Normal figure.

Foreign Matter theory:-

Definition of foreign matter, the process of accumulation of foreign matter in the body, , encumbrance

and changes caused in the body due to the accumulation of foreign matter and general pathology of foreign matter.

2.

The nature: origin and cure of diseases of children for their unity and developments.

Bad habits support the accumulation of foreign matter in the body like tobacco, alcoholic drinks,

coffee and tea-opium.

Drug addictions – Pethedine heroin, injection etc., suppression of diseases v/s elimination of morbid and

diseased germs from the system.

3.

Types of Encumbrance – Front Encumbrance, right side Encumbrance, Front & right side

Encumbrance, left side Encumbrance, mixed or whole Encumbrance, their descriptions, general

characters & possible diseases in the concerned incumberance & their treatment.

4. Diagnosis of the diseases of the following internal organs:

Pneumonia

Pleurisy

Bronchitis

Asthma

Angina Pectoris

Heart Attack



Acute Myocardial infection

BYNS 4th

YEAR

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE THROUGH YOGA

PAPER CODE – 420

THEORY:

Cause, Symptoms & Treatment of following diseases:

1. Headache 36. Influenza

2. Hernia & Hydrocele 37. Cholera

3. Hypertension 38. Kidney Stone

4. Heart Diseases 39. Leucoderma5. Hepatitis 40. Lumbago

6. Hysteria & Fainting 41. Leprosy

7. Acidity 42. Menstrual Disorders

8. Allergy 43. Menopause

9. Asthma 44. Mental Health

10. Anemia 45. Malaria

11. Arthritis 46. Nervous Debility

12. Appendicitis 47. Obesity

13. Anxiety 48. Old Age Problem

14. Black Water Fever 49. Piles

15. Beriberi 50. Polio

16. Constipation 51. Psoriasis

17. Cervical Spondylitis 52. Premature Graying Hair

18. Cough & Cold 53. Pleurisy

19. Coronary Heart Disease 54. Pneumonia

20. Carbuncle 55. Pyorrhoea

21. Colitis 56. Sciatica

22. Diarrhoea 57. Stress



23. Diabetes 58. Sterility

24. Duodenal & Gastric Ulcer 59. Spleen Disorders

25. Dyspepsia 60. Tonsillitis

26. Displacement of the Uterus 61. Thinness

27. Eczema 62. Varicose Veins

28. Fever 63. Typhoid29. Gas Trouble 64. Tooth Trouble

30. Goiter 65. Tuberculosis

31. Gall Stone 66. Tumour

32. Gonorrhea

33. Insomnia

34. Itches

35. Impotency

PRACTICLES:

Study of 100 cases with record

Visit to the yoga Ward in hospital

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Preksha Yoga by Dr. J.P. Mishra

Yoga Therapy by Dr. V.K. Ahluwalia

Yoga se Rog Nivaran by Swami Shivananda, Saeaswati



BYNS 4th

YEAR

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE THROUGH NATUROPATHYPAPER CODE – 430

THEORY:

Cause, Symptoms & Treatment of the following Diseases:

1. Acne

2. Alcoholism

3. Allergies

4. Amnesia

5. Anaemia

6. Anal Fissure

7. Anorexia Nervosa

8. Appendicitis

9. Arteriosclerosis

10. Arthritis

11. Asthma

12. Backache

13. Boils

14. Bronchitis

15. Cancer16. Cataract

17. Cervical Spondylosis

18. Chicken Pox

19. Cholera

20. Cirrhosis of the Liver

21. Colitis

22. Common Cold



23. Common Fever

24. Conjunctivitis

25. Constipation

26. Corns

27. Cough

28. Dandruff 29. Defective Vision

30. Dental Caries

31. Depression

32. Dermatitis

33. Diabetes

34. Diarrohoea

35. Diphtheria

36. Dropsy

37. Dysentry

38. Eczema

39. Epilepsy40. Falling of Hair

41. Fatigue

42. Gastritis

43. Gastro-Enteritis

44. Glaucoma

45. Goitre

46. Gout

47. Headache & Migraine

48. Heart Diseases

49. Hiatus-Hernia

50. High Blood Cholesterol51. High Blood Pressure

52. Hydrocele

53. hypoglycemia

54. Impetigo

55. Indigestion

56. Influenza

57. Insomnia

58. Intestinal Worms

59. Jaundice

60. Kidney stone

61. Leucoderma62. Low Blood Pressure

63. Malaria

64. Measles

65. Meningitis

66. Mumps

67. Muscle Cramps

68. Neurasthenia



69. Neuritis

70. Nephritis

71. Obesity

72. Osteoporosis

73. Parkinson’s Disease

74. Peptic Ulcer75. Piles

76. Pleurisy

77. Pneumonia

78. Premature Graying of Hair

79. Prostrate Disorders

80. Psoriasis

81. Pyorrhea

82. Rheumatism

83. Rickets

84. Ringworm

85. Scabies86. Sciatica

87. Scurvy

88. Sexual importance

89. Sinusitis

90. Sore throat

91. Stomatitis

92. Stress

93. Stroke

94. Styes

95. Thinness

96. Thyroid Fever97. Thyroid Diseases

98. Tonsillitis

99. Tuberculosis

100.Urticaria

101.Varicose Veins

102.Venereal Diseases

103.Warts

104.Whooping Cough

PRACTICLES

Study of 150 cases with record

Visit to the Naturopathy ward in hospital

REFERENCE BOOKS

Nature cure by Dr. H.K. Bakhru

Naturopathy by Dr. Om Prakash Sexena



BYNS 4th

YEAR

MODERN DIAGNOSTIC METHODS

PAPER CODE – 440

THEORY:

1.

Examination of the Patient.

Approach to a Patient.

History taking and case sheet writing

Symptomatology

Examination of Vital Data

Importance of height, weight, abdominal girth

2.

General physical examination

Examination of breasts, back, spine and genitals

Systemic examination of the patient like Abdomen (Digestive system ), Cardiovascular System,

Respiratory System, Renal System (Urinary system), Central nervous system, Locomotor system,

Examination of ear, nose and throat and Gynecological examination for female only

Provisional Diagnosis

3. Routine and Special Laboratory investigation for urine, stools

Blood examination like Peripheral smear, Total WBC count, differential WBC count E.S.R. Hb%,

Blood Sugar, Blood urea, serum uric acid, serum lipid profile, Serum Creatinine liver function last

Radiological investigation and Contrast Radiography

ECG – Electrocardiography, Echo-cardiography, Coronary angiography and – Electro-

encephalography (EEG)

4.



Diagnostic Thoracocentesis

Thyroid T3, T4, TSH estimation.

5.

Ultra – sonography

Computerized tomography scan (CT scan)

PRACTICAL:

History Taking & Physical Examination of cases

Case Sheet writing in different general cases

REFERENCE BOOKS

Hutchison’s Clinical Methods

Manual of Clinical Methods – by S.P.Shanker

Clinical Diagnosis – by Jal Vakil



BYNS 4th

YEAR

FORENSIC MEDICINE & TOXICOLOGY

PAPER CODE – 450

THEORY:

1.

Definition of Forensic Medicine and its scope

Procedure of giving medical evidence with reference to Indian evidence act.

Methods of identification of living and dead body – Race, Age ,Sex etc

Death – Medico legal aspects, certification of death, sudden death, Medico legal importance, signs of

death, changes due to death and calculating time of death.

2.

Medico- legal autopsy

Medico-legal wounds, their classification and study and medico-legal aspects

Examination of blood stains, hair and seminal stains

Miscellaneous cause of death form heat, cold, electricity, starvation etc

Violent asphyxia death-hanging, strangulation, suffocation and drowning

3.

Sexual offences:- Impotency and sterility, virginity, Legitimacy, Unnatural offences, medico legal

aspect

Infanticide.

Medico-legal aspects of insanity.

4.

Toxicology

General consideration of poisoning and classification

Action of poison, factors, modifying their action

Diagnosis of poisoning

Treatment of poisoning in general.

Poisons:-



Corrosives, Non-metallic, Metallic, Organic Irritant, Somniferous Inebrait, Deliriant, Spinal, Cardiac

poisons, insecticides and weed killers, Food poisoning, Asphyxiants and Drug Dependence

Legal responsibilities: Medical ethics.

5.

Responsibilities and duties of the Medical practitioners to the state Professional secrecy and

privileged communication.

Un-professional conduct, Mal-practice.

The right and privileges and duties of Medical practitioners.

PRACTICALS:-

Age estimation

Skeleton remains

Spotters

Examination of injured Alocoholic

Psychiatric and Toxicology

REFERENCE BOOKS:-

Medical jurisprudence By Modi

A text Book of forensic Medicine By Narayana Reddy

A text Book of Forensic Medicine By M.R.K.Krishna

The essential of forensic medicine by Dr. C.J.Poison D.J. Gee and B.Knight

Forensic medicine by Corden and Shapire

Principles and practice of medical jurisprudence by Taylor’s



BYNS 4TH

YEAR

CHROMO THERAPY & MANIPULATIVE THERAPY

PAPER CODE - 460

THEORY:

1. History of chromo therapy.

2. Physiological chemical properties of sunlight.

3. Effects of sunlight on vegetable & micro-organisms.

4. Sun Bath:-

a. Dr. Reiki’s methods of sun bathb. Dr. Kunhe’s methods of sun bath

c. Sun bath through of wet pack

d. Sun bath of children & aged persons

e. Sun bath with leaves

f. Oil Sun bath

5. Practice of exercise in sunlight.

6. Chromo diagnosis & Chromo hygiene.

7. Chromo philosophy-

a. Refraction

b. Reflection

c. Absorption

8. The source of light- The sun forming resources- The solar atmosphere- Sun power- color effects-

influence of sunlight on skin, muscles, digestive organs and bones.

9. Chromo therapy prescriptions for different diseases:-

a. Headache

b. Ailments of the eyes

c. Ailments of the ears



d. Ailments of the mouth & throat

e. Ailments of the abdomen

f. Nasal ailments

g. Constipation & piles

h. Problems of sex organs in men

i. Backache

j. Severe pain in the kneek. Pimples

l. Acne

m. Eczema

n. Baldness

o. Paralysis

p. Epilepsy

q. Rheumatism

r. Bed wetting at night

s. Leucorrhoea

t. Miscarriage

u. No menstruation

v. High feverw. Pneumonia

x. Hypertension & hypotension

y. Diabetes

z. Heart attack

PRACTICALS:-

Case studies 50 with records.

Visit to chromo therapy ward in the hospital.

REFERENCE BOOK:-

The principles of light and color Dr. E.D. Babbit

Colour therapy by R.S.Amber

The healing powers of chromo therapy by Hari om gupta

MANIPULATIVE THERPY

THEORY:

1.

Introduction and History of Massage.

Rules, Regulations and characteristics of Massage

Structure especially concerned in massage and part of the body to be specially studied for the purpose are

as follows:

Skin, Muscular system, Heart and Circulations, Nervous system and skeletal system including

joints

2.



Effects of the pressure of hand and iubricants on the following systems:-

Skin

Muscular system – Nutrition and Development , Excitation of ‘m’, contraction of ‘M’ and muscular electro-

excitability, removal of the fatigue from muscle

On the ligaments and skeletal

On the circulatory system

On the nervous system

On respiration – increase of respiratory activity and increase of tissue respiration

On GIT – Improvement in appetite, improvement in secretion of digestive fluid, absorption and

improvement in peristalsis.

Excretory system

Powdered Massage – Merits and demerits.

3.

Massage (side effects and benefits)

Basic therapeutic massage techniques, indication and contraindications of massage while applying to the

patients.

Massage and its effects – Nutrition, Haematogenesis, Phagocytosis, increase in the number of blood

corpuscles and Absorption of increased inflammatory exudates, change in the weight of the person, obese

or emaciated

Different Massage manipulations, classification and their detail explanation, uses and contra-indication, ii)

Manipulative treatments in stress management,

Shiastu in manipulative therapy (Acupressure)

Manipulation and life extension

Dry Brush massage.

4. Movement of Joints:-

Flexion, Extension, Abduction, Adduction, Supination, Circumduction and Deviations – Medical

and Lateral

Massaging in local areas under special circumstances:-

Massage of Abdomen Massage to liver

Massage to stomach

Massage to heart

Massage to head

Massage to spine

Special type of massage in different diseases.

5.

Massage to women, infants and children and elderly person.

Massage for prevention of diseases and maintenances of natural beauty.

Ayurvedic massage – terminology, Methods and Manipulations

PRACTICALS:-

35 demonstration classes

10 demonstration in panchkarma

Each students should do 35 massages

Coronary artery blockage

Jaundice



Gall stone

Hepatitis

Cirrhosis of liver

Spleenomegaly

Diabetes

Kidney stone Renal failure

Urinary tract infection

Prostate enlargement

Encephalitis

Meningitis

Cervical spondylitis

Migraine

Epilepsy

6.

Process of elimination of foreign matter.

Importance of Nature care treatments and the digestive process natural dietetics.

The importance of Nabhi Pareeksha, the methods of Nabhi Pareeksha & the techniques of

correction.

Introduction to Iridology

Definition of Iridology

Instructions in methods of application:-

Technique in Iris reading – The normal and abnormal Iris, colour of the Iris

Study of density of the iris

Case histories according to Iridology.

PRACTICALS:

Clinical classes and Demonstration in the Nature cure Hospital

Case studies 50 with Record, Demonstration of Equipments.


Science of Facial Expression – By Louis Kuhne

The New science healing – By Louis kuhne

The Science and Practice of Iridology- By Bemard Jensen

Iridiagnosis and Other Diagnostic Methods- By Henry Lindlahr





SINGHANIA UNIVERISITY

RAJASTHAN

CMLT

(CERTIFICATE IN MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY)

SYLLABUS

(YEARLY PROGRAM)



CMLT

(CERTIFICATE IN MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY)

DETAILED SYLLABUS

MEDICAL SYSTEM)



CMLT (Certificate In Medical Laboratory Technology)

COURSE TITLE : CMLTDURATION : 1 YEAR

TOTAL MARKS :1200

FIRST YEAR



ANATOMY CMLT—110 100 100 200

PATHOLOGY CMLT—120 100 100 200

BIOCHEMISTRY CMLT—130 100 100 200MICROBIOLOGY CMLT –140 100 100 200

PHYSIOLOGY CMLT—150 100 100 200

COMPUTER SKILLS CMLT –160 100 100 200

TOTAL 1200

Theory Paper :30% Continuous Internal Assessment and 70% University

examination. Practical Paper : 30% Continuous Internal Assessment and 70%University examination.



CMLT – 110

ANATOMY

Maximum Time : 3 hrs

University Assessment -70%

Total marks :200 Internal Assessment – 30%

Minimum Pass Mark – 40%

COURSE CONTENTS – THEORY 100 Marks

1) Introduction of Bones of the Human Body of :

Upper Limb : clavicle, scapula, humerus, radius, ulna, carpus, metacarpus & phalanges

Lower Limb : hipbone, femur, tibia, fibula, tarsus, metatarsus & phalanges

Skull : name the bone of skull and sutures between them

Thorax : ribs and their articulations

Vertebral Column : Cervical, thoracic, lumber, sacral and cocasial vertebrae

2) Surface Markings of the Body :

Nine regions of the abdomen

Four quadrants of the Hip

3) Introduction of different Vital Organs :

A) Respiratory Organs :

Nasopharynx

Oropharynx

Larynx

Trachea

Bronchi

Lungs (and their lobular segments)

Thoracic cavity

Pleura and Pleural cavity

B) Circulatory Organs :

Anatomical position of the heart

Pericardium of the heart

Chambers of the heart

Great vessels of the heart

Valves of the heart



C) Digestive Organs :

Tongue

Teeth

Oral cavity

Pharynx

Oesophagus Stomach

Small intestine

Large intestine and its colons


Labeled Digrams of different organs and bones Vivo



CMLT – 120 PATHOLOGY

Maximum Time : 3 hrs University Assessment -70%



COURSE CONTENTS – 100 Marks

1) The Cell in health and disease

a. Introduction of pathology

b. Cellular structure and metabolism

c. Inflammation – Acute and Chronic

d. Derangement of Body Fluids and Electrolytes

Types of shocks

Ischaemia

Infection

e. Neoplasia – Etiology and Pathojgenesis

2) Introduction of hematology

a. Formation of Blood

b. Erythropoiesis

c. Leucopoiesis

d. Thrombopoiesis

e. Collection of Blood

f. Anticoagulants

g. Red cell count – Haemocytometer, Methodsand Calculation

h. WBC Count -- Methods

i. Differential Leucocytes Count (DLC)--

Morphology of White Cells, Normal Values

Rananocostry Stains : Staining procedures

Counting Methods, Principle of staining

j. Hb estimation – Method

Colorimetric Method

Chemical Method

Gasmetric MethodS.G. Method

Clinical Importance

I. Hem atology :

ESR

Methods

Factors – Affecting ESR

Normal Values



Importance

RBC – Indices

WBC

Platelets

II. Body Fluids :

(a) Urine :

Method of Collection

Normal Constitutents

Physical Examination

Chemical Examination

(b) Stool Examination :


Normal Constituents and appearance

Abnormal Constituents (Ova, Cyst)

(c) C.S.F. Examination



Microscopy

Cell 1 Count

Staining

(d) Semen Analysis

Collection

Examination

Special Tests

Practical : 100 Marks

I.

Collection of Sample

Hb estimation

TLC and DLC

RBC Count

Peripheral blood film – staining and study of Malarial Parasite

II. Laboratory management – Sample Collection, Labeling, Transport,



Screening, Reporting and Dispatch of Reports.

(a) Urinek, Stool, Semen and C.S.F. – Collection, Handling, Examinations

(b) Absolute Eosinophil Count, PCV, RBC indices, ESR Estimation, Platelt Count



CMLT – 130 BIOCHEMISTRY



Minimum Pass Mark – 40%COURSE CONTENTS – 100 Marks

1. Introduction of Biochemistry

2. Elementary knowledge of inorganic chemistry :- Atomic weight, molecular weight, equivalent

weight, acid, bases.

3. Definition and preparation of solutions : Percent solution, Molar solution, Normal Solution and

Buffer Solutione etc.

4. Definition and preparation of Regent.

5. Unit of measurement

6. Elementary knowledge of organic chemistry

Organic compounds

Aliphatic and Aromatic

Alcohols, Aldehydes, Ketones, Amines, Esters, Phenol etc

7. Ph indicators : pH paper, universal and other indicators, pH measurement : different methods.

Practical 100 MarksIntroduction and usage of Glassware and Instruments

Glassware :

Composition of Glass

General Glass wares

Instruments :

Balance

Hot Plate and Magnetic stirrer

Centrifuges

Incubators

Constant temperature bath

Colorimeter : Principal, Function

Photometer

Flame Photometry

1. Aim and Scope of Biochemistry



2. Collection and Recording of Biochemical Specimen, separation of serum/plasma

preservation and siposal of Biological materal.

3. Chemical examination of urine : Qualitative, Sugar, Protein, Bile Salt, Bile Pigment,

Ketones Bodies

4. Chemical examination of Stool : Occult Blood.

5. Chemical examination of other Body Fluids : CSF, Plural Fluids, Ascitic Fluid etc.

6. Laboratory management and Maintenance of Records.

Urine Examination physical, Chemical, Microscopic, Biochemistry

Stool Examination

Body Fluids : Physical and chemical examination CSF, Pleural Fluids, and Ascitic fluid



CMLT – 140 MICROBIOLOGY




COURSE CONTENTS – 100 Marks

I. Introduction of brief history of Microbiology

Historical Aspect

Relationship of Micro-organism to men

Micro-organism in Disease and Health

II. Requirement and uses of common Laboratory Equipments

Incubator, Hot Air Oven, Water Bath

Anaerobic Jar, Centrifuge, Autoclave

Microscope

Glassware – Discription of Glassware, its use, handling and care

III. Sterilization :

Definition

Classification and General Principal of Sterlization

Autoclave – its structure, functioning, control and indicator

IV. Antiseptics & Disinfectants

Definition

Types

Mode of Action Uses

V. Collection, Transportation and processing of clinical samples for Microbiological

Investigations

Bacteiology

Definition

Bacteria – General characteristics of Bacteria

Classification and morphology of Bacteria

Structure of Cell, Capsule, Flagella, and Spore

Growth of Bacteria

Nutrition of Bacteria

Virology :

Definition

General Introduction of Virus

Physiochemical characteristic of Viruses



Diseases caused by different Virus and mode of infection

Parasitology :

Definition

General Characteristics of Parasite

Classification of Parasite

Mode of transmission

Fungus :

Definition

Structure

Classification


Demonstration of washing of instruments

Staining – Type of Staining, Principal, Procedure and Interpretation



CMLT – 150 PHYSIOLOGY




COURSE CONTENTS 100 Marks

1. Cell :

Definition

Structure and functions the cytoplasmic Organelles

Reproduction : Miosis, Mitosis

2. The important physic-chemical laws applied to physiology

Diffusion

Osmosis

Bonding

Filtration

Dialysis

Surface Tension

Adsorption

Colloid

3. Fundamentals of different Organ Systems

Cardiovascular System

Respiratory System

Digestive System

Excretory System

Reproduction System

Endocrine System

Lymphatic System

Practical

Viva and diagrams of different Vital Organs





CMLT – 160 COMPUTER SKILLS




COURSE CONTENTS

Fundamentals of Computers

Introduction :Classification of computer & generation, Basic architecture of computer and its building blocks,

input devices, Computer memories.

Number System :Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal representation of characters : ASCII and EBDIC codes, Binary

arithmetic and logic circuit.

Classification of Computer language :Machine, Assembly and High level language, Brief idea of operating system, Assembler, Compiler

and interpreter.

Fundamentals of Computer Programming :Problem solving through computer algorithms and flow chart level of programming.

Operating System :Introduction to O.S., Types of operating system, Multiprogramming, Timesharing, Batch, Real time

and UNIX

Internet :

Introduction to Internet, Components, Services and working on internet, introduction to protocols,

tools.



DETAILED SYLLABUS

(DMLT)

(DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY)

(YEARLY PROGRAM)



DMLT (Diploma In Medical Laboratory Technology)

COURSE TITLE : DMLT

DURATION : 2 YEAR

FIRST YEARCOURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS

Theory Practical TotalANATOMY DMLT—110 100 100 200

PATHOLOGY DMLT —120 100 100 200BIOCHEMISTRY DMLT —130 100 100 200

MICROBIOLOGY DMLT – 140 100 100 200

PHYSIOLOGY DMLT —150 100 100 200

COMPUTER SKILLS DMLT –160 100 100 200

TOTAL 1200SECOND YEAR


TOTAL 1000

Note:Theory Paper :30% Continuous Internal Assessment and 70% University

examination. Practical Paper : 30% Continuous Internal Assessment and 70%

University examination

PHYSIOLOGY DMLT —210 100 100 200PATHOLOGY DMLT —220 100 100 200

BIOCHEMISTRY DMLT —230 100 100 200

MICROBIOLOGY DMLT – 240 100 100 200

ANATOMY DMLT —250 100 100 200



DMLT – 110 ANATOMY




COURSE CONTENTS – THEORY


Upper Limb : clavicle, scapula, humerus, radius, ulna, carpus, metacarpus & phalanges

Lower Limb : hipbone, femur, tibia, fibula, tarsus, metatarsus & phalanges






Four quadrants of the Hip

3) Introduction of different Vital Organs :


Nasopharynx

Oropharynx Larynx

Trachea

Bronchi

Lungs (and their lobular segments)

Thoracic cavity







Valves of the heart


Tongue

Teeth



Oral cavity

Pharynx

Oesophagus

Stomach

Small intestine


(A) Reproductive Organs :

Male & Female Conads : Testes, Epididymis, Ovary, Fallopian Tube, Uterus,

Vagine etc.

Introduction of male Genital Organs

Introduction of female Genital Organs

(B) Liver and Spleen :

Introduction

Anatomical Position

Gal bladder(C) Excretory Organs ;

Cortex and medulla of kidney

Ureter

Urinary Bladder

Urethra (male and female)

(D) Muscles :

Introduction, Origin and Insertion, Function

PRACTICAL 100 MARKS

Labeled Diagrams of different organs and bones

Vivo




DMLT – 120 PATHOLOGY


Total marks :200 Internal Assessment –

2300% Minimum Pass Mark – 40%COURSE CONTENTS –



b. Cellular structure and metabolism

c. Inflammation – Acute and Chronic


Types of shocks Ischaemia

Infection



a. Formation of Blood

b. Erythropoiesis

c. Leucopoiesis

d. Thrombopoiesis


f. Anticoagulants








Colorimetric Method

Chemical MethodGasmetric Method

S.G. Method

Clinical Importance



I. Hematology :

ESR

Methods


Normal Values

Importance RBC – Indices

WBC

Platelets

II. Body Fluids :

(a) Urine :



Physical Examination Chemical Examination

(b) Stool Examination :




(c) C.S.F. Examination


Microscopy

Cell 1 Count

Staining

(d) Semen Analysis

Collection

Examination Special Tests



Practical : 100 MARKS


Hb estimation

TLC and DLC

RBC Count




(c) Urinek, Stool, Semen and C.S.F. – Collection, Handling, Examinations

(d) Absolute Eosinophil Count, PCV, RBC indices, ESR Estimation, Platelt Count



DMLT – 130 BIOCHEMISTRY




COURSE CONTENTS –


2. Elementary knowledge of inorganic chemistry :- Atomic weight, molecular weight,

equivalent weight, acid, bases.

3. Definition and preparation of solutions : Percent solution, Molar solution, Normal Solution

and Buffer Solutione etc.




Organic compounds Aliphatic and Aromatic


7. Ph indicators : pH paper, universal and other indicators, pH measurement : different

methods.

Practical 100 MARKSIntroduction and usage of Glassware and Instruments

Glassware :


General Glass wares

Instruments :

Balance


Centrifuges

Incubators



Photometer Flame Photometry







Ketones Bodies





Stool Examination




DMLT – 140 MICROBIOLOGY



Minimum Pass Mark – 40%COURSE CONTENTS –


Historical Aspect





Anaerobic Jar, Centrifuge, Autoclave Microscope



Definition



IV. Antiseptics & Disinfectants

Definition

Types

Mode of Action

Uses


Investigations

Bacteiology

Definition




Growth of Bacteria




Virology :

Definition




Parasitology :

Definition




Fungus :

Definition

Structure

Classification






DMLT – 150 PHYSIOLOGY




COURSE CONTENTS

1. Cell :

Definition

Structure and functions the cytoplasmic Organelles

Reproduction : Miosis, Mitosis

2. The important physic-chemical laws applied to physiology

Diffusion

Osmosis

Bonding

Filtration

Dialysis

Surface Tension

Adsorption

Colloid

3. Fundamentals of different Organ Systems

Cardiovascular System

Respiratory System

Digestive System

Excretory System

Reproduction System

Endocrine System

Lymphatic System

Practical






DMLT – 160 COMPUTER SKILLS



Minimum Pass Mark – 40%COURSE CONTENTS

Theory 100 Marks

Introduction to Computers : purpose and meaning of data, information and knowledge for

business organizations. Information technology, its definition, scope and related technologies.

Relationship of information technology with management.

Types of Computers: Digital, Analog and hybrid Computers, General Model of Computer, Size wise

Organization of Computers-Mini, Micro, desktop, workstationand Supercomputer

Practical 100 Marks

VIVA

Internet Practical



DMLT – 210 PHYSIOLOGY




COURSE CONTENTS

1. Blood

Definition

Composition Function

2. Formation of different type of blood cells

Erythrocytes

Leucocytes

Thrombocytes

3. Mechanism of Blood Cltting

4. Cerebrospinal Fluid

Formation

Composition Function

5. Special Senses

Hearing

Taste

Smell

Touch

Sight


Viva and diagrams of Corpuscles



DMLT – 220 PATHOLOGY




COURSE CONTENTS(a) Human blood group antigens and antibodies

(b) ABO Blood group systems

Sub. – group

Source of antigens and types of antibodies

(c) Rh Blood group System

Types of Antigen

Mode of Inheritance

Types of Antibodies

(d) Other Blood group Antigens

(e) Blood Collection

Selection and screening of donor

Collection of blood

Various anticoagulants

Sotrage of Blood

Changes in Blood on Sotrage

PRACTICAL :

Blood grauping

Tube Method

Slide Method



DMLT – 230 BIOCHEMISTRY




COURSE CONTENTS

1. Carbohydrates :-

Introduction

Importance

Classification Properties

Estimation of Glucose

Clinical Significance

2. Protein : -

Introduction and Physiological importance

Amino acids

Essential amino acids

Classification

Denaturation of Proteins

Estimation of Total protein, Albumin, Globilin, A/G Ratio

3. Introduction, Properties and function of important hormones

4. Enzymes and Co-enzymes

Introduction and difference

Functions

Estimation of important enzymes

i. SGOT (AST)

ii. SGPT (ALT)

iii. Alkaline Phosphatase

iv. Acid Phosphatase

v. Amylase, lactate dehydrogenase

vi. CPK, CPK-MB

1. Lipids : -

Introduction and functions

Classification

Steroids



Metabolism

Estimation : Total lipids, HDL, LDL, VLDL, Total cholesterol, Trigycede

Clinical significance

2. Principal of Assay procedures for biological materal and estimation of kidney function

tests.

Urea

Uric acid

Creatinine

3. Electrolytes :

Function

Properties

Estimation of Essential electrolytes : Soldium, potassium, calcium, chloride and Phos

phorus etc.

Clinical Importance

4. Genetics

DNA, RNA Structure

Gene coding

Transciption & Translation

Genetic Disorders

PRACTICAL :

100 Marks

Method of estimation of Urea

Method of estimation of Creatinine

Method of estimation of Cholesterol

Method of estimation of glucose : Benedicts Reaction, Glucose oxidase

Method

Method of estimation of P



DMLT – 240 MICROBIOLOGY




COURSE CONTENTS

Staining of Bacteria :1. Composition and preparation of staining

2. Principal and Procedure of Bacteriological stain

Gram’s Stain

Ziehl-Neelsen Stain

Albert Stain

Spore and Negative Stain

Cultivation of Micro-organism :

Introduction and uses of culture

Classification o f culture media

Composition of common of Laboratory culture media

Special media and preparations

Techniques of inculation and isolation

Antimicrobial sensitivity

Anaerobic cultivation techniques

Isolation of Viruses in Laboratory by tissue culture

Cell and tissue culture technology

Embryonated Egg

Principles of animal cell culture and their use in Virology

Different staining techniques used in Virology

Principle of different serological test used in Virology

Mode of Transmission of Viral agents

Prevention of Viral disease

Immunity in Viral infection



1) Immunology

Definition

Immunity : Definition and Classification

Antigen

Antibodies – Immunoglobulin

Antigen and antibody reaction and clinical importance

Structure and function of immune system

Immune response

Hypersensitivity

2) I Principal & Procedure of Serological Tests.

BICAL, CRP, Brucella, Agglutination, ASO

Cold agglutination, VDRL, TPHA

(i) Advanced techniques in Microbiology ELISA, RIA etc.

(ii) Epidemiological Markers of Micro-organism serotyping

(iii) Preparation & Standardization of Antigen and Antisera

(iv) Preparation & Standardization of vaccine and immunization

3) I) General Introduction, life cycle, mode of transmission, pathogenicity, and lab

diagnosis of various Protozoa.

(ii) Entamoeba Hisolytica

(iii) Entamoeba coli

(iv) Giardia lamblia

(v) Trichomonas Vaginalios

(vi) Leishmenia donovani

4) Sprozoa

Malaria Parasite

Toxoplasma Gondii

(ii) Balatidium Coli

5) General Introduction life cycle, mode of transmission, pathogenicity and lab

diagnosis of various Helminths :

(i) Cestodes or Tapeworms :

Taenia solium

Taenia sagnata

Hymenolepis nana

Echincoccus granulosus



(ii) Trematodes of Flukes :

Fasciola hepatica

Fasciola gigantica

Gestrodiscoides hominis

(iii) Nematodes :

Trichinella spiralis

Trichuris trichiura

Ancylostoma duodenale

Enterobjus vermicularis

Ascaris lumbricoides


Demonstration :-Slide Agglutination

VDRL

VIDAL

ASO

CRP

Stool Examination

Physical

Microscopic Demonstration of Ova, Cyst, Pus, Cells

Hanging Drop Examination

1. Staining : ZN Staining of M.T.B. and M. Lepra, Albert Staining

2. Culture

Types of Media

Preparation

Inoculation

Colony Characteritic

Staining and Antibiotic Sensitivity



DMLT – 250 ANATOMY




COURSE CONTENTS – THEORY 100 Marks

(E) Reproductive Organs :


Vagine etc.



(F) Liver and Spleen :

Introduction

Anatomical Position

Gal bladder

(G) Excretory Organs ;


Ureter

Urinary Bladder


(H) Muscles :


PRACTICAL 100 Marks


Vivo




SINGHANIA UNIVERISITY

RAJASTHAN

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Under Graduate Degree Program

(B.Sc. MLT)

B.Sc.MLT (MEDICAL LABOATORY TECHNOLOGY)

(YEARLY PROGRAMME)



B.Sc.MLT (Medical Laboratory Technology)

COURSE TITLE : BMLTDURATION : 3 YEAR

TOTAL DEGREE MARKS : 3300

FIRST YEARCOURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS


ANATOMY BMLT—110 100 100 200

PATHOLOGY BMLT —120 100 100 200

BIOCHEMISTRY BMLT —130 100 100 200MICROBIOLOGY BMLT – 140 100 100 200

PHYSIOLOGY BMLT – 150 100 100 200

COMPUTER SKILLS BMLT – 160 100 100 200

TOTAL 1200

SECOND YEARCOURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS


ANATOMY BMLT —210 100 100 200


BIOCHEMISTRY BMLT —230 100 100 200

MICROBIOLOGY BMLT – 240 100 100 200

PHYSIOLOGY BMLT – 250 100 100 200

TOTAL 1000

THIRD YEARCOURSE TITLE PAPER CODE MARKS


Preventive &social medicine BMLT —310 100 100 200


BIOCHEMISTRY BMLT —330 100 100 200

MICROBIOLOGY BMLT – 340 100 100 200

LAB MANAGEMENT BMLT —350 100 100 200

TOTAL 1000



Note:

Theory Paper :30% Continuous Internal Assessment and 70% University

examination. Practical Paper : 30% Continuous Internal Assessment and 70%

University examination.



BMLT – 110 ANATOMY




COURSE CONTENTS – THEORY


Upper Limb : clavicle, scapula, humerus, radius, ulna, carpus, metacarpus & phalanges Lower Limb : hipbone, femur, tibia, fibula, tarsus, metatarsus & phalanges






Four quadrants of the Hip3) Introduction of different Vital Organs :


Nasopharynx

Oropharynx

Larynx

Trachea

Bronchi

Lungs (and their lobular segments) Thoracic cavity







Valves of the heart




Tongue

Teeth

Oral cavity

Pharynx

Oesophagus

Stomach

Small intestine



Labeled Digrams of different organs and bones

Viva



BMLT – 120 PATHOLOGY




COURSE CONTENTS –



b. Cellular structure and metabolismc. Inflammation – Acute and Chronic


Types of shocks

Ischaemia

Infection



a. Formation of Bloodb. Erythropoiesis

c. Leucopoiesis

d. Thrombopoiesis


f. Anticoagulants








Colorimetric Method

Chemical Method

Gasmetric Method

S.G. Method

Clinical Importance



III. Hem atology :

ESR

Methods


Normal Values

Importance

RBC – Indices

WBC

Platelets

IV. Body Fluids :

(e) Urine :




(f) Stool Examination :




(g) C.S.F. Examination



Microscopy

Cell 1 Count

Staining

(h) Semen Analysis

Collection

Examination

Special Tests




(e) Urinek, Stool, Semen and C.S.F. – Collection, Handling, Examinations

(f) Absolute Eosinophil Count, PCV, RBC indices, ESR Estimation, Platelt Count


Hb estimation

TLC and DLC

RBC Count






BMLT – 130 BIOCHEMISTRY




COURSE CONTENTS –


2. Elementary knowledge of inorganic chemistry :- Atomic weight, molecular weight,

equivalent weight, acid, bases.

3. Definition and preparation of solutions : Percent solution, Molar solution, Normal Solutionand Buffer Solutione etc.




Organic compounds

Aliphatic and Aromatic


7. Ph indicators : pH paper, universal and other indicators, pH measurement : different

methods.





Ketones Bodies








Stool Examination


Introduction and usage of Glassware and InstrumentsGlassware :


General Glass wares

Instruments :

Balance


Centrifuges

Incubators



Photometer

Flame Photometry



BMLT – 140 MICROBIOLOGY




COURSE CONTENTS –


Historical Aspect





Anaerobic Jar, Centrifuge, Autoclave

Microscope



Definition



IV. Antiseptics & Disinfectants Definition

Types

Mode of Action

Uses


Investigations

Bacteiology

Definition




Growth of Bacteria


Virology :



Definition




Parasitology :

Definition




Fungus :

Definition

Structure

Classification



Practical :






BMLT – 160 COMMUNICATION SKILL




COURSE CONTENTS :

Concept of beliefs and values and how how they determine our behavior :Mc

Gregor’s theory X and Y orientations and how they shape our attitudes towardspeople.

Concept of Perception-one way and two way communication and the effect it has

on people to produce desire results and productivity how inadequate and

incomplete communications lead to rumors and dysfunctional behaviors the need

For shared objectives and values for effective communication the art of listening

and enhancing understanding when relating with other people.

Under interpersonal relations styles and learning skills to communicate effectively

Learning dynamics of intra and intergroup behavior resolving conflicts and getting

operation and commitment from colleagues building trust collaboration

Developing presentations skills to create impact use of presentation ads,

developing objectives handing objections and some facilitation skills all this leading

to personality development.



BMLT – 170 COMPUTER SKILL




COURSE CONTENTS :




Types of Computers: Digital, Analog and hybrid Computers, General Model of Computer, Size wise

Organization of Computers-Mini, Micro, desktop, workstation and Supercomputers.



BMLT – 210 ANATOMY




COURSE CONTENTS(A) Reproductive Organs :


Vagine etc.



(B) Liver and Spleen :

Introduction

Anatomical Position

Gal bladder

(C) Excretory Organs ;


Ureter

Urinary Bladder


(D) Muscles :


PRACTICAL 100 Marks


Vivo



BMLT – 220 PATHOLOGY




(a) Human blood group antigens and antibodies

(b) ABO Blood group systems

Sub. – group

Source of antigens and types of antibodies

(c) Rh Blood group System

Types of Antigen

Mode of Inheritance Types of Antibodies

(d) Other Blood group Antigens

(e) Blood Collection

Selection and screening of donor

Collection of blood

Various anticoagulants Sotrage of Blood

Changes in Blood on Sotrage

IMMUNOLOGY AND SEROLOGYHormones –

Thyroid Hormones Growth Mhormones

Isulin

Glycosylated Hemoglobin

COOMB’S Test

Direct and Indirect Test

Titration of Antibody



HISTOPATHOLOGY (Theory and Practical )

a) Fixation of tissues

Classification of Fixatives

b) Tissue Processing

Collection

Steps of fixation

c) Section Cutting

Microtome and Knives

Techniques of Section Cutting

Mounting of Section

Frozen Sections

d) Decalcification

Fixation

Declacification

End Point

e) Staining Dyes and their properties, H & E Stain, Special Stains

IMMUNOLOGY AND SEROLOGYHormones –

Thyroid Hormones

Growth Mhormones

Isulin

Glycosylated Hemoglobin

COOMB’S Test

Direct and Indirect Test

Titration of Antibody

HISTOPATHOLOGY (Theory and Practical )

a) Fixation of tissues

Classification of Fixatives

b) Tissue Processing

Collection

Steps of fixation

c) Section Cutting

Microtome and Knives

Techniques of Section Cutting

Mounting of Section

Frozen Sections

d) Decalcification



Fixation

Declacification

End Point

e) Staining Dyes and their properties, H & E Stain, Special Stains


COOMB’S Test

Anti D Titr

Blood gruping

Tube Method

Slide Method

COOMB’S Test

Anti D Titre







COURSE CONTENTS

1. Carbohydrates :-

Introduction

Importance

Classification

Properties

Estimation of Glucose

Clinical Significance

2. Protein : -

Introduction and Physiological importance

Amino acids

Essential amino acids

Classification

Denaturation of Proteins

Estimation of Total protein, Albumin, Globilin, A/G Ratio

3. Introduction, Properties and function of important hormones

4. Enzymes and Co-enzymes

Introduction and difference

Functions

Estimation of important enzymes

vii. SGOT (AST)

viii. SGPT (ALT)

ix. Alkaline Phosphatase

x. Acid Phosphatase

xi. Amylase, lactate dehydrogenase

xii. CPK, CPK-MB


Method of estimation of glucose : Benedicts Reaction, Glucose oxidase

Method

Method of estimation of Protein, Albumin







Staining of Bacteria :

3. Composition and preparation of staining

4. Principal and Procedure of Bacteriological stain

Gram’s Stain

Ziehl-Neelsen Stain

Albert Stain

Spore and Negative Stain

Cultivation of Micro-organism :

Introduction and uses of culture

Classification o f culture media

Composition of common of Laboratory culture media

Special media and preparations

Techniques of inculation and isolation

Antimicrobial sensitivity

Anaerobic cultivation techniquesIsolation of Viruses in Laboratory by tissue culture

Cell and tissue culture technology

Embryonated Egg

Principles of animal cell culture and their use in Virology

Different staining techniques used in Virology

Principle of different serological test used in Virology

Mode of Transmission of Viral agents

Prevention of Viral disease

1) Immunity in Viral infection Immunology

Definition

Immunity : Definition and Classification

Antigen

Antibodies – Immunoglobulin

Antigen and antibody reaction and clinical importance

Structure and function of immune system

Immune response



Hypersensitivity

2) I Principal & Procedure of Serological Tests.

BICAL, CRP, Brucella, Agglutination, ASO

Cold agglutination, VDRL, TPHA

(i) Advanced techniques in Microbiology ELISA, RIA etc.

(ii) Epidemiological Markers of Micro-organism serotyping

(iii) Preparation & Standardization of Antigen and Antisera

(iv) Preparation & Standardization of vaccine and immunization

3) I) General Introduction, life cycle, mode of transmission, pathogenicity, and lab

diagnosis of various Protozoa.

(ii) Entamoeba Hisolytica

(iii) Entamoeba coli

(iv) Giardia lamblia

(v) Trichomonas Vaginalios

(vi) Leishmenia donovani

4) (i)Sprozoa

Malaria Parasite

Toxoplasma Gondii

(ii) Balatidium Coli

5) General Introduction life cycle, mode of transmission, pathogenicity and lab diagnosis of

various Helminths :

(i) Cestodes or Tapeworms :

Taenia solium

Taenia sagnata

Hymenolepis nana

Echincoccus granulosus

(ii) Trematodes of Flukes :

Fasciola hepatica

Fasciola gigantica

Gestrodiscoides hominis

(iii) Nematodes :

Trichinella spiralis

Trichuris trichiura

Ancylostoma duodenale

Enterobjus vermicularis

Ascaris lumbricoides




Demonstration :-

Slide Agglutination VDRL

VIDAL

ASO

CRP

Stool Examination

Physical

Microscopic Demonstration of Ova, Cyst, Pus, Cells

Hanging Drop Examination

3. Staining : ZN Staining of M.T.B. and M. Lepra, Albert Staining

4. Culture

Types of Media

Preparation

Inoculation

Colony Characteritic

Staining and Antibiotic Sensitivity



BMLT – 250 PHYSIOLOGY




1. Blood

Definition

Composition

Function

2. Formation of different type of blood cells

Erythrocytes

Leucocytes Thrombocytes

3. Mechanism of Blood Cltting

4. Cerebrospinal Fluid

Formation

Composition

Function

5. Special Senses

Hearing

Taste Smell

Touch

Sight

PRACTICAL :

Viva and diagrams of Corpuscles





Healthcare waste generation

Health hazards of Healthcare Wastes

Treatment of Disposal Technologies for Healthcare Waste

7. Communication for Health Education

Definition

The communicate rocess Type of Communication

Health Communication

Health Education



BMLT – 320 PATHOLOGYMaximum Time : 3 hrs University Assessment -80%



I. Anaemias :

(a) Definition and classification of Aaemia

(b) Laboratory Diagnosis of

Iron Deficiency Anaemia

Megaloblastic Anaemia

Post Heamorrhagic Anaemia

Thalessemia SyndromeII. Haemorrhagic Disorders – Definition and Classification

Haemostasis and Coagulation Factors

Investigations and Lab Diagnosis

III. Leukaemia Disorders--

Definition and Classification

Lab Diagnosis

IV. Hormones -- Techniques

ELISA RIA

V. Cytology

Fine needle Aspiration Technique

Staining

Papanicaloav Staining Technique


Bleeding Time, Clotting Time, PT,APTT,TT, Platelet Count & Platelet Function Test

Sickle Cell preparation

Reticulocyte Count

Osmotic Fragility Test

Brie Marrow Smears Preparation

ELISA Demonstration

LE Cell Preparation







I. Liver Function Test :

Introduction

Type of Jaundice

Detection of Bilirubin

II. Haemorrhagic Disorders – Definition and Classification

III. Water and Minerals Metabolism:

Deydration

Calcium

Phosphorus

Sodium

Potassium

Cloride

Iron

Iodine

And their physiological function and diseased state.

IV. Gastric Juice

Importance

Constituents

Collection

COURSE CONTENTS :

1. Special Profiles :

Glucose Tolerance Test

Insulin Tolerance Test

Gastric analysis

Xylose absorption Test

Clearance Test for Renal Function

2. Analysis of Calcult

3. Introduction of

Chromatography



Electrophoresis

Radio immunoassay (RIA)

ELISA

4. Electrometric determination of sodium (Na+) and potassium (K+)

5. Quality control of clinical investigation and Automation in clinical biochemistry.

6. Cardiac enzymes CPK, CPK MB, LDH, Troponin


Revision of all Biochemical Tests

Demonstration of Chromatography and Electrophoresis

ELISA and RIA

Method of estimation of Bilirubin

Method of estimation of SGOT, GPT, Alk Po4 Acid Po4




Maximum Time : 3 hrs University Assessment -70%Total marks :100 Internal Assessment – 30%


COURSE CONTENTS

1. Study of systematic Bacteriology:

Streptococci

Staphylogocci

Pneumococci

Corynebacteria

Escherichia

Klebsiella

Enterobacter

Proteus

Salmonella

Shigella

Pseudomonas

Vibro

Haemophilus

Mycobacterium

Brucella

Clostridia

Treponema

Niesseria

Leptospira

Microlasma

Ricketessia

Clamydia

1. Interdiction of Anaerobic culture media name of

2. Identification of Fungi

Growth

Characteristics

Diseases caused by Fungi

3. Laboratorial Management and Stock Maintenance of Microbiology

Laboratory




Biochemical Test used for identification of bacteria

Lab diagnosis of Fungi

Smear preparations

KOH solution

Fungus Culture :-

a. Media

b. B. Colony Characters of arious fungi

Staining characters of different type of Bacteria Identification of type

colony growth Biochemical character of Organism



BMLT – 350 LABORATORY MANAGEMENT



Minimum Pass Mark – 40%COURSE CONTENTS :

1. Laboratory Planning

General Principles

Planning at different levels

Planning for Hospital Lab Services

Section for a Hospital Laboratory

Space requirement

2. Laboratory management Technique

General Principle

Component and function of Laboratory

Staffing the Laboratory

Job Specification

Work Shedule

3. Care of Laboratory Glassware, Equipments, Instruments and Chemical etc.

General Principle

Care and Cleaning of Glassware

Care of equipment and instruments

Lab chemicals, their proper use and care

Labeling

4. Laboratory Safety

General Principle

Laboratory hazards

Safety programs

First Aid

5. Quality Control of Laboratory

6. Stores Oranisation

Introduction

Function

Organisation and Structure

Duties

Type of Store

Goods inward Store

Main Store

Main Records

7. Relationship with other function value analysis

8. Store/Office use stationary

Material Receipts Advice Form

Goods inwards Note Form



Material requisition Form

Bin Card

Electrophoresis Technique – Protein & Heamoglobin

High performance liquid Chromatography

Micro column technique



etailed Syllabus

of

DIPLOMA IN AYURVEDIC PHARMACY(DAP)



DIPLOMA IN AYURVEDIC PHARMACYDuration of Course : Two years

FIRST YEAR

Sl. Paper Code No Subject

1 . DAP 110 Ayurved Siddhant Evam Itihas2. DAO 120 Sharir Rachana 110 100 100

3. DAP 130 Dravyaguna vigyan-1 110 100 100

4. DAP 140 R.S. & B.K. - 1 110 100 100

5. DAP 150 Prathmik Upachar Evam Rugna Paricharya

SECOND YEAR

Sl. Paper Code No Subject

1 . DAP 210 Dravyaguna vigyan-22. DAP 220 R.S. & B.K. – 2

3. DAP 230 Ayurved Parichay including roga nidan Evam Chikitsa

4. DAP 240 Ayurvedic Pharmaceutics including Hospital and Clinical Pharmacy

5. DAP 250 Kriya Shaarir

6. DAP 260 Selected Topics in Pharmacy



FIRST YEAR DAP 110: AYURVED SIDDHANT EVAM ITIHAAS

(Basic Principles and History of Ayurveda)

Time : 3 Hours Theory Theory : 100 Marks

ò Definition of Ayurved.

ò Ashtanga Ayurved – The eight specialized branches of Ayurveda, concept and definition.

Ayurvediya Padarth Vigyan and its importance. Characteristics and classification of Padarth.

Dravyaguna Vigyaniyam, characteristics, number and classification of dravyas. The characteristics, qualities (gunnas) and

origin of Panchamahabhutas and their mutual micro-merging (Paraspara anupravesh).

ò Applied studies of dravyas from Ayurvedic perspective.

ò Characteristics of Dik, Kala, Atma and Mana.

Guna Vigyaniyam : characteristics and types of Gunas as gurvadi guna, adhyatmika guna, vaisheshika guna, saamanya

guna.

ò Karma vigyaniyam : characteristics and types of Karmas.

ò Saamanya, Vishesha, Samvaya Vigyaniyam – characteristics and types.

Pramaana vigyaniyam : characteristics, importance and number of Pramaana. The Pramaanas accepted by Ayurveda–

Pratyaksha. Anumaana, Aptopdesha and Yukti Pramaanas.

Effect and causative factor (Karya, Karana Bhava) : Description of Karya–Karana Bhava and various Vaadas. Features of caus

(Kaarana) and types. Description of samavayi, asamavayi and nimitta karana in Ayurved. Satkaryavad, Asatkarya vada

Parmanu vada, Pilupaka, Pitharapaka etc.

The advent of Ayurveda (Ayurvedavatarana) : The Atreya (Charaka Samhita) and the Dhanvantari (Sushruta Samhita)

traditions of Ayurveda.

ò Laghutrayi and Brihattrayi Parichaya.

ò Development of Ayrvediya Rasashastra & Bhaishajya Kalpana.

ò Propagation of Ayurveda in foreign countries.



DAP 120: SHARIR RACHANATime: 3 Hours Theory Marks: Theory: 100 Marks

1. Definition of Shaariram, its derivation, meaning, synonym and Interpretation.

2. Shadang Sharira: Six regions of Body, organs of abdomen, their names and description.

3. Asthi sharira: Number and types of bones according to Sushrut and Modern Science.

4. Sandhi sharira: Number and types of joints with examples according to Sushrut.

5. Koshtha & Ashaya sharira: Define Koshtha and enumerate the koshthangs and ashayas in the body.

6. Peshi sharira: Definition of Peshi and their importance in the body.

7. Shira, Dhamani & Srotas sharira: srotas, sira, dhamani are similar structures what is the difference between

them.

8. Definition of srotas, its derivation and number, names and importance.

9. Structure of eye, ear, brain, heart, pancreas, gall-bladder, spleen.

10. Garbha sharira – foetal anatomy-shukra & artava’s qualities qualifying them as pure & competent for

conception.

11. Beeja, Beejabhaga, Beeja bhagavayava.

12. Morphological and physiological changes in the embryo during nine months in the womb.

13. Indriya vigyan sharira: Sensory organs and their locations and nerves concerned with each.

14. Twak sharira: layers of skin, their names according to Sushrut and modern science.

15. Organs participating in the digestion process in the Alimentary canal.

16. The anatomical description of organs of urinary system.

17. Kala sharira: Definition and names of kala according to Sushruta.

18. Spinal cord, cranial nerves.

19. Describe in detail the vertebrae of vertebral column.

20. 12 pranas, 10 pranayatana, 3 pradhaanmarmani, 15 koshthagni.

21. Description of Hridayam according to Sushruta and its importance and functions in health.

22. Description of Yakrita, its importance and functions according to modern science.



DAP 130: DRAVYAGUNA VIGYAN–ITime: 3 Hours Theory : 100 Marks Practical : 100 Marks

Theory

1. Definition of Dravyaguna Vigyan and its importance.

2. Definition of Dravya and its importance.

3. Definition of Rasa, types and Panchbhautic composition of Rasa.

4. Definition, types and importance of Gunas, Vipaka, Veerya, Prabhav.5. Introduction to Karmas (actions)

Deepan, Paachan, Graahi, stambhan, Bhedan, Rechan, Anuloman, Sramsana, Samshodhana, Rasayana, Vajikarana, Vyavai

Madakari, Vikasi.

Introduction to Mishrak Varga

Triphala, Madhurtriphala, Sugandhatriphala, Swalptriphala, Trijatake, Chaturjata, Trikatu, Trimada, Panchkola, Shadushan

Panchawalkala, Chathurshana, Trikantaka, Panchapallav, Laghu Panchamool, Brihad Panchmoola, Vallipanchmoola

Trinpanchmoola, Ashtavarga.

6. Classification of Drugs according to Ayurvedic principles.

Study of following drugs including Classification, Latin name. Family, Vernacular name, Synonyms, Botanical description

Varities. Habitat, Chemical composition, Properties, Doshakarm, Actions. Uses, Parts used : Dosage, Formulations, Substitut

and Adulteration.

1. Aragvadha 2. Ardraka

3. Apaamarga 4. Arjuna

5. Ashwagandha 6. Arka7. Aamalaki 8. Ashok

9. Balaa 10. Bilva

11. Bhringraj 12. Dhatura

13. Ela 14. Gokshur

15. Guduchi 16. Guggulu

17. Chandan 18. Chitrak

19. Haritakee 20. Haridra

21. Jyotishmati 22. Jamboo

23. Jataamansi 24. Kutaja

25. Khadira 26. Bhumyamalki

27. Nirgundi 28. Nimba

29. Marich 30. Madanphala

31. Pareesha 32. Punarnava33. Pippali 34. Rohitak

35 .Rasona 36. Shirisha

37. Shatavari 38. Karanja

39. Kumari 40 . Shalmali



41 Sudershan 42 . Tulsi

43. Tvak 44 .Udumber

45. Vansh 46 . Vacha

47. Vibhitaki 48 . Lodhra

49. Vidang 50. Yashtimadhu

51. Katuka 52. Vasa

53. Sarpgandha 54. Sunthi

Practical

1. Preparation of Herbarium Sheets of 25 drugs.

2. Method of Identification of Drugs.

3. Description and identification of at least 30 important drugs mentioned in the theory.



DAP 140: RASA SHASTRA AND BHAISHJYA KALPANA-ITime: 3 Hours Theory Theory: 100 Marks

SECTION – I RASA SHASTRA

1. Definition of Rasa Shastra, importance in Ayurveda and brief history of Rasa Shastra, its relevance in vedic era, Ayurvedic

literature and in Modern science.

2. Define (Pribhashas) Shodhana, Sanskar, Marana, Satvapatan, Nirvap, Avap, Dhanvantaribhag, Rudrabhag, kajjali

Patanpisht, Dhanyabhrak, Bubhukshitparad, Hinguloth Parad.

3. Parada – Its synonyms, origin, its impurities, gatis, Samanya – Vishesh Shodhana, Shudh parad lakshana paradiya

Kalpnana – Kajjali, Parpati, Pottali, Kuppipakva rasayana and Kharliya Rasayana.

4. Brief descriptions of Yantra, puta and Musha, Yantra – Dolayantra. Vidyadhar yantra, Taptakhalva yantra,

5. Musha – Samanya, Vajra, Vajradravani, Yog, Gar, Var, Varnya, Ropya. Bid, Gostani, Vrintaak, Gol, Malla, Pakva, Maha

Manduk, Musha.

6. Classicification of drugs in Rasa Shastra.

7. Maharasas – their synonyms, indentification, types impurities shodhana, Marana, therapeutic doses and compound

formulations, side effects and its antidote.

8. Aushadh Yogas:

1. Panchamrit Parpati 2. Shweta Parpati

3. .Abragarbha pottali 4. Hemagarbha pottali

5. Rasa Sindur 6. Mallasindur

7. Makardhwaj 8. Suvarnabang

9. Saptamrita loha 10 .Kamadudha rasa

Their composition, properties and uses.



SECTION - II: BHAISHJYA KALPANA

1. Definition of Bhaishaja – Bhaishjya kalapna and its brief history in vedas Ayurvedic samhitas and in samgrah period.

2. Paribhashas – Deepana, Paachana, Rasayana, Vajikarna, Stambhana, Stransana, Virechak, Vamana.

3. Maana Paribhasha according to Sharangdhar samhita.

4. Panchavidha kashaya kalpna, their method of preparation and their uses.

5. Preparation methods of Avaleha Kalpana, Churna, Vati, Guggula Kalpana.

6. Aushadh Yoga:

1.Dashamool Kwath 2 .Phalatrikadi Kwath

2 Pathyadi Kwath 4. Rasnasaptak Kwath

5. Vasavaleha 6 .Chyavanaprashavaleha

7. .Sitopaladi Churna 8 .Talisaadi Churna

9. .Dashanasamskar Churna 10 .Lavanbhaskar Churna

11. Triphala Guggulu 12 .Abha Guggulu

13. Yograj Guggulu 14 .Bala Chaturbhadra Churna

Their composition, properties and uses.

Practical

Preparation of at least 20 yogas (formulations) from Rasa Shastra and Bhaishjya Kalpana, including purification

processes.



DAP 150: PRATHAMIK UPACHAR EVAM RUGNA PARICHARYATime: 3 Hours Theory Theory: 100 Marks

Vegan dharniyadharniyam Vivek, Kitpatangadinam, Jiwanaitiham, Masak.

Makshika, Pipalikadi, Sansargatah, Roghvishesha, Tesham manavdeho raktagatam chatra gatam vaishamyam.

Sankramak Nirodhak Bhavaha

Sankramak roga prasarasheha, prasangat Gatra sansparsati, Nihswarat, Sah Bhojanat, Ekasayyashat. Gandhamalyadi, samparkaccho psarga Rogah

Teshaam vishistam vigyanam tanni Rodhak & Niwarnabhu tascha Bhavah Swasthasyalakshnam, Swasthya swarupam

swasthsya rakshanartham. Upachar Dincharya, Ratricharya, Ritucharya, Rituwanusaren, Ahara swarupam, Nivas sthan

vichar, Ahara vidhi vishesayatanani, paraspara viruddha dravya gunam Peyadravya vishesh, Anupan vichar, Niwas sthan

udyoga sthan, krida sthan, siksha sthan, Paniyajalasthan. Aramgnna, Jalapan griha, Manovinod sthaladinam niyojana

Aaudogika sadvrita samanye sadurita.

Satmya satmya vichar, Shuchitvam, Vaidya guna, Chikitsalaya Bhesajya nirman Garadisu cha. Shuchitvavivek, asuchan

Bhutanma, Kitadinamacy pravesha.

Tatjanya vikriti vigyanam, tannivarkopaya prati Rodhakapaya.

Sankramak Roga Gyanam, Tanpodwanshakarnam, Teshma viwarnopaya.

Vayu, Tala, Kala, Deshashacha, Tesham Durtih Tanniwarnopaya.



SECOND YEAR DAP 210: DRAVYAGUNA VIGYAN – II

Time: 3 Hours Theory Theory: 100

Marks

1. Brief History of the Science of Drvayaguna Shastra.

2. Concept of Rasa, Guna, Veerya, Vipak and Prabhava.

3. Collection Storage and Preservation of Drugs.4. Various impurities of Drugs, methods of Purification of Drugs.

Ayurvedic concept of pharmaclogical actions of drugs like, Rasayan, Vajikarana, Medhya, Vyavayi, Vikasi, Pramathi, Madkari

Anulomana, Chhedna.

6. Characteristic functions of Samanyapratyarabdha and Vichitra pratyarabdha.

Knowledge, properties, effect and uses of following drugs of Animal origin : Kasturi, Gorochan, Prawal, Mukta, Shankh

Shambook, Varatika, Shukti, Mrig shringa.

8. Mishrak Varga dravyas

Chaturbeeja, Kantakpanchmoola, Panchkshiri vriksha, Panchpallava, Shadanga paneeya, Madhyampanchmoola. Upavisha

9. Study of following drugs including classification, Latin name, Family, Vernacular name, Synonyms, Botanical description,

Varities, Habitat, Chemical composition, Properties, Doshakarm, Actions and Uses, Part used, Dosage, Formulation, Substitutes

and Adulterants.

1. Agnimanth 2. Aristak

3. Ativisha 4. Aparajita

5. Amragandhi–haridra 6. Asthishrimkhala

7. Banfsa 8. Bhallatak

9. Brahmi 10 Bhanga

11. Arka 12. Chakramarda

13. Changeri 14. Champak

15. Dantee 16. Draksha

17. Doorva 18. Dhatura

19. Erand 20. Gambhari

21. Gunja 22. Hingu

23. Hrinsa 24. Irimeda

25. Kanchnar 26. Kirattikta

27. Kapikachchu 28. Karveera

29. Langali 30. Mandookparni

31. Methika 32. Mamajjak

33. Mustaka 34. Patha

35. Sleshmatak 36. Saptaparna

37. Vansha 38. Trikantak



39. Varuna 40. Aralu

41. Bakul 42. Gojiwha

43. Manjistha 44. Sariva

Practical :

1. Preparation of Herbarium sheets of 50 drugs.

2. Methods of Identification of drugs.3. Descripition and identification of at least 30 important drugs mentioned in the theory.



DAP 220: RASA SHASTRA AND BHAISHJYA KALPANA–IITime: 3 Hours Theory Theory: 100

Marks

Section – I Rasa Shastra 50 Marks

1. Principles of Shodhana, Marana and Jarana of Metals & Minerals.2. Introduction, identification, types, impurities, shodhana, marana, therapeutic dose, adverse effects and antidotes o

Uparasas, Sadharan Rasa, Dhatu and Ratna.

3. Introduction, shodhana, therapeutic dose, antidotes, toxicity of visha-upavisha varga.

4. Preparation of several Ayurvedic formulations like Bhasma, Sindooras, Netrabindu, Varti & Rasa preparations.

5. Aushadha Yoga

1. Anandbhairav rasa 2 .Arogyavardhini rasa

3. Garbhapal rasa 4. Gandhak rasayana

5. Tribhuvankirtirasa 6. Laxmivilas rasa7. Navajivan rasa 8. Shwaskuthar rasa

9. Ichchhabhedi rasa 10. Chandraprabhavati

Section – II Bhaishajya Kalpana 50 Marks1. Preparatory methods of Sneha Kalpana and Sandhan Kalpana.

2. Definition and application of Bhojana, Bhavana, Samskara, Mardana.

3. Preparatory methods of satva, Ghan Kalpana, Kshar Nirmana, Malhar Kalpana.

4. Preparation of several Ayurvedic formulations : Asavas, Arishtha, Taila, Ghrita, etc.

5. Aushadha Yogas:

1. Panchatikta Ghrita 2. Jatyadi Ghrita

3. Triphala Ghrita 4. Pind tail

5.. Satapaki Balitail 6. Panchagun tail

7. Drakshasava 8. Kutajarishta

9. Bhringraj tail 10. Shadabindu tail

11. Vishgarbha tail 12. Shakha vati

13. Khadiradi vati 14. Lavangadi vati

Their compositions, properties and uses.

Practical:Preparation of at least 30 yoga (Formulations) of different kalpanas.



DAP 230: AYURVED PARICHAY INCLUDING ROGA NIDAN EVAM

CHIKITSATime: 3 Hours Theory Theory: 100 Marks

• Definition of Ayurveda as science of life.

• Brief introduction of Ashtang Ayurveda, Ayurveda Utpatti and Vikas.

• Important literary works, especially texts – Brihattrayi & Laghutrayi.• Panchakarma, Kriyakalpa, Agnikarma, Kshara Karma etc. Special therapeutic procedures – brief description.

• Aushadha, Ahara, Aushadha sevana kala, Anupana, Anupana & Sahapana, Pathya- Apathya.

• Clinical importance of Chikitsa Chatuspada, Tridosha, Dhatu, Mala, Siddhanta.

• Definition and importance of Roga Vignan and Vikruti Vignan.

• Signs and symptoms of the increase and decrease of Doshas, Dhatu and Malas.

• Kriyakala.

• The importance of srotasa in the production of diseases.

• The determination of the disorders of srotasa.

• The causes and signs and symptoms of the vitiation of srotasa.

• The causes of the diseases of the different srotasa.

• Definition, General discussion and types of Vyadhi (disease).

• Astha mahagada (major disease) and astha nindita (condemned).

• General description and importance of Nidana - panchaka.

• Trividha Rogi pariksha vidhi (Darshana etc. three types of Methodology of investigating a patient).

• Signs, Symptoms and diseases of ojovyapata, ojokshaya and ojochyuti.

• Vyadhikshamatva (Immunity).

• General description of Janapadodhvamasaka vyadhi (Epidemics) and Aupsargika Roga and Sansargaja Roga (Infectious

and communicable diseases).



DAP 240: AYURVEDIC PHARMACEUTICS INCLUDING HOSPITAL AND

CLINICAL PHARMACYTime : 3 Hours Theory Theory : 100 Marks

1. Introduction of Different dosage forms.

Introduction to Pharmacopoeias with special reference to the Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India.

3. Metrology – Systems of Weight and measures.

4. Packaging of Pharmaceuticals.

5. Sterilization – Concept of Sterilization and its types.

6. Brief introuduction to processing of tablets, capsules, syrups, etc.

Prescriptions – Reading and understanding of prescriptions, Latin terms commonly used Modern methods of prescribing

adoption of metric system. Calculations involved in dispensing. Incompatibilites in Prescriptions.

Posology – Dose and dosage of drugs.



8. Brief introduction to semi–solid form like ointment etc.

Brief introduction to sterile Dosage form with special reference to precautions in their handling and storage.

10. Hospital pharmacy.

11. Drug distribution system in Hospital.

Practical:

1. Dispensing Pharmacy in OPD/IPD for two days in a week.

2. To prescribe and distribute drugs for at least 15 different diseases.

entfiy and note the organoleptic characters and uses of at least 50 yogas seen in the OPD/IPD.

Books Recommended:

1. Remington’s Pharmaceutical sciences.

2. Benttleys Text – book of pharmaceutics – Rawlins.

3. Coper and Gunn’s Dispensing for pharmaceutical students Carter.

4. Dispensing of Medication – Martin.

5. Pharmaceutical Arithmetic and Lating–Schroff and Srivastava.





DAP 260: SELECTED TOPICS IN PHARMACY

Time: 3 Hours Theory Theory: 100 Marks

1. Pharmaceutical jurisprudence & toxicology.

2. Drugs & cosmetics Act and rules.

3. Quality assurance & GMP.

4. Good dispensing practices.

5. Drug’s store establishment and management of Pharmacy stores.






























(RAJASTHAN)

DETAILED SYLLABUS

DIPLOMA IN PHYSIOTHERAPY (DPT)

(DPT)

(YEARLY SYSTEM)



SUMMERISED SHEET OF DPT

FIRST YEAR

s.no Paper Name Paper Code Theory Practical Total

1 HUMAN ANATOMY DPT-110 100 100 200

2 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY DPT-120 100 100 200

3 BIOCHEMISTRY DPT-130 100 100 200

4 BIOMACHANICS DPT-140 100 100 200

5 PATHOLOGY &

MICROBIOLOGYDPT-150 100 100 200

6 PRINCIPAL OF BIO-

ELECTROICALS

MODALITIES

DPT-160 100 100 200

7 COMPUTER SKILL DPT-170 100 100 200

1400

SECOND YEAR

S.No. Paper Name Paper Code Theory Practical Total

1. Exercise Therapy DPT-210 100 100 200

2. Pharmacology DPT-220 100 100 200

3. Orthopaedics DPT-230 100 100 200

4. Electrotherapy DPT-240 100 100 200

5. Sociology and psychology DPT-250 100 100 200

6. Physiotherapeutic in

orthopaedic

DPT-260 100 100 200

TOTAL 1200



FIRST YEAR

DPT – 110 HUMAN ANATOMY

Maximum Marks : 100 Duration : 3 hours

Objectives:1. To know gross structure of various body parts especially Musculo-skeletal,

cardiorespiratory and nervours system.

2. T study effects of physical therapy on body anatomy.

General Anatomy:1. Introduction, various terminologies used, anatomical position etc.

2. Regions of Body, cavities and Systems outline.3. connective tissue & its modification, tendons, membranes, Special connective tissue.4. Bone structure, blood spply, growth, ossification, and classification.

5. Muscle, Nerve, blood vessels & lymphatics – structure, types & distribution

6. Joints – classification, structures of joints, movements, range, limiting factors, stability, blood supply nerve supply, dislocations and applied anatomy.

Thorax (In brief):1. Thoracic cage

2. Pleural cavities & pleura3. Lungs and respiratory tree4. Mediastinum & pericardium

5. Heart and great vessels6. Diaphragm

Upper extremity :1. Bones & joints.

2. Muscles – origin,insertion, actions, nerve supply & blood supply.3. Maor nerves – course, branches and implications of nerve injuries.4. Development of limb bones, muscles and anomalies.

Lower Extremity:1. Bones & joints2. Muscles – origin, insertion, actions, nerve supply & blood supply

3. Major nerves – course, branches and implications of nerve injuries4. Development of limb cones, muscles andanomalies

Spine :1. Back – muscles - Superficial layer, Deep muscles of back, their origin, insertion, action

and nerve supply.2. Vetebral column – Structue & Development, Structure & Joints of vertebra3. Applied anatomy & Developm,ental defects.

Abdomen and pelvis:1. Abdominal cavity – divisions2. Muscles of Abdominal wall, pelvic floor 3. Bony Pelvis



4. Digestive system (Liver & pancreas, Alimentary canal).5. Urinary system. -= Kidney, Urter, bladder, urethra

6. Adrenal gland

7. Genital system – male and female

Head and neck :

1. Cranium2. Central nervous system – disposition, parts and functions3. Cerebrum (Brief Description)

4. Cerebellum (\Brief Description)5. Midbrain & brain stem (Brief Description)

6. Blood supply & anatomy of strokes7. Spinal cord-anatomy, blood supply, nerve pathways, applied significance8. Pyramidal, extra pyramidal system

9. Thalamus, hypothalamus (Brief Description)

10. Ventricels of brain, CSF circulation (Brief Description).11. Development of nervous system & defects (Brief Description)12. Nerve plexuses.

13. Cranail nerves – special emphasis on V, VII, X, XI, XII (course, distribution and palsies)14. Sympathetic nervours system, its parts and components (Brief Description).15. Parasympathetic nervours system (Brief Description).1. Endocrine – system – Pituitary, Thyroid, parathyroid (Brief Description)

2. Special senses (Brief Description) : Nerve receptors, Eye, Ear, Labyrinth3. Embryology (Brief Description) : - General embrylolgy, placentra, fetal membranes, twining, and

teratogenesis.

Suggested Readings :1. B. D. Chaurasia, “Human Anatomy”.2. B. D. Chaurasia, “Hand Book of General Anatomy”.3. B. D. Charasia, “Human Osteology”.

4. Inderbir Singh, “Text Book of Neuranatomy”.5. Inderbir Singh, “Text Book of Human Histology”6. inderbir Singh, “Text Book of Human Osteology”.7. Krishna Garg, “Basics of Anatomy and Physiology”.

8. Gray, “Gray’s Anatomy”.



DPT – 120 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY


Objectives : To know the Physiology of human body.To understand the effects of physical therapy

on human physiology with major emphasis on cardio-respiratory, Musculo-skeletal and nervoussystem.

1. Genral Physiology (brief description only)

1. Structure of cell.

2. Functional morphology of the cell3. Intercellular communication4. Homeostasis2. Cardiovascular System (descriptive)

1. Anatomical, biophysical consideration of arterial, arteriolar & capillary venous level,

Lymphatic circulation2. Homodynamics.

3. Origin and spread of cardiac excitation4. Basic idea of Electrocardiogram

5. Cardiac cycle, Cardiac output, its regulation6. Local & systemic regulatory mechanisms of CVS, humeral & neural7. Cerebral, coronary, splachnic, skin, Placental & Fetal circulation

3. Respiratory System (descriptive)1. Physiological anatomy of lungs, mechanics of respiration

2. Pulmonary circulation, Ges exchange in lungs3. Oxygen & Carbon dioxides transport

4. Other function of respiratory system5. Neural & chemical control of breathing

6. Regulation of respiratory activity, non-chemical influences on respiratory activity4. Cardio respiratory adjustments in health & disease (descriptive)

1. Exercise, high altitude, deep sea diving2. Hypoxia, hypercapnia, hypomania, oxygen treatment3. Asthma, emphysema, artificial respiration5. Blood (brief description only)

1. W.B.C., R.B.C. Platelets formation & functions2. Plasma, Blood Groups3. Homeostasis, Immunity6. Digestive System & excretory System (In brief)

7. Nerve (descriptive)

1. Nerve _ General Concept

2. Nerve cell – structure3. Genesis of resting membrane potential & Action potential

4. Their ionic basis, All or None phenomenon5. Ionic basis of nerve conduction

6. Classification & types of nerve fibre7. Miaxed nerves & compound action potential

8. Concept of nerve injury & wallerian degeneration8. Muscle (descriptive)



1. Skeletal & cardiac muscle2. Morphology, properties

3. Electric & Mechanical responses & their basis

4. Concept of isometric & isotonic muscle contraction5. Pace maker tissues & their potential in cardiac muscle6. Metabolism

9. Synaptic & Junction Transmission (brief description only)1. Functional anatomy of sy6napses

2. Electrical events in postsynaptic neurons3. Inhibition & facilitation at synapses

4. Chemical transmission of synaptic activity5. Principal neurotransmitter system6. Neuromuscular junction, structure & events occurring dring excitation

7. Concept of denervation hypersensitivity

10. Function of Nervous system 9descriptive)1. Reflexes, monosynaptic, polysynaptic, withdrawal reflex2. Properties of reflexes

3. Sense organ, receptors, electrical & chemical events in receptors4. Ionic basis of excitation5. Sensiroy pathways for touch, temperature, pain, proprioception, others6. Control of tone & posture: integration at spinal, brain stem, cerebellar, basal ganlion

levels, along with their functions & clinical aspects

11. Endocrinology (brief description only)

12. Male & female reproductive system (brief description only)13. Autonomic nervous system (brief description only)14. Hypothalamus (brief description only)

15. Higher functions of nervous system (brief description only)1. Learning & memory, neocortex, limbic functions, sexual behavior, fear & range,

motivation – brief idea

16. Special senses (brief description only)17. Arousal mechanisms & sleep (brief description only)

Suggested Readings :

1. C. C. Chatterji, “Human Physiology”2. Keele, “Samson’s Wright’s Applied Physiology”.3. Bijlani, “Understanding Medical Physiology”.

4. Ganong, “Review of medical Phtysiology”.5. Guyton, “Texbook of Medical Physiology”.6. A. K. Jain, “Manual of Pratical Physiology”.



DPT – 130 BIOCHEMISTRY

FIRST YEAR


A brief outline of metabolic pathways mentioned herein is indicate.

Details and structures are to be avoided.

1. Carbohydrates : Definition, classification with examples and general functions. Metabolism-Glycolysis, T.C.A. Glycogen metabolism, Blood Sugar regulation Diabetes and diabetic

keto-acidosis.

2. Lipids : Definition, classifications and general functions, Essential fatty acids, cholesterol,Blood lipid. Brief \review of liporoteins. Metabolism-Oxidation of fatty acids, cholesterolsynthesis, and fatty liver.

3. Proteins. : Definition, classification, and Bio-medical Imporance. Study of hemoglobin and

immunoglobulins.4. with functions. Plasma Proteins and functions. Metabolism : General reactions of amino acids.

Formation and fate of ammonia – Urea cycle.

5. Nucleic Acids : Brief overview of the structure of RNA and DNA including nucleotiedes.6. Nutritiosn : Basic principles of nutrition of carbohydrates, Proteins and Lipid caloric

requirement and balance diet.7. Enzymes : Definition, classification with examples. Factors affecting enzyme action. Brief

study of enzyme inhibition. Clinical importance of enzymes.8. Vitamins : Definition, classification and functions. Dietary source, Daily requirement and

deficiency disorders.

9. Water and Electrolyte Balance : General outline of fluid compartments of the body with their

water and electrolyte content and balance, Dehydration.10. Tissue chemistry : Chemistry of connective tissue, bone and teeth. Composition function and

chemical mediators of nerve structure of muscle tissue. General Biochemistry of musclecontraction and relaxation.


1. Chatterje & Shinde, “Textbook of Medical Biochemistry”

2. A. C.Deb, “Fundamentals of Biochemistry”

3. lahinger, “Principles of Biochemistry”.

4. Murray, “Harper’s Biochemistry”.



DPT –140 BIOMECHANICS

FIRST YEAR

Maximum Marks : 100 Duration :3 hours

Objectives :To understand the basic principles of biomechanics.

All topics are for a brief description only.

Definition of mechanics and BiomechanicsForce – Definition, diagrammatic representation, classification of roces, concurrent, coplanar and co-

linear forces, composition and resolution fo forces, angle of pulls of muscle.Momentum-principles, and practical application

Friction

Gravity : Definition, line of gravity, Centre of gravity.Equilibrium : Supporting base, types, and stability of equilibrium.Energy work and power : Energy (potential and kinetic) works and power.Levers : Definition, function, classification and application of levers in physiotherapy & order of

levers with example of lever in human body.

Pulleys : system of pulleys, types and application.Elasticity : - Definition, stress, strain, HOOKE’S Law,.Springs – properties of springs, springs in series and parallel, elastic materials in use.

Aims and scope of varius biomechanical modalities : Shoulder wheel, shoulder ladder, shoulder

pulleys, pronator0supinator instrument, static cycle, rowing machine, ankle exerciser, balancing board, springs, weights, etc.

Hydrostatics and Hydrodynamics : Specific gravity, Hydrostatic ressure, Archimedes, principle,Properties of water, and other liqids, Buoyancy-law of floatation, factors determining up-thrust,

effectof buoyancy on movements performed in water. Equilibrium of a floating body, Bernolli’s

theorem.

Suspension Therapy : Principles of suspension, types, components of suspension apparatus, effectsand uses of suspension therapy – their therapeutic application.

Soft tissue manipulation : History, definition, types and their rationale, general effects, local effectsof individual manipulation (physiological effects) and uses, contra-indications and techniques of

application.

Hydrotherapy : History and introduction, indication and contraindiction dangers and precautions,

hydrotherapy regimes ofexercises, hydrotherapy exercise for all age groups, different types of poolsand baths.




1. hollis & Cook, “Practical Exercise Therapy”

2. Gardiner, “Principles of Exercise Therapy”.



DPT – 150 PATHOLOGY & MICROBIOLOGY

. FIRST YEAR (2nd

Semester)


Course objectives : Brief concept of health and illness, health promotion and diseases prevention.

Contents :

1. Immunology: Brief outline of immune system, Immunity, immune responses & immunedeficiency. Immunology and exercise with us implications on Physical therapy,Hypersensitivity disorders

2. Infectious diseases: Brief description of classification of microorganisms, morphology, and

identification. Sterilization and disinfections.

3. Brief outline of identification, disease produced, prevention and treatment of common pathogens – streptococus, staphylococci, gonococci, Meningococci, salmonella, V.

cholerae, E. coli, shigella, tetanus, Diphtheria, M. leprse, M. tuberculosis, Poliomyelitis,Rabies, Matera, Amoebiasis, Helminthiasis, Scabies, ringworm, candidiasis.

4. Inflammation, inury and repair (Brief description)

5. Oncology : Classification, general clinical features, relationship with exercise, cancer pain

syndrome. (brief Outline only)

6. Skin : (Brief outline only) – Etio – pathogenesis, gross pathology, and clinical features of

commonly occurring skin Diseases, Burns, Pressure ulcers.

7. Cardiovascular system : (Brief description only) – Etio – pathogensis, gross pathology, and

clinical features of conditions 0 agining, IHD, MI, CCF, HT, RHD, Congenital heartdisease, Arteriosclerosis, Thrombo-angitis, Vasomotor0Raynaud’s, venous thrombosis,

Gangrene Lymph edema.8. Haematology : (Brief outline only) – Etio -pathogenesis,m gross pathology, and clinical

Features of conditions- anaemia, polycythaemia, leukaemia, haemolytic disease, and

Haemophilia.

9. Respiratory system : (Brief description only) - Etio - pathogenesis, gross pathology, andclinical features of conditions-aging, Pneumonia, Pulmonary TB, Bronchiectasis, COPD,

Bronchial Asthma, Restrictive Lung disease, Occurpational lung disease.

10. Musculoskeletal system : (Brief description only) - Etio-pathogenesis, gross pathology,and clinical features of conditions - Biological responses to trauma, bone and soft tissue

immobilization, osteomalacia, Osteoporosis, Osteomyelitis, Osteoerthritis, rheumatoid

arthritis, Gout, spondyloarthropathy, Ostenecrosis, Myofascial pain syndrome.



11. CNS AND PNS: (Brief description only) - Etio-pathogenesis, gross patholog, and clinicalfeatures of conditions - aging, meningitis, Encephalitis, Parkinson’s, Amyotrophic lateral

Sclerosis, storke, Neuropathies (Carcoat Marie Tooth’s disease, Compression and

entrapments, diabetic, G.B. syndrome) Poliomyelities erd post-polio syndrome,Myasthenia Gravis.

Suggestion Readings:

1. P. Chakraborty, “Textbook of Microbiology:.

2. Ananthnarayan, “Textbook of Microbiology”.

3. Harsh Mohan, “Textbook of Pathology”.

4. Kumar, Coutran, “Basic Pathology”.

5. Nagalotima, “Textbook of Pathology”.



DPT –160 PRINCIPALS OF BIO-ELECTRICAL MODALITIES

FIRST YEAR (2nd

Semester)


Course Objective:

To understand the basic electricity, equipments and their application in Electrotherapy.

All topics are for a brief description only.

Fundamentals of Electricity:

DC Currents - Modern concept of electricity: fundamental electric charges (protons and

electron), bound free electrons, free electron and current, static electric charge, charging of an

object potential difference and EMF.A. C. currents : Sinusoidal wave fro, frequency, wavelength, Amplitude and phase of a sinewave, Average & RMS value of a sine wave

Quantity of electricity, magnitude of current, conductors and insulators, reistance of conductor and Ohm’s law, resistances in series and parallel.Capacitors: Electric field around a capacitor, charging and discharging a capacitor, types of capacitor with application of each in physiotherapy department.

Rheostat : Series and shunt Rheostat with application of each in the Physiotherapy

department.

Effects of electric Current: Thermal effect, chemical effect (ionization) and magnetic effect.Electric shock, Earth shock, causes and its prevention.

Magnetism : magnetic - non-magnetic substances and their properties, properties of magnet,

molecular theory, poles of magnet and its properties, magnetic lines of force and their properties,Electromagnetism, magnetic effects of electric current, Electromagnetic induction, Lenz’s law,

Inductor and Inductance types of inductor, reactance and impedance.

BASIC ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTATIONTHERMIONIC VALVES : Thermionic emission, Biode and Triode valves and their characteristics, Construction and application of Cathode Ray Oscilloscpe.

SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES : Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, advantages of diodeand transistors devices. Basing of Diode and their characteristics, Light Emitting Diodes,integrated circits.ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS : Rectifiers & smoothing circuits, Oscillators - Sinusoidal and

nonsinusoidal types.

a.c. AND D.C. METERS : Functions and applications of Ammeter and volt meters, Ohmmeters,Wheat stone bridge Emphasis should be given to fundamental part with formulae without mathematical drivations

wherever necessary.



PHYSICAL ENERGY : Definition, description, effects, physiological effects and dangers of heatand Electromagnetic radiations.

MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY : Brief description of generation,

circuit diagrams and testing.Low frequency currents, Direct currents, Medium frequency currentsShort wave Diathermy-continuous and pulsed

Microwave DiathermyUltrasonics

Actino-therapy Infared, UVR and lasers.

NOTE: Emphasis is given only to generation circuit diagram and testing of the various

electrotherapy apparatus.

Suggested Reading:

1. Forster & Palastanga “Clayton’s Electrotherapy”

2. Low & Reed, “Electrotherapy Explained”

3. Nelson & Currier, “Clinical Electrotherapy”



DPT-170 Computer Skill

Theory 100 Marks




Types of Computers: Digital, Analog and hybrid Computers, General Model of Computer, Size

wise Organization of Computers-Mini, Micro, desktop, workstationand Supercomputer

Practical 100 Marks

VIVA

Internet Practical



DPT – 210 THERAPY

SECOND YEAR


Course Objectives :

1. To understand the principlesof exercisetherapy & therapeutic massage and its application

Contents :

Starting positions :

1. Description and muscle work 2. Importance of fundamental and derived types.3. Effects and uses of individual positions.

Movements :

1. Anatomical definition and description2. Movements and exercise as therapeutic modality and their effects3. Physiological reaction of exercise

Passive movements :

1. Definition2. Relaxed, forced and stretching type.

3. Indications, contraindications, advantages and Techniques of various passive move ments.

Muscle Stretching :

1. Special aphasis on stretching of : Pectoral major, biceps branii, triceps brachii, long flexors

of fingers, Rectus Femoris, llio-tibial band, gastrocnemius-soleus, hamstrings, hipabductors, ilio-psas. Stermocleidomstoid.

Active movemtns :

1. Free, assisted and resisted2. Indication, contraindications, advantages andtechniques of various types of active

exercises.

3. Home programs of streengthening of various muscle group including progressive resisted

exercises.4. Special emphasis on : Shoulder abductors & flexsors, Triceps brachii, Hip abductors &

flexors, quadricps fmoris, Abdominal and back extensors.Manual Muscle Testing :

1. Concept, introduction, significance andlimitations.2. Grade systems3. Techniques of Muscle testing

4. Empahsis on skills to grade upper, lower limb, neck and trunk muscles including trick

movements.



Goniometry

1. Measurement of various joints range in normal and disease condition.2. Different techniques of goniometry.

3. Limb length measurements.

Relaxation

1. Description of fatigue and spasm & factors.2. General causes, signs and symptoms of fatigue

3. Techniques of Relaxation - local and General with indication

4. Rationale of relaxation Techniques.



Joint Mobility :

1. Joint range, stiffness, range and limitations

2. Accessroy movements - glides, traction and approximation

3. Mobilization of peripheral joints in detail.

Re-education of muscles :

1. Concept, technique, spatial and temporal summation.

2. Various reduction techniques and facilitating methods.3. Progressive strengthening of various muscle groups in Grade-I-Grade IV.

4. Muscle strengthenng technique-PNF

Crutch Waling :

1. Description of crutch - components, clasification2. Good crutch, measurements3. Crutch use - Preparation, Training, counseling.

4. Crutch gaits - types, & significance.

5. Crutch complications, Palsy, dependency etc.

Normal Posture :

1. Posture - definition & description, static and dynamic.

2. Posture - alignments of various joints, centre of gravity, planes & muscular moments3. Analysis of posture.

Normal Gait :

1. Normal gait - definition & description, centre of gravity2. Normal gait - alignments of various joints, centre of gravity, planes & muscle acting

mechanisms, pattern, characteristics.

3. Normal gait cycle, time & distance parameters, & determinants of Gait.

Co-ordinations :

1. Balance - static and Dynamic

2. Discoordination : LMNL & UMNL, cerebellar lesion, loss of kinesthetic sense((Tabes0dorsalis, leprosy, syringomyelia)

3. Reeductiona of balance and coordination : PNF and Frenkel’s exercise.

Traction : Rationale, Technique, indication & contraindications.Yogasenas and Pranayma : Physiology and therapeutic principles of yoga, Yogasana for physicalculture, relaxation and medication. Application of yogasana in physical fitness, flexibility.Tehrapeutic application of yoga. Yoga a holistic approach.




1. Hollis & Cook, “Pactical Exercise Therapy”.

2. Gardiner, “Principles of Exercise Therapy”.

3. Kolby Kisner, “Theraputic Exercise”.

4. Holey, “Theraputic Massage”.

5. Margret Hollis, “Massage for Therapist”.

6. Kendal, “Muscles Testing and Function”.7. Norkin, “Measurement of Joint Motion”.



DPT – 220 PHARMACOLOGY

SECOND YEAR Maximum Marks : 100 Duration : 3 hours

Course Objectives :

1. To understand the principlesof exercisetherapy & therapeutic massage and its application

2. To understand the drug actionsthat may affect thephysical therapy treatment.Contents :

1. Genral Pharmacology (In brief) :

1. Introduction & genral concepts

2. Pharmaco-kinetics (routes of adminstration, metabolism & elimination)3. Pharmaco-dynamics (mechanism of drug action, therapeutic & side effects, toxicity)

2. Autonomic Nervours System (In brief)

1. Brief outline of Sympathetic-parasympathetic nervous system2. Therapeutic egents-uses, effects and interaction with physical therapy

3. Cardio-vascular System (In brief)

Drug classification.

Commonly used drugs andits interaction with physical therapy.

4. Glcocorticoids, thyroxin-uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy (In brief)

5. Central Nervous System (In brief)

1. Anaesthetic agenst - uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy2. Sedatives and hypnotics - uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy3. Anti epileptic drugs - uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy

4. Analgesics - uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy

5. Anti inflammatory drugs - uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy6. Psychotherpeutic agents - uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy7. Alcoholism and drug dependence and interaction with physical therapy

8. Therapeutic agents used for movement disorders - uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy.

6. Respiratory system (In brief)

1. Therapeutic agents - uses, side effects and interaction with physical therapy

7. Goniometry

1. Therapeutic agents in Peptic ulcer, diarrhoea - uses, side effects and interaction with

physical therapy8. Diabetes mellitus (In brief)

1. Drug therapy and its interaction with physical therapy

9. Geriatric (In brief)

Pharmacological challenges in geriatric are group and its effects on physical therapy.1. K. D. Tripathi, “Essentials of Med Pharmacology”.2. Larence & Bernett, “Clinical Pharmacology”.3. Lynne Eddy, “Physical Therapy in Pharmacology”.

4. F. S. K. Barar, “Essentials of Pharmacotherapeutics”.



DPT – 230 ORTHOPAEDICS

SECOND YEAR Maximum Marks : 100 Duration : 3 hours

Course objectives :

To know common orthopaedic conditions and procedures and applications of physical therapy invarious orthopaedic conditions.

Contents :

1. Introduction : history taking, clinical features, clinical examination, and investigation.2. The Musculo-skeletal system : Gross anatomy of bones, joints, muscles and neres in brief.

Skeletal growth and development (normal & pathological) in brief.

Fracture healing (Normal & pathological) in brief.

Types of muscle contractor. nerve-muscle physiology in brief.Calcium-phosphorus metabolism-nnormal and pathological states.3. Congenital malformations :

Brief descriptions of following congenital conditions along with the outline of treatment :

Congential Hip Displasia, Congential Talipes Equinovarus / Calcaniovalgus, ArthrogryposisMultiplex Congenita, Congenial Torticlis, Acromelia, phocomelia, amelia. Spina Bifida:all types, clinical presentation sequel & management.

4. Development diseases of skeleton : (Brief description only)Chndro-osteodystrophy, Osteogenesis imperfeta, Osteoprosis, heterotpic ossification,

Osteochnodiritis, (Perthes’ disease, tibial epiphysitis, Cong. Coax vara)5. Neuromuscular diseases : (Brief descriptions only)

Muscular dystrophies, infantile hypotonia, Volkmann’s Ischaemic contracture, obstetrical paralysis, and peroneal muscular atrophy.

Cerebral palsy, Poliomyelitis - full description including management, (surgical management

- utline only)

6. Spinal deformities : Brief description & Conservative mangemetn of Scoliosis, Kyphosis,

and traumatic deformities.7. Infections of Musculoskeletal system : Bacterial infections of bones & joints with

consevative management (in brief); Tubercular infections of bones & joints with

conservative mangement (in brief); Leprosy, Pott’s paraplegia (Brief Description)

8. Arthritis & Rheumatic Diseases : Clinical features, evaluation & conservative managementof various categories of arthritis e.g. Rheumatoid arthritis, Juvenile Ch. Arthritis, Reiter’sdiseases, polymylagia rheumatica, Gout, Osteoarthritis, Ankylosing spondylitis,

Neuropathic - joins, haemophilic arthropathy, Avascular necrosis.

9. Neuro-vascular Diseases (brief Description): Clinical features, evaluation and consevativemanagement of various conditions e.g. Nerve injuries, (general & specific), Plexusinuries, vascular ailments (Raynaud’s, Thrombangitisolitrans, Frostbite, Dioabetic foot).

10. Bony & Soft tissue injuries : Injury & repair, Clinical presentation, evaluation & general

princiles of rehabilitation mangement. (Brief Description)11. Spine : Brief anatomy & mechanics, clinical presentation evaluation and conservative

management of affections in various regions of spine - (disc prolapse, cord compression,

spondylosis, Ankylosing spondylosis, etc.) and Spinal injury.12. Upper Limbs : Brief anatomy & mechanics of upper limb joints. Clinical presentation,

evaluation & conservative managment of affections in various regions of Uppper limb



(sprain of shoulder joint, bursitis, tendonitis, shoulder dislocation, snapping & wingedscapula, tennis elbow, bursitis, Bony & soft tissue injuries Arthritic conditions,

tenosynovitis, Carpal tunnel syndrome, deformities Dupnytren’s contracture, VIC, reflex

sympathetic dystrophy).13. Lower Limb: Brief anatomy and mechanics of Lower Limb Joints. Clinical presentation,

evaluation and conservative management of afections in various regions of lower limb

(Arthritic conditions, Injuries bony & soft tissue, deformities, reflex sympatheticdystrophy, neuropathic Joints)

14. Amputations-Justification, outline of surgical approaches, incisions, procedres,indications, contraindications, complications & management.

Suggested Readings:

1. Joshi & Kotwal, “Essentials of Orthopaedics”.

2. Magee, “Orthopaedic & Physical Assessment”.

3. Adams, “Outlines of Fractures”.

4. J. maheshwari, “Essential orthopaedics”.

5. Louis Solomon, “Apley’s System of Orthopaedics & Fractures”.

6. Brown & Newman, “Orthpaedic Secrets”.



DPT –240 ELECTROTHERAPY

SECOND YEAR Maximum Marks: 100 Duration : 3 hours

Objectives:

1. To list indications and contraindications of various Modalities.2. To understand different techniques of applications, their justification and effects.

3. Demonstration of individual techniques of applications of various modalities.

Contents:

A. Low Frequency Currents:1. Nerve Muscle Physiology: brief outline2. Faradic current.

1. Indications, contraindications, Techniques, parameters, Gruop muscle stimulation.

2. Faradic footbath, Faradism under pressure and muscle re-education.3. Dosimetry3. Galvanic current.1. Indications, contraindication, precautions and therapeutic effects of stimulation

2. Techniques, parameters, Dosimetry

4. Electro-Diagnosis :1. S. D. Curve, Reaction of degeneration, chronaxie & Rheobase2. Outline of EMG & Nerve conduction velocity

5. Iontophoresis :

1. Definition and principles & factors2. indications, effects, techniques, contraindications, precautions and Potetial harmful effects.6. TENS therapy :

1. Principle of therapy, Parameters and therapeutic uses.2. Theories of pain and pain control.

3. Indications and contra-indications, Dosimetry.

B. Infrared Therapy.1. Therapeutic effects and uses, Techniques of application.2. Theories of pain and pain control.3. Indications and contra-indications, Dosimetry.

C. Heating Modalities :

1. Therapeutic effects and uses, Techniques and applications2. Indications, contraindications, precautions and Potential harmful effects of various heat

modalities :Paraffin wax bath therapy, Hydro collator packs, Whirlpool and moist heat Heating pads, hot

air chambers. D. Cold-therapy :

1. Indications, contraindications and therapeutic effects.5. Technique, precautions and Potential harmful effects of treatment, Dosimetry.

E. Medium frequency currents :

Definitions, effects, indications, techniques of application, contraindications. Interferential therapy :

1. Physiological, therapeutic effects & dangers, Indications & contra indications.

2. Technique and method of applications, Dosimetry.



F. High Frequency currents:Short wave Diathermy: Continuous & Pulsed

1. Indications, contraindications and therapeutic effects.

6. Methods of application-capacitor and induction electrode, precautions and Potentialharmful effects of treatment, Dosimetry.

Microwave Diathermy:

1. Characteristics and therapeutic effects.2. Application teachniques, indications, contraindications, precautions andpotential harmful

effects, Dosimetry.G. Ultrasonic Therapy:

7. Physiological and therapeutic effects & potential harmful effects.1. Indications, contraindications, methods of application and precautions, Dosimetry.

H. Laser

8. Introduction, effects and potential harmful effects.

1. Indication, contraindications, recautions, method of application, dosimetry. H. Ultraviolet therapy:

2. Physiological and therapeutic effects - photosensitization

9. Indications and contraindications and Ptotential harmful effects.3. Methods of application, Sensitizes, Filters, Dosage, wavelength, penstration. Tolerance,

Treatment / Application condition wise4. Comparison between UVR & IR Therapy.

I. Advanced electrotherapy:

1. Computerization of modalities

2. Programming of parameter.3. Selection and combination of parameters.4. Combined therapy-U.S.+TENS-Principles, uses, indications etc.

5. Principles of Bio-feed back. indications & uses. J. Traction instruments :

Rationale, technique, indications, contraindications, precautions of electric traction

equipments.


1. Forster & Palastanga, “Clayton’s Electrotherapy”.

2. Low & Reed, “Eelctrotherapy Explained”.

3. Gersh, “Electrotherapy in REhabilitation”.

4. Cameroon, “Physical Agents in Rehabilitation”.5. Susan Michloviz, “Termal Agents in REhabilitation”.



DPT – 250 PSYCHOLOGY & SCIOLOGY

SECOND YEAR Maximum Marks: 100 Duration: 3 hours

Course Objectives:

Two know various psychological factors and effects in physical illness and its application whiledealings with patients during admission, treatment, rehabilitation and discharge.

PART - A

PSYCHOLOGY1. Definition and Fields of application of psychology.2. The influences heredity and environment on the individual.

3. Development and growth of behavior in infancy and childhood.

4. Intelligence, theories of intelligence and Intelligence testing. Intelligence and occupation.5. Motivation, theories of Motivation. Primary and Secondary motives. Frustration and

confict.

6. Emotions, theories of Emotions and emotional development.

7. Personality, theories of personality, factors influencing personality. personalityAssessment.

8. Memory, Forgetting, theories of memory and foregtting, thinking, methods to improvememory.

9. Learning: theories, methods of learning. interest and motivation in learning.10. Sensation, perception-depth, form, brightness. (In brief)

11. Social psychology, influence, individual or groups have on behavior of others,1. Leadership, and group psychology.

12. Behavior : normal and abnormal. Paadigms in psychopathology and therapy. Behavioralassessment.

13. Emotional and behavioral disorders of childhood and adolescence - (In brief)

1. Disorders of under and over controlled behavior

2. Eating disorders14. Maturation - with special reference to learning.15. Cmmuniation : Types and development, Effective communciation.

16. Counseling: Defiaition, Aims and principles

17. Compliance: nature and factors of compliance, Non-compliance, Improving complainceincluding factors

18. Psychological need of children and geriatric patients

19. Mental deficiency - (descriptive)1. Mental retardation.

2. Learning disabilities3. Autistic behavior.

20. Anxiety Disorders - (brief outline)1. Phobias, panic disorder, Generalized Anxiety disorder, Obsessive Compulsive Disorder,

Post - traumatic Stress Disorder.

21. Somatoform and Dissociate Disorders. (Brief outline)22. Conservation Disorder, Somatization Disorder, Dissociate Amnesia, Dissociate Fugue

23. Personality Disorder (definitions only)



PART - B

SOCIOLOGYA-Introduction

1. Definition and scope of Sociology2. Its relation with Anthropology, Psychology, Social Psychology and ethics.

3. Methods of Sociology-case study, Social Survey, Questionnaire, interview and opinion poll methods.

4. Importance of its study with special reference to health care professionals.

B-Social Factors in health and Disease :

1. The meaning of Social Factors.2. The role of Social factors and illness.

C-socialization :

1. Concepts of social groups.2. Influence of formal and informal groups on health and sickness.

3. The roll of primary groups and secondary groups in the hospital and rehabilitation setting.E - Family:

1. The family.

2. Meaning and definition.3. Functions.

4. Changing family Patterns.

5. Influence of family on the individual health, family, and nutrition. The effects of sicknessof family and psychosomatic disease and their importance to Physiotherapy.

F-Community:1. Rural community-Meaning and features-Health hazards of ruralities.

2. Urban community-meaning and features-Health hazards of urbanites.

G-Culture and Health:1. Concept of culture.2. Cultures and Behaviour.

3. Cultural meaning of sickness.4. Culture and health disorders.

H-Social change:1. Meaning of social changes & Factors of social changes

2. Human adaptation and social change.3. Social change and stress.

4. Social and deviance.5. Social change and health Program.

6. The role of social planning in the improvement of health and in rehabilition.I-Social problems in disabled:

Consequences of the following social problems in relation to sickness and disability,

remedies to prevent these problems.

1. Population explosion.2. Poverty and unemployment.3. Beggary.4. Juvenile delinquency.



5. Prostitution.6. Alcoholism.

7. Problems of women in employment.

J-Social security: Social security and social legislation in relation to the Disabled.K-Social work : Meaning of social work ; the role of a medical social worker.


1. Morgan & King, “Introduction to Psychology”.2. Manju Mehta, “Behavioral sciences in Medical practice”.

3. Davison, “Abnormal Psychology”.4. Vidya Bhushan, “Introduction to Sociology”.5. Turner, “Ther Structre of Sociological Th.”

6. Cuff, Shaerock, Perspectves in Sociology



DPT – 260 PHYSIOTERAPEUTIC IN ORTHOPAEIDC

SECOND YEAR Maximum Marks: 100 Duration: 3 hours

Course objectives:

1. To identify various Musculo Skeletal dysfunction clinically

2. To set goals and apply therapeutic skills in different orthopaedic conditions.

Traumatology :

1. Physical evaluation of an orthopedic patient2. General principles of physiotherapy in fracture management including complications at different

stages.3. General principles of physiotherapy in dislocations management including complications.

4. specific assessment and management of : Fractures of upper limb, lower limb5. Specific assessment and management of : Fractures of spine with or without neurological

involvement

6. Assessment and therapeutic management of:7. Soft tissue injuries - Sprains, strains, ligament and cartilage tear/rupture.

Orthopaedic surgery:

General principles of assessment, physiotherapy management in surgical conditions likes:1. Bones and joint surgeries: joint replacements, orthodoxies, illizarov’s technique, etc.2. Tendon transplant, soft tissue release.3. Spinal stabilization, surgeries in C.P. & Polio

Assessment, management and treatment goals of:

1. Osteoarthritis2. Spondlosis, spondylolisthesis3. PIVD

4. Periarthrities, rotator cuff lesion of shoulder.

5. Tuberculosis of the spine, bone and major joints6. A vascular bony necrosis at different joints.7. Rheumatoid arthritis.

Date post:	07-Jul-2018
Category:	Documents
Upload:	nitin-garg
View:	217 times
Download:	0 times

Syllabus of Paramedical Courses SINGHANIA

Documents